hide results

    FAQ/Walkthrough by ChandooG

    Version: 0.0 | Updated: 05/01/05 | Printable Version | Search Guide | Bookmark Guide

    Document best viewed in courier new, size 10, screen size 1024x768
    Users of windows XP save this to text and use lucidia console font
    
    
    Welcome to the horror, survival horror that is.....
    
    
    
     __   __   __   __   __   __ __ '  __
    (___ (__( |__) (___ (__) |  )  ) __)
              |
    
    
    
    
            m#mm   p**q _qmmmmp  mmmmm_    p**=q_     p=ppp
            #   3ظ      3L_     ؆       # F       [_    3  3   L
            __q`M #p_  ؆          љ [ ѿ      3
            #             #؆  L     q L       [   #_    3
           _#   _ ____~   ___цņ  L   __F  ____ [        q
               p                          `    
                     _
    
                              ______
                            _د      ش؈ 
                            q______   ѿ      [   
                            ѯ   _ /`   [   
                                     q    [        
                             m    \    ,, ńq#
    
    
    
    The mansion incident..
    The beginning of the nightmare..
    
    
    
    
    " victims.. were apparently... eaten...bravo team was sent in to
      investigate... but we lost contact ... "  - Chris
    
    
    
    
    Welcome to my walkthrough of Resident Evil for the Nintendo GameCube
    console. This walkthrough will only cover the new Resident Evil so
    any owners of the original Resident Evil wont be able to use this
    walkthrough to their advantage.
    
    This walkthrough is brought to you by Adnan Javed, better known
    as ChandooG on the GameFAQ's message boards and as A-J among his
    friends and many many forums. So far this is for the Nintendo
    version of the game only, and if the game is ever ported to any
    other console i shall add information about them as required.
    
    This walkthrough by all means is complete and i have made sure not
    to leave anything behind, your game will be easier but you will also
    be spoiled so I advise you to use this only at your own risk. Sit
    back, grab a cold one, turn your gamecube on, start resident evil..
    
    ENJOY !
    
    
     Overview  :
    
    
                          Resident Evil / Biohazard
                               FAQ / Walkthrough
                                 By Adnan Javed
                                    Alias AJ
                     ChandooG on gamefaqs.com message boards
                         Returnofthemaniac@hotmail.com
                                AJ@rebiohazard.com
                              Updated on 01/17/04
                             Original ver 01/17/04
    
                       www.planetdreamcast.com/residentevil
                       www.rebiohazard.com *under repairs*
    
    
    
    
    
    ___                               _
     |  __  |__  |    ___       __  _|_
     | (__( |__) |_, (__/_     (__)  |
    
          __   __   __  _|_   ___   __  _|_    __
         (___ (__) |  )  |_, (__/_ |  )  |_, __)
    
    
    
    
    * QUICK NAVIGATION
      ----------------
    
    The code feature is something which i've seen in any final fantasy
    guide I've ever seen, and since this walkthrough of mine has a lot
    of topics and is generally too large, so to avoid scrolling and
    jump to a topic at once press ctrl+F to open the search column and
    enter the code and search to reach the area at once.
    
                    _______________________________________________
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |No |        Description                 |Code  |
                   |___|____________________________________|_____ |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |1. |   Version History                  | vhis |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |2. |   Information                      | infx |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |3. |   Introduction                     | ino9 |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |4. |   Story                            | st00 |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |5. |   Game Controls                    | crl0 |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |6. |   Characters                       | ci99 |
                   |   |        - Main cast                 |      |
                   |   |        - Supporting cast           |      |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |7. |   Monsters                         | mns1 |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |8. |   Weapons                          | wnps |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |9. |   Beginners Tis                    | bstp |
                   |   |         - Tips                     |      |
                   |   |         - Health chart             |      |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |10.|   Complete Walkthrough             | wtrs |
                   |   |         - Jill Valentine           | wtrj |
                   |   |         - Chris Redfield           | wtrc |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |11.|   Speed Guide                      | spd0 |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |12.|   Endings                          | dfed |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |13.|   Item's listings                  | gils |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |14.|   Memo listings                    | gifs |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |15.|   Cheats                           | tc&c |
                   |   |          - Unlockable's            |      |
                   |   |          - Tips                    |      |
                   |   |          - Action Replay           |      |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |16.|   Misc Information                 | msc9 |
                   |   |          - Ink Ribbon chart *      |      |
                   |   |          - Differences b/w hero's  |      |
                   |   |          - Message from Directors  |      |
                   |   |          - REmake differences      |      |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |17.|   Story Info                       |      |
                   |   |          - Official Timeline       | tmlo |
                   |   |          - Wesker's Report 1       | wrp1 |
                   |   |          - Wesker's Report 2       | wrp2 |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |18.|   Boss Strategies                  | dbds |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |19.|   My review                        | mrv0 |
                   |   |                                    |      |
                   |20.|   Legal and Contacting information | lgll |
                   |   |          - Site's hosting this     |      |
                   |   |          - Contacting information  |      |
                   |   |          - Ending words            |      |
                   |___|____________________________________|______|
    
    * = since I didn't put them in the walkthrough a lot, therefore hehe
    
    
    To ask me any question about this walkthrough or the game, just send
    me a mail at the following addresses
    
    aj@rebiohazard.com
    returnofthemaniac@hotmail.com
    
    and AOL users always ALWAYS use this email
        AJ@rebiohazard.com
    
    
    
    
    1.
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                     _            _    _    _                
     __ _____ _ _ __(_)___ _ _   | |_ (_)__| |_ ___ _ _ _  _ 
     \ V / -_) '_(_-< / _ \ ' \  | ' \| (_-<  _/ _ \ '_| || |
      \_/\___|_| /__/_\___/_||_| |_||_|_/__/\__\___/_|  \_, |
                                                        |__/ 
                                                              
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    vhis
    
    
    JAN 6, 2004
    ------------
    
    Started my work on the walkthrough and finished most of Chris's
    walkthrough on the first day. Damn do I type fast.
    
    
    JAN 8, 2004
    ------------
    
    After being lazy for two days I finished up Chris's section of
    the game and started work on the Jill part.
    
    
    JAN 13, 2004
    ------------
    
    Finally after being more lazy I finished the Jill part, only the
    walkthrough area is over 200 kb. Now time for the other sections.
    
    
    JAN 15, 2004
    ------------
    
    During the last 2 days I finished the rest of the sections up
    and now im ready to submit this thing.. but I'll do that tomorrow.
    
    3 hours later
    I decided to add the code words because there was alot of text in
    the walkthrough and that would make it easier for the viewers to
    scroll through to topics.
    
    End section.
    
    
    
    
    2.
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
           _       __                    _   _          
          (_)_ _  / _|___ _ _ _ __  __ _| |_(_)___ _ _  
          | | ' \|  _/ _ \ '_| '  \/ _` |  _| / _ \ ' \ 
          |_|_||_|_| \___/_| |_|_|_\__,_|\__|_\___/_||_|
                                                 
                                                              
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    infx
    
    
    
    Title : Resident Evil
    
    Platform : Nintendo Gamecube
    
    Release date : January 5, 2002
    
    Genre : Survival Horror
    
    Rating : M, 18+
    
    Characters : 12
    
    Playable characters : 3
    
    Game scenario's : 2
    
    Total game endings : 12
    
    Boss fights : 7
    
    Most annoying enemies : Hunters
    
    ---
    
    Author name : Adnan Javed
    
    Alias : A-J , ChandooG
    
    Author age : 17
    
    Author blood group : O+
    
    Comments : This game rules.. get it.. NOW !
    
    
    End section
    
    
    
    3.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
         _     _               _         _   _          
        (_)_ _| |_ _ _ ___  __| |_  _ __| |_(_)___ _ _  
        | | ' \  _| '_/ _ \/ _` | || / _|  _| / _ \ ' \ 
        |_|_||_\__|_| \___/\__,_|\_,_\__|\__|_\___/_||_|
                                                    
          
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    ino9
    
    
    
    The year was 1996 and the Sony PlayStation game console was still
    young on its feet, there weren't many games which would justify this
    console, then an very well known games company Capcom inc came up
    with an idea which will change the way we look at games forever.
    They launched a game called Biohazard in Japan, the game featured
    Static pre-rendered and it was one of the first games ever to use
    the power of the PlayStation with full voice acting casts and FMV
    cut scenes, soon this game became a phenomenon and it was famous
    world over, it was ported over to the European and American region
    with the title Resident Evil because of some legal issues.
    
    After winning several awards and receiving praise for this amazing
    game capcom set out to make several sequels for the game which
    were better both visually and in terms of gameplay but there still
    is a spot in everyone's heart for the original classic which paved
    the way for the new generation of survival horror games. 2 years
    after resident evil, came out resident evil 2 which is probably
    the most grossing resident evil game of all time, because it was
    just like its predecessor in several ways but yet even more better.
    
    After that the series creator Shinji Mikami left the resident evil
    series for the time being and handed the production and direction
    of the games over to his colleagues, after resident evil 2 came
    resident evil 3 and resident evil code veronica, both of them were
    excellent but they still lacked the same pinache which the original
    resident evil and its sequel had, probably because the original
    creator wasn't responsible for these games, sure they were great
    looking and fun to play but they lacked that scary feeling which
    the other one's had.
    
    After some issues with Sony Shinji Mikami decided to take all the
    story based resident evil games over to Nintendo's 128 bit machine,
    the gamecube. Sony fans still got more resident evil games but the
    new series games were exclusive to the owners of the gamecube machine.
    Since the Nintendo public was fairly new to the game capcom decided
    to port over all the previous games to this new console.. but the
    original resident evil was far too old to be ported.. so capcom
    decided something better. Why not remake the game with the power
    of the next-gen console to make one hell of a scary game, and that's
    how this concept came along.
    
    In terms of story the REmake (( as some fanatics have started to call
    it )) is as same as the original resident evil so its a bit of a soar
    spot to those who have already played the original that they know what's
    gonna happen in the end, but other then that capcom have utilized the
    power of the gamecube very well and they have come up with what could
    possibly be the most beautiful looking game ever, and it was also the
    first game to take 2 gamecube disks.
    
    Game wise this game is similar to any other resident evil games
    but the scare-factor of this game is what drives it over the seat.
    The mansion has been re-rendered and everything looks as real as
    it can get, plus the monsters and zombies make life even more
    tougher for the player. However capcom have included several new
    features so the game doesn't become like the original , one of these
    is the ability to use self-defense weapons, you will find about
    these weapons later.
    
    All the dialogue for the game was also redone with new voice
    actors and new dialogues, and the real actors movies from the
    original have also been replaced with rendered FMV's which look
    no less then real from any angel, complete with all the characters
    and monster, some new additions.. this game is probably the best
    resident evil game so far. Any diehard fan will surely have a go
    at it but any newbie should also try it , because its that good
    of a game.
    
    
    
          FROM CAPCOM :
          ***********
    
    Turn out the lights. Lock the doors....Live the Nightmare. The
    award-winning survival horror series debuts on Nintendo
    GameCubeTM system!
    
    Raccoon City. A secluded mountain community, plagued by a storm of
    vicious attacks, is completely overrun. Mutant beasts, blood-thirsty
    zombies infest the landscape. You are S.T.A.R.S - Special Tactics and
    Rescue Squad. Your mission: investigate the ominous mansion at the
    core of the horrific disaster. Uncover secrets behind a radical,
    genetic research facility. With unspeakable horrors lurking around
    every corner, the ultimate test may be just to make it out alive!
    
    Game Features:
    
     The most terrifying, realistic video game ever created
     An entirely new gameplay experience spanning 2 discs!
     Solve hair-raising mysteries and uncover spine-chilling new secrets.
     Play as S.T.A.R.S. operative Jill Valentine or Chris Redfield.
     Face sheer terror as you encounter faster enemies and
      master devastating weapons.
     Tread unexplored areas: new estate rooms, secret lairs,
      graveyards, guest houses and more.
    
    
    
          FROM THE SURVIVOR's GUIDE NET :
          *****************************
    
    Recent murders have taken place in the forest on the outskirts
    of Raccoon City. Victims are horribly mutilated and looked like
    the had been eaten. Special Tactics and Rescue Squad (S.T.A.R.S)
    was sent out to investigate the suspected head- quarters of the
    murders.
    
    
    
    End Section
    
    
    
    4.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                        _                
                     __| |_ ___ _ _ _  _ 
                    (_-<  _/ _ \ '_| || |
                    /__/\__\___/_|  \_, |
                                    |__/ 
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    st00
    
    
    Prelude ...
    
    
    "  Alpha Team is flying around the forest zone, situated in
       northwest Raccoon City, where we are searching for the
       helicopter of our compatriots, Bravo Team, who disappeared
       during the middle of their mission.
    
       Bizarre murder cases have recently occurred in Raccoon City.
       There are outlandish reports of families being attacked by a
       group of about 10 people.
    
       Victims were apparently eaten. Bravo Team was sent in to
       investigate, but we lost contact. "
    
    ------------
    
    
    1998 RACCOON CITY :
    Bizarre murder cases have recently started in raccoon and the people
    of the good city are terrified to get out of their homes now, families
    who mostly lived on the outskirts of the town were attacked by a group
    of about 10 people, victims were eaten, thats the best way to describe it.
    
    
    
    JULY :
    Raccoon city police department chief Brian Irons who has been trying to
    avoid this topic was forced to answer to the press when the murder cases
    increased suddenly and it was decided that the STARS would be sent in to
    the rumored hide out of these murderers and they would go and investigate.
    
    The BRAVO team is sent in to investigate led by captain Enrico Marini
    but contact with them is lost soon after they reach the forest area.
    Now its up to alpha team to find the BRAVO team and solve this mystery.
    Captain Albert Wesker assembles his team and they're all set to go.
    
    
    JULY 24:
    Alpha team starts their search for the BRAVO team on their helicopter
    but its no luck for them to find out where the team went all of a
    sudden, chris and Jill look through either side of the chopper for
    any signs of the BRAVO team or even their helicopter, suddenly Jill
    spots a fallen chopper and the lights are turned on it.
    
    The ALPHA team sets down their chopper and the team gears up to
    check out the chopper, the pilot of the ALPHA team, brad Vickers
    decides to stay in the chopper, checking out the chopper , team
    member Joseph Frost, who was just recently promoted to the ALPHA
    squad, finds the body of the BRAVO's pilot Kevin Dooley in the pilot
    seat of the badly damaged chopper, his body was mauled very badly
    and it looked like the work of a wild animal. Joseph barely controls
    himself and investigates further.
    
    Checking the premises wesker Chris and Jill all wander off into
    different directions and Joseph sets off in a different direction.
    Suddenly he hears something, he readies his gun with quickness of
    a cat but there's nothing there, still not taking his eyes off the
    place he slowly lowers his gun but doesn't spot the animal closing
    in behind him quickly. Joseph turns around and is attacked at once
    by what appears like a decomposing dog, the dog starts to maul
    Joseph and he tries to shoot it away with his shotgun but is unable
    to do so, more dogs of the same kind join in and soon Joseph goes
    cold and the camera lens on his shoulder gets red from his own blood.
    
    From a distance Jill valentine spots the dogs eating Joseph and she
    tries to shoot them but they don't take any notice, suddenly one of
    the dogs looks at Jill and starts charging towards her, Jill hesitates
    and falls down, and as the dog leaps in air to take a bite out of
    her, suddenly a shot to the head sends it flying away, its Chris
    and he's right in time, he takes jilts hand and they both start to
    run in a random direction. But the humans cant keep up with the
    animals and another dog almost catches up to Chris, Chris tries to
    block his face with his arm but the dog is blown away even before
    he can reach Chris, its Wesker, he tells Chris to head this way.
    
    Seeing all the commotion in the ground, brad Vickers lifts the chopper
    in the air and abandons his comrades, Chris yells "where the hell is he
    going " and brad escapes with the chopper. Suddenly Chris spots some
    lights further and he see's a huge mansion in front of them, this
    must be the old abandoned arkley mansion, he yells at Jill to run
    in the house. They make a break for it and wesker Barry and Chris
    shoot the dogs while running backwards.
    
    Pretty soon they reach the house and shut off the doors from
    the inside, its not safe outside... but soon they'll find out
    that its not safe inside too.
    
    ---------
    
    Long story short this is how it all began, this is the first game
    in the resident evil saga and everything here is new, the story
    will be new and the characters are new, and we will learn about
    what umbrella is and what they do behind closed doors, plot twists
    and traitors will lead you to the mansion's secret slowly, and when
    you find the secret out , its time to get rid of it.. one way or
    the other..
    
    
    
    End Section
    
    
    
    5.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                             _           _    
                  __ ___ _ _| |_ _ _ ___| |___
                 / _/ _ \ ' \  _| '_/ _ \ (_-<
                 \__\___/_||_\__|_| \___/_/__/
    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    crl0
    
    
    
    
    TYPE A :
    ------
    
    
    Up        :    Move character forward
    Down      :    Move character backwards
    Left      :    Turn character towards left
    Right     :    Turn character towards right
    
    Button A  :    Action key, use things, take things, climb ledges
    Button B  :    Run while holding the forward direction key, cancel
    Button Y  :    Open up inventory screen, check health inside
    Button X  :    Open up inventory screen, check health inside
    Button Z  :    Open up map of the area where we are
    Button L  :    Change target when aiming with weapon
    Button R  :    Ready weapon, put character in combat stance
    START     :    Open up options menu
    C stick   :    180* turn
    
    
    
    TYPE B :
    ------
    
    Up        :    Move character forward
    Down      :    Move character backwards
    Left      :    Turn character towards left
    Right     :    Turn character towards right
    
    Button A  :    Move character forward
    Button B  :    Move character backwards, cancel
    Button Y  :    Action key, use things, take things, climb ledges
    Button X  :    Open up inventory screen, check health inside
    Button Z  :    Open up map of the area where we are
    Button L  :    Change target when aiming with weapon
    Button R  :    Ready weapon, put character in combat stance
    START     :    Open up options menu
    C stick   :    180* turn
    
    
    
    TYPE C :
    ------
    
    Up        :    Move character forward
    Down      :    Move character backwards
    Left      :    Turn character towards left
    Right     :    Turn character towards right
    
    Button A  :    Action key, use things, take things, climb ledges
    Button B  :    Cancel
    Button Y  :    Open up map of the area where we are
    Button X  :    Open up inventory screen, check health inside
    Button Z  :    Change target when aiming with weapon
    Button L  :    Ready weapon, put character in combat stance
    Button R  :    Run while holding the forward direction key
    START     :    Open up options menu
    C stick   :    180* turn
    
    
    
    End Section
    
    
    
    
    6.
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                _                     _              
             __| |_  __ _ _ _ __ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ ___
            / _| ' \/ _` | '_/ _` / _|  _/ -_) '_(_-<
            \__|_||_\__,_|_| \__,_\__|\__\___|_| /__/
     
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    ci99
    
    
    
    
    MAIN CAST
    ---------
    
    
        CHRIS REDFIELD :
        **************
    
    Age : 25
    Height : 5ft 11in
    Weight : 177 lbs
    Blood type : O
    Team : STARS Alpha
    
    This is Chris redfield, who is no doubt the hero of the game , and
    the strong man type person, still a young lad Chris was kicked out
    of the airforce because of his rude behavior towards his senior
    officers and his friendship over his orders. Shortly after Chris
    was kicked out his old friend Barry Burton asked him to join the
    newly formed STARS branch in raccoon city, a well developed city
    in the mid western part of the US. Chris didn't want to let go of
    such a good offer and so he became a member of STARS , here Chris
    made several friends and became an active cop and a member of STARS
    who are called upon for dangerous missions and for search and
    rescue operations.
    
    Chris is a rash man who has a rowdy attitude and sometimes he can
    go out of his limits to do what he wants to do, that is why he was
    kicked from the airforce, but Chris cares for his sister more then
    anyone on the planet, guess it runs in the redfield genes.
    
    Chris is not only a young man but he's also in top physical shape
    of his life and he's also a smart man so he can improvise on many
    things when it comes down to that , Chris has used his strength
    and intelligence to solve many previous cases, but recently a new
    case has been around and Chris cant wait to get his hands on this
    one. Chris cares for his team mates just like his brothers and
    sisters and he would be willing to sacrifice his life for each
    and everyone of them. This is why Chris has a quiet kind of
    respect among everyone.
    
    Chris performance with the STARS has been very good until now
    and he's always under the observant eyes of the captain of the
    STARS , Albert Wesker, some say that after wesker retires Chris
    will become the captain with ease.
    
    Not only physically but Chris is a good marksman too and he
    has won several awards from the Raccoon police department form
    his marksman ship, he knows how to handle guns and he's quick
    as a cat in firing and evading. Soon after the STARS were formed
    strange occurrences started to happen around raccoon and the STARS
    were sent to investigate the stronghold of these disturbances.
    
    
    capcom's description
    ###A member of the S.T.A.R.S. Alpha team. After being kicked out
    of the Air Force, Chris became a drifter until he met Barry
    Burton. Barry recruited him for S.T.A.R.S and then got him
    reassigned to a smaller unit at Raccoon City headquarters to prove
    himself quickly. After he escaped the mansion with Jill, Rebecca
    and Barry in Resident Evil, he rescued his sister Claire from
    Antarctica in Resident Evil Code: Veronica ###
    
    
    
         JILL VALENTINE :
         **************
    
    Age : 23
    Height : 5ft 5in
    Weight : 111 lbs
    Blood : B
    Team : STARS Alpha
    
    The so called "intelligent one" of the STARS members Jill stands
    quiet up to her name, not only is she smart but she's a very
    attractive young woman combining beauty and brains at the same
    time, at her young age Jill has already done more then what many
    people are unable to do in their entire lifetimes, just like Chris
    Jill also cares for his team more then anything else and she has
    saved her comrades life more then once in the field of battle
    along side Chris Redfield, Jill has this unusual ability to be
    good with any kind of machinery that is why she is also part-
    mechanic for the STARS alpha team, she can handle anything on
    her own, whether it be a fully functioning APC carrier or even
    a simple lockpick, or even if its a piano, she can do it all.
    
    What many people find hard to believe is that Jill is an ex member
    of the delta force at the age of 23, and its because she was with
    those guys that she has acquired extensive combat training and a
    strong will to fight for whats right, Jill can handle a gun almost
    as good , if not better then Chris can, but being a woman she has
    less resilience to damage naturally, but her brain works double
    time and her smartness and common sense make up for that, she can
    do things much easier compared to the grunts .
    
    Jill is one of those people who tend to stay cool when under
    pressure and her sense of judgement has saved her own life more
    then once which is why she has been decorated by the police force
    on several occasions.  Jill is a character who is loved by all
    and she should be because she is shown a good person by nature
    and she would do anything to save her friends, but some people
    may complain that Jill is a little too young to be ex delta force,
    I mean she's only 23. But what the hay :) .
    
    Capcom's deccription
    ## Jill is a member of S.T.A.R.S., a special task force in the Raccoon
    City Police Department. She is a specialist in disarming explosive traps.
    With her experience training in the U.S. Delta Force, she is one of
    the survivors of the original incident that occurred in the Arklay
    Mountains. Cheerful and independent, Jill has a strong sense of justice.
    Though she has a healthy emotional side, she is a talented woman with a
    strong will and excellent judgement. ##
    
    
    
    
         ALBERT WESKER :
         *************
    
    Age : 38
    Height : 6ft
    Weight : 186 lbs
    Blood  : O
    Team : STARS Alpha
    
    Captain wesker is what can be described as the perfect role model
    for the new recruits who join the force, named as the *cool guy*
    of the squad wesker is always cool calm and collected and he
    never looses his focus, neither his sun glasses, wesker always
    has his glasses on whether in the middle of a mission , or inside
    the RPD sitting in the STARS office, maybe thats why he is termed
    as the cool guy. Wesker was called to the Raccoon City police
    department because of his extensive combat knowledge and his
    smart battle field abilities. Wesker has saved more lives then
    he's killed in combat all because of his skills and his ability
    to remain cool during a heated encounter.
    
    Albert wesker quickly rose in the ranks when he joined the RPD and
    pretty soon he opened his own STARS division inside the Raccoon
    police department and was rightfully chosen as the commander of
    this new unit. Now he heads the ALPHA and the BRAVO teams into
    dangerous missions. He is a good captain as good as his skills,
    and almost everybody listens to what he's saying. Although wesker
    seems to be only leading the STARS at this time there is something
    else going on with him, and when the rumors about the murders start
    wesker starts to get tense.
    
    But when the attacks become ever more frequent and cause a bigger
    threat to the people in the city wesker tries to dispel it, but
    after orders from the chief of police wesker is asked to send in
    one of his two squads into the forest to find the hide out of the
    attackers, wesker sends in the BRAVO squad which is led by his
    friend and second in command Enrico Marini first, but contact with
    them is lost when they've reached the forest area. Rather then
    going in with the other squad right at that time to find the
    team wesker halts the investigation for a day much to the dismay
    of the ALPHA members.
    
    The next day wesker finally decides to send in the ALPHA squad for
    a search and rescue mission and decides to go along with them for
    first hand experience. What is the secret behind wesker and what is
    he hiding, this will all unfold during the course of the events.
    
    Capcom's description
    ## Wesker excelled inside the S.T.A.R.S. organization and led the
    Alpha Team in Resident Evil. Viewed by many as a "cool guy,", Wesker
    was recruited by a headhunter for his sharp insight. Although he founded
    the S.T.A.R.S. unit in Raccoon City, he was really spying on Umbrella.
    He was nearly killed by Tyrant and injected himself with the T-virus
    which made him all-powerful. In Resident Evil Code: Veronica X, he
    escaped the destruction and now remains at large. ##
    
    
    
         BARRY BURTON :
         ************
    
    Age : 38
    Height : 6ft
    Weight : 196 lbs
    Blood  : A
    Team : STARS Alpha
    
    Barry Burton is perhaps the most senior member of the STARS when
    it comes to combat experience, he has been a member of the SWAT
    team for 16 years and he has bucket full of military experience.
    It is because of this experience that he was one of the top names
    in the list when the STARS was newly formed and they were looking
    for recruits, after doing some part time work in both SWAT and
    the STARS Barry quit the SWAT force and became a full time member
    at the Raccoon Police Department. He is one of those weapons experts
    who can talk about guns and their ammo for hours, and that is why
    he is the weapons supplier for the team, its his job to prep up the
    teams before the missions and provide them with the suitable weapon.
    If thetas not enough he's got a collection of guns in the office
    aswell and he repairs broken weapons while sitting in his desk at
    the STARS office in the RPD.
    
    But Barry has another side to him aswell, its his family side, Barry
    is one of the truth and justice kind, he has a real soft spot in his
    heart for his family and will be willing to do anything to anyone
    if provoked on that matter, other then that Barry also has a good
    spot for all his team mates and acts like the father figure of the
    team, even though he isn't that old himself. He was also responsible
    for recruiting Chris Redfield in the STARS after he was kicked out
    of the airforce.
    
    Other then that Barry has also recruited several members, most of
    them who are still rookies, into the police department so they can
    too become members of STARS one day in the future, Barry has had
    recent marital issues and he's not been able to fix his mind
    on his missions or his family, and he's mostly away from his home,
    its as if something has been bothering him for a long time and he
    doesn't want to talk about it with anyone.
    
    Barry also doesn't have too many friends in the police department
    either, his close friend Kendo runs the major gun shop in the city
    which provides the guns to the police department and the ammo with
    it, other then that Barry and Jill have always been good friends
    of each other, possibly because of both of them having a strong
    military background.
    
    Capcom's description
    ## Barry is a former SWAT team member with more than 16 years of
    experience. Regarded as one of S.T.A.R.S. most exceptional members,
    he is a highly skilled weapons expert and supplies and maintains
    weapons for the underground organization. Barry is very much a family
    man with strong values. Past experiences have made him wary of others.##
    
    
    
         REBECCA CHAMBERS:
         ****************
    
    Age : 18
    Height : 5ft 2in
    Weight : 93 lbs.
    Blood type : AB
    Team : STARS Bravo
    
    Rebecca chambers is the record setting youngest member in the history
    of the STARS division anywhere, she is only 18 now and she's a full
    time member of the STARS BRAVO team, but she wasn't recruited for her
    combat skills, infact she is in the team because of her extraordinary
    skills as a medic, she can use almost any kind of chemicals to their
    full healing extent, also an expert with herbs and other stuff like
    that Rebecca is the perfect person to have around when in a tough
    battle, she can heal any member if she has the right equipment and
    she can even take care of herself if it calls for it. Not as strong
    as the other members of the team but she tends to stay away from
    action for the most part for herself.
    
    A little quiet and nervous around the other members because she knows
    herself that she's a rookie but Rebecca is always looking for chances
    to make herself up to the others and show them that she means
    business that is why she agreed to head out with the BRAVO team when
    called for, her gun controlling is amazingly well for her age and
    one can guess that she will be as good as Chris or Jill when she
    reaches their age. This is Rebecca's first full-time op so she is a
    bit worried about it but as long as her team is with her she has
    nothing to worry about.
    
    It hasn't been long since she her career started and she's already
    taken in the team for a serious operation. The BRAVO team respects
    Rebecca because she is an equal member of their team and they dot
    treat her like a little child because they know that this girl is a
    whole dynamite in the package.
    
    Capcom's description
    ## The youngest member of the group, Rebecca has been recruited for her
    knowledge of field medicine and First Aid. She is nervous around other
    members, both because of her age and due to her lack of experience.
    Rebecca is eager to please and will take on any task assigned to her
    without hesitation. ##
    
    
    
         ENRICO MARINI :
         *************
    
    Age : 41
    Height : 6ft 3in
    Weight : 186 lbs
    Blood type : O
    Team : STARS Bravo
    
    Enrico Marini is the proud captain of the BRAVO's, he is a true
    leader and has a leading quality which not alot of people have.
    Enrico treats his team like they are his own family and in return
    the BRAVO team also respects him alot. When the BRAVO team was asked
    to head into the forests Enrico led his team bravely into the forests.
    But he didn't knew that this mission would be the final one of his life.
    He was a proud soul and his memory shall live on forever.
    
    Enrico was second in command to wesker when it came to seniority to
    wesker but seeing as how he was getting old he would retire in a few
    years and he always thought that either Barry or Chris would make
    suitable captains after he's gone. He is somewhat threatened by this
    thought and is always trying to stay in top shape at his place.
    
    1 day after the launch Enrico manages to make it to the Spencer
    estate and somehow reach the catacombs area below the mansion,
    there he tells Chris or Jill that this all was a trap, but before
    he could reveal the name of that traitor he is shot, thus ending
    the soldier's life in a sad way. Killed by one of his own comrades.
    That is no way for a solider to go.
    
    Capcom's description
    ##Bravo Team's leader and Wesker's second in command for the S.T.A.R.S.
    unit. Enrico feels threatened by the arrival of the Alpha Team, thinking
    that Chris or Barry may end up replacing him as #2 to Wesker. Nonetheless,
    Enrico is a dedicated S.T.A.R.S. operative and is always proud to lead
    the unit when Wesker lets him. ##
    
    
    
    
    SUPPORTING CAST
    ---------------
    
    
    
         JOSEPH FROST :
         ************
    
    Joseph Frost was recently promoted to the STARS Alpha squad by
    Albert wesker himself, this is the reason why most of the senior
    members of the BRAVO group are jealous of this young fellow, once a
    navy seal, Joseph joined in on the STARS as a vehicle specialist
    and a mechanic. Not so good with a gun in hand Joseph is more of a
    tools guy then a combat guy. No one knows what wesker saw in him but
    atleast he's happy with himself.
    
    Capcom's description
    ## Previous member of S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team, and already stationed
    in Raccoon City, Joseph was recently promoted to serve as vehicle
    specialist for Alpha Tem. Many members of Bravo Team are jealous of
    his promotion, but he was moved up by Wesker himself. Joseph is young,
    enthusiastic and very curious. ##
    
    
    
         RICHARD AIKEN :
         *************
    
    Richard aiken is one of the most important for the STARS unit, both
    squads because he is the only radio man in the entire team so far,
    while the team is searching for another radio man, Richard has to
    do double duties for each of the team, whichever team is going for
    a mission, Richard is their radio-man, that is why he's probably the
    grimmest person of the two squads, he is the only man who carries
    a radio with him therefore making him the only way to call in for
    backup from HQ.
    
    Capcom's description
    ## A very important member of S.T.A.R.S. serving as Bravo's communications
    expert. The only link back to headquarters for teams out in the field,
    Richard actually has to pull double duty, as radioman for both units
    since Alpha Team really has no trained operator, except for Jill.##
    
    
         BRAD VICKERS :
         ************
    
    Brad Vickers is the full time pilot for the STARS Alpha team, but
    its actually strange how he got this far because he has about zero
    enthusiasm of heading into the combat field head on, whenever the
    team go for an opp brad always sticks in the chopper because he has
    a terrible fear of dying, the whole team is aware of his habits and
    thus have given him the nickname chicken heart. Brad is known to
    abandon the team at times of danger and he's been scolded more then
    once for this. Even though Chris has been known to be a good pilot
    and he can take over for brad anytime but he's also good in combat
    so the STARS need this guy to be a full pilot for the ALPHA team.
    
    Capcom's description
    ## Brad is a computer expert and excels in information gathering.
    Unfortunately, his fear of dying draws much heat from his fellow s
    soldiers. His lack of enthusiasm for rushing into danger has earned
    him the nickname "Chickenheart." While Chris is a qualified pilot,
    Brad has become the helicopter pilot for Alpha Team. ##
    
    
         KENNETH J SULLIVAN :
         ******************
    
    Kenneth is one of the only few people who was recruited in the STARS
    division by wesker himself, though the oldest member of the squad
    his skills as a scout and his chemicals expertise make up for his
    old age, but his aim with the gun is crooked so he is likely to be
    in the very back of the line if the team is in head on combat, and
    most of the time he stays away from the battlefield, with almost
    nil combat experience he was quiet hesitant to go for this mission
    but had to go as the only chemical expert in the BRAVO team.
    
    Capcom's description
    ##A quiet but very talented field scouting officer. Also an expert
    in chemistry. He wonders why his chemical experience would be
    necessary in Raccoon City but quickly discounts his hesitancy
    since Wesker himself sought him to enlist in S.T.A.R.S. ##
    
    
         FOREST SPAYER :
         *************
    
    Forest spayer is one of Chris redfields good friends, and they're
    always talking about missions and stuff like that together, other
    then that forest is the only sniper in the BRAVO team and besides
    that he is also good when it comes to machinery, he has the same
    role for the BRAVO team as Jill valentine has for the ALPHA team.
    He is the only person in BRAVOs trained to use grenade launchers.
    Longing to go to the ALPHA team for some major action, forest is
    always trying to make himself better.
    
    Capcom's description
    ##Forest is a great sniper in addition to his duties as Bravo's
    vehicle specialist. He is a consummate professional and his work
    earns him great respect from the other members. He instantly clicks
    with Chris, and it seems they'll end up good team-mate s. ##
    
    
    
         KEVIN DOOLEY :
         ************
    
    Not much is known about Kevin other then that he is the new pilot
    for the BRAVO team, and this may be his first combat experience.
    He has this slight thing with dogs . According to some sources Kevin
    was a stunt pilot before he was recruited into the STARS, he was called
    in because of his flying skills and the fact that he can land the
    chopper in the harshest environments, where no one else would even
    dare to walk on foot.
    
    
    
    End Section
    
    
    
    7.
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                                  _              
                _ __  ___ _ _  __| |_ ___ _ _ ___
               | '  \/ _ \ ' \(_-<  _/ -_) '_(_-<
               |_|_|_\___/_||_/__/\__\___|_| /__/
    
                                                              
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    mns1
    
    
    
    Here is a list of the monsters you may find during the course
    of the game, unlike my previous guides , I have put the boss
    descriptions and battle strategies in a separate section after
    the walkthrough part because of possible spoilers more then the
    other games.
    
    
    
    1.  ZOMBIES
        *******
    
    These are the regular enemies you find in any RE game, in this case
    these are the researchers of the mansion who have turned into zombies due
    to the T virus, zombies basically bite you from front or behind, if a
    zombie falls down they sometimes grab you're legs and have a bite out of
    them. Pretty easy to kill but its just best to avoid zombies if they are
    less and the area is wide enough to escape. Along the game you will find
    various kinds of zombies, there are zombies later who can only spit acid
    at you and can't bite, and later you'll even find the famous naked
    zombies. Unlike the other resident evil games zombies are very tough
    and they will take about 6 to 8 shots from a handgun before going down,
    but its not over yet, unless you burned the zombie after killing it with
    the provided lighter and the kerosene oil, or blew its head up with the
    shotgun it will revive about 20 or so minutes later to become a more
    dangerous-er crimson head.
    
    
    
    2.  CRIMSON HEADs
        *************
    
    Believe it or not these things emerge out of the slow as hell zombies,
    really hard to swallow I know, these crimson heads are also called
    V-acts, they can run as fast as the characters and unlike the other
    zombies they come with razor sharp claws which they use to their
    fullest extent, and these claws can take off health from the hero's
    pretty damn quickly, the only real precaution against crimson's is
    to make sure that you dont leave any zombie dead and burn it or
    take its head off with the shotgun, other then that if you do happen
    to come face to face with one then the best thing to use is the
    shotgun, they will most definitely take more then one shotgun shells
    to die most of the time, but a good strategy against them will be
    to aim the shotgun and let them run towards you, while they get
    close at the right distance shoot at them and the shotgun should
    take the head off, any stronger weapon would take just 1 shot to
    get rid of them, second most annoying enemy in the game.
    
    
    3.  WILD BEE
        ********
    
    Even though they dont take too much ammo to kill , but its still
    not right to waste your ammo on such a stupid things, these bee's
    are about as big as a large sized watermelon, they wont do too
    much damage to the characters upon a sting, but the annoying thing
    is that they can poison you, each single sting can, and the even
    more annoying thing is that they always come out in pairs of 5 or
    greater, if you ever feel like taking aiming lessons then take out
    the barrette and aim for them, other then that I would really ask
    you to run away from them if they're around, fortunately you will
    only run into them in one part of the game alone.
    
    
    4.  CEREBRUS
        ********
    
    I've read more then 4 ways to spell this word so dont complain :o
    This is proof that the T virus also affects animals, these are the
    dogs which have turned vicious due to the virus, their flesh is
    hanging over their bodies, they move pretty quick but their attacks
    wont do a lot of damage, easily killable by the knife if there are
    only 1 or 2 around, otherwise use you're gun.  Once you shoot a dog
    he falls down for a few seconds and gets up after a while, that is
    the time to keep on shooting it while its still down and they'll
    soon die. Or if you fancy yourself to be a good player of the game
    then you can easily take them out with the knife too, just wait for
    them to jump then slash them down, and keep slashing to keep them
    down. Easy to kill , but scary on sight.
    
    
    5.  CROWS
        *****
    
    Crows are mostly found in the outdoor area's of the game , and in
    that one art room where they will attack you if you do the puzzle
    wrong, other then that they wont appear anywhere else, just like
    the hornets its just a waste of time to even fire a single shot
    at them, because they're pathetic, but they sure move fast, a nice
    trick against them is that if you are in an area with crows and
    they're all sitting calmly then you can just walk past them but
    dont get too close or they might still attack , caution though as
    this trick will not work always, if you do want to take out a
    few crows for snack then waste nothing more then the barrette,
    or if they are large in numbers use the shotgun so the spread shots
    take out alot at once.
    
    
    6.  SNAKES
        ******
    
    Snakes are most definitely put in the game just to annoy the
    player, and just like the crows and the bee's they join the list
    of the enemies which should be avoided at all cost, the thing
    with the snakes is that they're really hard to shoot at so
    that makes it even more of a thing to run away from them, if
    they attack you they will poison you definitely and that makes
    them as annoying as the crimson heads, luckily you wont come
    across these alot but whenever you do just ignore them and run
    over them, or if your feeling like shooting aim down with the
    shotgun and blast.
    
    
    7.  GIANT SPIDERS
        *************
    
    These are probably the most shallowest enemy in the game, they
    are just large spiders who you will come across in several rooms
    in the game, their primary attack is spitting poison at you
    which can be easily avoided by just moving left or right, if
    you want to take them out then take out the shotgun and about 2
    blasts should do the trick , once they die many small spiders
    will come out of the dead one, to avoid these just exit out of
    the room and enter again and you will find that the little one's
    have disappeared, these things can be a little annoying if they
    are on a over-head wall, but if they are on a side-wall and in
    front of you then the shotgun can take them out easily,
    overall not so tough to face down.
    
    
    8.  HUNTERs
        *******
    
    The hunters have the record of being in every resident evil game
    so far and they are no exception, infact this should be their
    first appearance as far as timeline is considered, the hunters
    in appearance look like gorilla's but mutated all over and
    completely green in color, and they are complete with razor
    sharp claws which are unavoidable, the hunter can do different
    type of attacks, either they will run right up to the character
    and slash to the body area, this can cause heavy damage and
    you should check your health after each attack, the second
    attack it does is jump towards you from a distance and slash
    you in mid air, this is the most powerful attack which any
    normal enemy can make, if your health is low, even sometimes at
    yellow-caution, then this move will decapitate the hero for an
    instant death attack. The only real weakness against the
    hunter is that sometimes when they spot you they will stop and
    do a shriek, shoot them with a shotgun or grenade launcher at
    this time, 2 or 3 shotgun shells will do , and with Jill use
    grenade launchers with acid rounds, overall the most annoying
    enemy in the game for me.
    
    
    9.  CHIMERA
        *******
    
    These enemies look more like huge flat insects then a bio-monster,
    anyone who has seen the movie mimic will understand what I mean,
    the chimera's will sometimes move from room to room after the
    hero and that can be annoying, attack vise they have an attack
    almost as powerful as the hunters, and if you turn your back on
    them they will often climb up on the characters back and slash
    the throat, this can be lethal most of the times, so always take
    on them head on and shoot at them with the shotgun. The most
    annoying thing about them is that they can climb up and jump off
    from the walls and ceilings.
    
    
    10. SHARKS
        ******
    
    Besides the large shark called Neptune you will come across
    three little sharks, each of them wont be much a threat to you
    the only thing we can do in the aqua ring area is run because
    if you stop to fight the sharks then the big shark will eat
    you indefinitely, so the only time to get to shoot them is after
    you've drained the aqua ring and they're flapping around about
    to die anyway, just shoot them in the head to Finnish the job.
    
    
    
    End Section
    
    
    
    8.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    
              __ __ _____ __ _ _ __  ___ _ _  ___
              \ V  V / -_) _` | '_ \/ _ \ ' \(_-<
               \_/\_/\___\__,_| .__/\___/_||_/__/
                              |_|                
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    wnps
    
    
    
    
    1. STARS 9mm Barrette
    
       Fully Loaded: 15 rounds
       Ammo: 9mm ammo clips
    
    This is the basic weapon given to every STARS member for a
    standard op, Jill will have this gun from the start of the
    game but Chris would have lost his, but he will find Jill's
    gun in the main hall and start using it. This gun is ideal
    for taking out a single or two zombies in the area but dont
    rely on it too much, the smaller enemies like the crows and
    bees are the perfect target for this gun, later on when the
    zombies disappear and the bigger enemies appear you will
    find this gun to be completely useless so throw it in the
    item box for good when that time comes.
    
    
    2. Survival Knife
    
       Fully Loaded: N/A
       Ammo: N/A
    
    The weapon which should only be used upon deathwish, the
    knife is the most useless weapon in the game and it should
    be put inside the item box as soon as you can, the only
    thing this knife is good enough to kill is a lone zombie
    but even then the zombie might get a few bites on you
    before you can kill it, any other reason why anyone would
    wanna use it is just to show off. Simply sucks.
    
    
    3. 8 Inch Bowie Knife
    
       Fully Loaded: N/A
       Ammo: N/A
    
    This is the rambo-knife Chris starts off with, only comes
    with a little longer then the other knife, but every bit
    as sucky as the above, ignore it. Item box is where it
    actually belongs.
    
    
    4. Shotgun
    
       Fully Loaded: 7 rounds
       Ammo: Shotgun Shells
    
    One of the most useful weapons in the game, it can take
    out any normal zombie with one shot or two at the most, if
    there is a group of zombies coming at you then just aim
    straight and fire off two or three shells and the spread
    shot ability of the shotgun will take down almost all the
    zombies in a wide radius quickly, this shotgun becomes
    useless when you later on find the upgraded combat shotgun
    but while its time lasts, this is one of the best guns in
    the game, either character can find it in the room beyond
    the crushing roof room. Chris will need an extra broken
    shotgun to get it but Jill can get it anyhow.
    
    
    5. Grenade Launcher
    
       Fully Loaded: 240 rounds
       Ammo: Explosive, Fire or Acid grenades
    
    This is perhaps the most sophisticated weapon for Jill in
    the game because it has more then one kind of ammo and each
    type fits a different enemy correctly, the normal grenade
    kind can take out the zombies efficiently, while the more
    deadlier flame rounds will not only take the enemies out
    but they will also burn them, the most powerful of the
    three are however the acid rounds, these are the hardest
    to come by and they can kill almost every normal enemy
    with a single shot, even hunters too. Only Jill can use
    this amazing weapon and it can be found on 2F of the mansion
    in the balcony room besides forest's dead body.
    
    
    6. Richard's Combat Shotgun
    
       Fully Loaded: 10 shells
       Ammo: Shot Gun Shells
    
    This is my pick of the weapons in the game because I have
    this thing with shotguns, well either character can only
    obtain this weapon if they save Richard by giving him the
    serum right in time, then Chris can find it after Richard
    gets eaten by the shark, and Jill finds it after he gets
    eaten by the snake. This weapon carries over all the traits
    of the original shotgun but comes with an added ammo
    capacity and a faster firing rate, the spread of this
    gun is a little less then the original one so it has
    almost the same affect even from a distance. I love this gun.
    
    
    7. .22 Derringer ( AKA suicide pistol )
    
       Fully Loaded: 1 round
       Ammo: N/A
    
    This is the strangest weapon in video game history, at looks
    this weapon looks like a teeny weenie bug killer and it will
    have only one shot in it, but actually the one bullet fired
    from this gun can cause the same amount of damage 5 magnum
    rounds can, so you should save this weapon for the final
    stages. This gun has 2 chambers but 1 bullet has already
    been used, by that scientist I guess , who wished to kill
    himself, therefore giving it the name suicide gun, either
    character can find it in the room 001 in the residence area.
    
    
    8. .357 Magnum
    
        Fully Loaded: 6 rounds
        Ammo: .357 rounds
    
    This is probably the second most powerful gun in the game,
    second only to the rocket launcher, this gun can take off
    zombies heads thus not allowing them to mutate and it can
    kill all other normal enemies with one shot, its THAT powerful.
    In real life magnums are known to go completely through a car's
    running engine and in the game this power can be devastating,
    the obvious weapon to use for any boss fight but unfortunately
    the rounds for this gun are hard to find and you will be
    forgiven if you dont use this gun until the final boss fight.
    
    
    9. .44 Magnum
    
       Fully Loaded: 6 rounds
       Ammo: cannot be reloaded
    
    This is the gun you will get if you dont give Barry his
    gun back during the Lisa Trevor final fight, in power this
    gun is nothing more then your average magnum but the thing
    is that you cannot reload it, so your stuck with it, you
    should have given it back to Barry.
    
    
    10. Flame Thrower
    
        Fully Loaded: 100%
        Ammo: none
    
    Only Chris can find this weapon in the area with the running
    boulders, Jill also finds it but she cant use it, the only
    good thing about this gun is that its fun to use, other then
    that you only get it for a matter of 3 rooms and the only
    thing you fight in-between is the large spider, the fuel for
    the fire will burn out quiet quickly so its almost useless to
    use this weapon.
    
    
    11. Mark 1 Rocket Launcher
    
        Fully Loaded: 4 rockets
        Ammo: None
    
    This is the ultimate show stopping weapon, and I mean that
    literally because this is the only way you will be able to
    finish the game, you can either win this at the end, check
    secrets for that, other then that brad will drop this from
    the helicopter only during the final fight. Aim and shoot
    to finish the game up.
    
    
    
    SELF DEFENCE WEAPONS
    --------------------
    
    1. Flash Bang Grenade
    
    Only used by Chris this is one of the coolest things in the
    entire game, when a zombie attacks you, Chris will shove it
    in the zombies mouth, now walk back and wait for it, or just
    get some distance and fire a shot to set the grenade off, it
    will blow up and the zombie's head will explode with it.
    
    
    2. Dagger
    
    This is almost as cool as the above  but not as useful and can
    be used by either character, as soon as the zombie will attack
    the character will shove this into the zombies head and it will
    let go of you, now you can run away or shoot it down, to get
    your shoved dagger back be sure to take the zombies head off
    when you kill it by the shotgun or magnum, and you will see that
    the dagger falls of on the floor.
    
    
    3. Stun Gun
    
    The most useless of the three, I think this weapon sucks , and
    only Jill can use it, all this weapon will do is stun the enemy
    in front of you for a small period of time allowing you to run
    away to safety. Thats all .. pfft
    
    
    
    End Section
    
    
    
    9.
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
     _              _                        _   _         
    | |__  ___ __ _(_)_ _  _ _  ___ _ _ ___ | |_(_)_ __ ___
    | '_ \/ -_) _` | | ' \| ' \/ -_) '_(_-< |  _| | '_ (_-<
    |_.__/\___\__, |_|_||_|_||_\___|_| /__/  \__|_| .__/__/
              |___/                               |_|      
     
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    
    bstp
    
    
    
    
    TIPS
    ----
    
    * Save your ammo :
       As always when you get the better weapons the ammo for that weapon
       will also be scarce as hell, so this is a issue most of you should
       be familiar with, so whenever you can use the weaker weapons which
       have tons of ammo to save ammo for the stronger weapon for the
       ending fights of the game, when were really gonna need the ammo.
    
    * Save your ribbons :
       Well this is something which has been passed on from one resi game
       to another, always have a spear ink ribbon in the item box and be
       sure to save as many as you can, not just to save your game more
       often, but also because less saving is the sign of a good player.
    
    * Distance does matter
       Whenever you have a gun like the handgun or magnum in your hand
       then be sure to use them from as far as you can, because these are
       single projectile guns and they will do the same damage from any
       distance you take them, the shotgun on the other hand is a different
       matter, the closer you use the shotgun from, the more damage that gun
       will do , the same cant be said for the g-launcher however.
    
    * Head shots make life easy
       When your playing with a shotgun in hand and you want to waste a
       zombie quicker then just wait for him to get close to you,and then
       raise your gun and just one shot and the zombie will flap like a
       headless chicken before if falls down.
    
    * Health issues :
       This game has alot of nasty monsters who can take down alot of
       health in a matter of seconds so its best to always keep a spare
       full herb combo or a first aid spray with you just in case, on the
       same note only use herbs and other stuff whenever you need them the
       most, save them if you can because your gonna need alot of them in
       the later stages of the game.
    
    * Self defense
       Everyone should learn the art of self defense and that is no
       exception when it comes to this game, during the game you will
       find several self defense items like flash bang grenades and
       daggers, be sure to take all of them because they will prevent
       the zombies from biting you most of the time and even damage
       them for you, or stun them to provide time for you to regroup.
    
    * Quiet a collection
       There will be several rooms in this game where you will find
       a LOT of herbs, even more then you can carry in your inventory
       at that time, when you reach rooms like these be sure to pick
       up all of the herbs and take them to the nearest item box and
       put them inside, even if it takes you more then one trip. This
       tip will surely save your life at the end.
    
    * Burn baby BURN
       This is the first resident evil where you will have to burn
       a zombie to get rid of it completely, just like the novels,
       and for that you are provided a canteen to store kerosene in
       and several barrels of kerosene through out the game, Chris
       will have his own lighter but Jill will have to find one,
       after you've shot down a zombie put some kerosene on him
       then use the lighter to crisp him up. This will stop any
       further mutation.
    
    
    
    HEALTH CHART
    ------------
    
    # Health Chart #
    
    The health meter in this game is very similar to any other Resident
    evil game, you'll see the similar green line thingy which I dont
    know the exact word for, but the rest of it is pretty obvious,
    here are the health status's.
    
    GREEN FINE :
    This means that your character is in top shape and they have their
    health between 75% and 100%, its best to always keep your character
    in green fine status, cause they run the fastest, they dodge the
    quickest and they can turn around much quicker, otherwise shooting
    is not affected.
    
    YELLOW CAUTION :
    This means that your character is suffering a little bit and that
    their health is between 50 % and 75 %. Now in caution mode your
    character's running speed is effected a little bit and your character
    will hold their side and run with a limp as a sign of them being hurt.
    If your health is in status then its best to use just a green herb
    as most. Turning around gets alot slower in this mode.
    
    ORANGE CAUTION :
    This means that your character is not in a bad way and that their
    heath is between 25% and 50 %. The character stance and running
    action in this mode will remain same as the yellow caution but if
    your in this mode then its best to use a double herb healing
    item immediately. Hunters are able to do head removing shots
    from this level on.
    
    RED DANGER :
    This is the death row, when your character is between 0 % and 25 %
    they go from bad to worse, they start limping like hell and their
    running speed is even slower then a zombies speed. If in this
    mode immediately find something to heal and use it, no need to
    be the hero now. Hunters will definitely kill you if you wander
    into them .
    
    
    
    # Herb Mixing Chart #
    
    Here are the herb mixing charts and the basic explanation of the
    result you'll get.
    
    
    1 green + 1 green = 2 greener
    This will restore medium health at once
    
    1 green + 1 green + 1 green = 3 greener
    This combo will restore full heath without question
    
    1 green + 1 red = full healer
    This combo will restore full health without question
    
    1 green + 1 red + 1 blue = Super healer
    This combo will not only restore your health but also
    poison cured and makes you temporarily invulnerable.
    
    1 green + 1 blue = Small poison curer
    This combo will restore small amount of health aswell as the poison.
    
    1 green + 1 green + 1 blue = medium poison curer
    This combo will restore half of your health and poison cured aswell.
    
    1 green
    quarter of your health is restored
    
    1 blue
    poison is restored
    
    1 red
    unable to act itself, this boosts the other herbs powers
    
    first aid spray
    instant full health but no cure for poison
    
    First aid box
    may contain first aid sprays or herbs
    
    
    
    End of Section
    
    
    
    10.
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                    _ _   _   _                      _    
       __ __ ____ _| | |_| |_| |_  _ _ ___ _  _ __ _| |_  
       \ V  V / _` | | / /  _| ' \| '_/ _ \ || / _` | ' \ 
        \_/\_/\__,_|_|_\_\\__|_||_|_| \___/\_,_\__, |_||_|
                                               |___/      
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    
    wtrs
    
    
    This is the heart of this entire mass of text you see around you,
    the main walkthrough area... lets hope its as simple to understand
    as I made it to be.. c'ya all down there  (( i mean after walkthrough ))
    
    
    
    
    ****************************************************************
    ----------------------------------------------------------------
    
       | o |   |      \   |  __  |    ___   __  _|_  o  __   ___
    (__, | |_, |_,     \__| (__( |_, (__/_ |  )  |_, | |  ) (__/_
    
    wtrj
    ****************************************************************
    ----------------------------------------------------------------
    
    PART I
     #############################
    #                            #
    #   WELCOME TO THE MANSION   #
    #                            #
    #############################
    
    
    As the game begins you will be treated to one of the best FMV's ever
    in a video game which will involve all sorts of mayhem and plenty of
    gore .. and dead bodies too.. also some undead action dont forget about
    Jill falling down on her butt :p.
    
    When the FMV is over and your finally in the mansion, you will
    see a scene in which the only three people who made it inside will
    be Barry, wesker and of course Jill.. Jill is very tired from all
    that running but wesker and Barry didn't have any affect at all,
    Jill suddenly realizes that Chris is not with them and she tries to
    go out, but wesker asks Barry and Jill to search through the mansion
    when a mysterious gunshot is heard, the sound was from a standard
    issue barrette, means that someone from STARS is nearby. Wesker
    remains in the main hall to take care of some business while Barry
    and Jill make their way to the large double doors.
    
    Barry and Jill will bust into the next room police style but its
    completely empty, upon surveying the room it is revealed to be a
    huge dining room, Barry will walk forward and the game will give
    Jill's controls over to the player, now you can walk around as
    Jill and feel out the controls, Jill starts off with the handgun
    unlike Chris and her game is relatively easier compared to Chris,
    now when your done feeling out the controls head down the dining
    room either side of the table and another scene starts, Barry has
    just found some human blood in front of the fire place.
    
    Barry will remain in the dining room to examine the blood now as Jill
    head over to the door on the north wall, go through it, now in this
    new area, head west of the screen and you will come to a sitting area,
    another scene begins Jill will spot a ... zombie.. eating her old
    STARS bravo partner Kenneth J Sullivan, but the zombie will spot Jill
    and seeing as how live bait is tastier then dead one it will start to
    come after you, back as Jill quickly exit back to  the dining room
    where Barry was, we dont have to fight the zombie yet. Back in the
    dining room another scene will start in which Barry will show off
    his gun skills and kill the zombie, surprisingly it took 3 shots from
    a magnum revolver.
    
    Now time to head back to the main hall to report this to wesker but
    he's nowhere to be seen, time to search the area, first run under the
    stairs, you'll notice a door here,  we'll return to this later on in
    the game, after that climb up the staircase and check that area too,
    now go back down and Barry will give you a lockpick, and he'll go
    back into the dining room to check on the blood.. now back as Jill
    head over to the door on the east wall and enter it into a small
    studio. You will find a hutch blocking off a small corridor here,
    push it all the way to the backside of the statue and climb it , you
    will be able to take the map off the statue, after taking the map .
    After taking the map head into the small corridor we were
    just talking about.
    
    At the end of the corridor you will find a dagger on a shelf, this is
    something new to the game that you can use stuff like this to prevent
    a zombie from attacking you, after that head back but you'll be attacked
    by a zombie along the way, if you can move Jill quick enough you can
    avoid the zombie and save the dagger too, now when this is done head
    over to the main hall and enter the dining room again, now head over
    to the sitting area where we saw the zombie eating Kenneth, now it
    should have moved positions, if its still there then shoot it till
    its down then quickly search Kenneth's body to find a video tape. Now
    shed a few tears over the dead body of Kenneth and when your done
    just exit out of the door on the west into a dark hallway.
    
    Here just head through the dark path and you will find a lit room at
    the end, head into it and you will find a huge birdcage in this room,
    search on the cage and you will find a clip for Jill's handgun, take
    that now but leave the green herbs present in this room for later, we
    could use them for safe-keeping later. When done in this room just
    head up the stairs and exit through the door. You will come out in a
    tight hallway, you will find a zombie laying on the floor in front of
    you and some herbs nearby it, ignore all that for now and head left
    into the joining hallway.  Now here you will find a zombie coming
    towards you, no avoiding now just shoot the zombie till it falls down
    and blood starts coming out, now continue down the hallway and you
    will pass some spears, after them there will a small statue of a
    cupid, check on the cupid's statue and Jill will take out the arrow
    from the statue.
    
    Also take the handgun ammo from under the mirror then continue your
    way to the end of the hallway, now check on the door on the north
    wall and you will come out in the balcony above the dining room,
    funny we cant see Barry here.. anyway.. take  the dagger from the
    east side then turn west and run forward till you see the zombie
    rounding the corner after Jill.. now head around all the way to
    the statue and push it until its adjacent to the hole in the railing,
    then push it through and it will fall down into the dining room,
    we will check what's there later on, for now go to the double doors
    on the east side and you will come out on the second floor on
    the main hall of the mansion.
    
    Head down the smaller stairs till your at the middle of the grand
    staircase, then exit through the door here, now Jill will come out
    in a cemetery, continue the path and head north and you will come
    to a tombstone, check on it then check on the arrow we got in our
    inventory, Jill will take out the head of the arrow, now use the
    arrow head against the tombstone and a secret passage will open up,
    head down these stairs and you will end up in a furnace room.
    Remember how to get to this place because we will be coming here
    much later on in the game,  for now head east to the metal coffin
    which is hanging, you will find a small pedestal with a book on it,
    take the book and examine its back cover to find the first mansion
    key, this one is the sword key to be more precise, with the key in
    hand time for some backtracking.
    
    Now head all the way to the small studio area where we found
    the map on the statue, open the door to the right of the small
    passage with the key we just picked up, now you'll be in a small
    L shaped hallway, continue down the hallway and push the 2 cabinets
    to find a dagger and another clip of handgun ammo, take both of
    them and then exit out of the door at the end of the hallway.
    
    Now this is the most detailed shot in the entire game, look how
    pretty Jill looks in the brilliant remake, move her slowly left
    and right to see .. ahem.. bouncing.. and then when your done with
    whatever you were doing.. hehe.. continue down the hallway, and exit
    through the metal door on the left side wall, here you will come
    out in an open balcony area, run down the hallway while taking
    note that there are a few zombie dogs outside the balcony, but
    dont worry about them, for now just take the herbicide and ignore
    the herbs, if you take even one of them then the dogs will attack
    and this is a really tough spot to get out of, anyway back to the
    previous hallway.
    
    Here just continue down the hallway and enter the next door
    which comes in line, now you'll come out in a bathroom , the only
    bathroom in the entire danged mansion I might add, but you dont
    even need to enter this room right now, while as Chris you may
    have found a key in here, with Jill you'll only find a dagger
    inside and a mean zombie, if you do decide to enter it . oh well.
    
    Now that your inside head over to the tub in front of you and
    drain the tub, now stare at Jill from this amazing camera angel
    and after that another zombie will emerge out of the tub, now
    Jill will take care of this one herself, after that is done check
    the tub and you will find another dagger here, pretty useless
    trait if you ask me.
    
    Now back to the previous hallway head further and you will
    come across two doors, first enter the single door and you will
    find another door right in front, head inside it and you will
    come out in a room, here take the dagger off the table, and check
    the far wall for a nice surprise, a shotgun.. this is the first
    good useful weapon in the game, while as Chris you would have to
    get something else to get the shotgun, with Jill just take the
    shotgun out of the holder and head back to the previous room.
    
    When you enter here another scene will start and the entire room
    ceiling will start to come down slowly towards Jill, and the worst
    thing is that all the doors are locked, looks like its sudden death
    now, but wait, when the ceiling comes that close Barry suddenly
    makes an appearance and after shooting the door knob open he
    pulls Jill out right in time before she gets squished, cant wait
    to play as Jill in her mini-skirt, ** what I was thinking in the
    next camera angle**.
    
    After Barry saves Jill they will have a chat and at the end Barry
    will walk away in the other direction and Jill will be left alone,
    now that were back in control head over to the double doors we didn't
    check before and head through them.  Now in this new hallway
    without further exploring just head through the door you will see
    on the left side wall, in this new hallway quickly run forward and
    climb up the stairs a little and be quick, because there is a zombie
    closeby, now shoot a few rounds off from a bit up and if the zombie
    gets closer climb up a little bit more, kill the zombie this way and
    then head down the stairs again, check on the area behind the staircase
    and enter through the door here. Wazza we just found the first item
    box in the game.
    
    Now dump all the things we dont need right now like the combat knife
    and the herbicide, dump any healing items you picked up along the way
    too.. before exiting be sure to take the fuel canteen and fill it
    up with kerosene, also take the handgun rounds, save if you feel like
    it and exit out of the door we came in from, outside just head up
    the stairs one again and kill the zombie you will find, after killing
    it head north to the door upside where the zombie was standing and head
    through it. Once through the door take the wooden mount off the table
    besides the lamp. Now head for the final door at the end of the hall
    on the far west and enter it.
    
    You will come out in a small library , there are a few items here to
    take so get on with it, first off take the lighter from the small desk
     which is one of the most important items from now no, then search
    the room for the dog whistle and another handgun magazine, and a file
    if you wish to read it, when your done here exit out of the door on
    the north wall, your back in a familiar hallway now, instead of going
    to the door on the north, head to the very end of the hall ignoring
    any door in the middle and enter the door at the very end, now in this
    new area you will see a fireplace near , use the lighter here and Jill
    will light up a fire, now use the wooden mount we just found on them
    empty frame and you will end up with the map of the second floor. Take
    it if you wish and also the herbs in this room, now exit back to the
    previous hallway.
    
    Now make your way back through to the hallway where we found the
    wooden mount which will now be dubbed as the reddish hallway, once
    here head to the opposite end of the hallway, again ignoring any
    door in the middle for now, and exit through the door at the very
    far wall, you will come out in the main hall of the mansion again,
    on the second floor, and woah !! Barry's kinda jumpy .. aint he ?!
    during the scene Barry will hand some acid rounds over to Jill,
    these rounds are to be used with the grenade launcher only and we
    are gonna pick up that weapon a bit later on, but the important
    thing is that these rounds are the real deal and were gonna save
    them until the first boss fight in the game, ok so when Barry is done
    talking and he's left run over to the door on the far side of the
    second floor balcony , back into the dining room balcony area.
    
    Once were back here head over to the far door in the corner and
    enter it, head forward a bit and you will find a simple locked
    door, Jill can pick the lock with her lockpick so make use of that,
    once the lock has been picked head through the door and you will
    come out in another outdoor balcony, be advised as a tough spot is
    coming so you might wanna heal Jill up if your in caution status,
    there are some herbs in this very room so use them to your advantage,
    once your done with that ready the shotgun and use the dog whistle
    we picked up in the library, 2 of the zombie dogs will start running
    towards Jill, blast them with the shotgun before they can reach Jill
    but you'll have to be quick and have a good aim for this. Once the
    dogs are dead search there dead corpses and Jill will find the dog
    collar.
    
    Take the dog collar and search it , Jill will find a small item,
    you can extend this item and when that is done it will become the
    imitation key, now heal Jill again if she god injured in the previous
    battle then exit out of the door we just came in from. Now back in
    this place you should see a staircase a little ahead, head around
    the railing and then down the staircase, in this new hallway you
    should see a zombie, quickly take its head off with the shotgun
    by taking the aim up, after killing the zombie enter the door which
    was near the base of the stairs.
    
    You will now arrive at the second itembox room, this room from now
    on is dubbed as the medical save room, and it will have some value
    later on in the game, so I'll only ask you once to remember this room
    and its location because we'll need to come here in a real hurry a
    bit later in the game. Dump the shotgun, the lighter and the fuel
    canteen in the item box for now and take out the herbicide we put
    in a bit earlier, now exit the room.
    
    Now head over to the end of the hallway and you will find 2 doors
    at the end, enter the door on the right side wall first, this is the
    storage room and you will find a battery for Jill's tazer gun here
    (( self defense item, just like the dagger )) . Take it if you wish,
    you may also find a broken shotgun here but since we have the real
    working shotgun and the trap has already been demolished we dont need
    this item anymore, Chris on the other hand would have required this
    item in his game to get the shotgun because no one will come to rescue
    him. Once your done here exit back to the hallway.
    
    The final door in this hallway is locked for now so we have to make
    a back trip now, head back over up the stairs and make your way to
    the main hall of the mansion, once here enter the dining room again
    and check on the rubble of the statue we just pushed a little while
    ago, you will find the blue gem here, take it and head for the room
    where we found the cupid's arrow in the first place, the door to that
    is through the Kenneth corpse hallway if you forgot where it was.
    
    Once were here remember the *dead* zombie, now head past it while
    ignoring it and enter the door at the end, there are herbs here
    and if you want them then take out the zombie and take them, anyway
    head through the door behind the zombie. You will come out in the
    armor trap room , quickly run up the stairs you see right in front
    of you and take the second mansion key, the armor key to be more
    precise, from the pedestal.. as soon as that is done a trap will
    be released so quickly put in the imitation key we found off the
    dog collar here and the trap will go back to its original state.
    
    Now that we have the armor key make your way back to the hallway
    with the medical save room in it, now open the door at the end of
    the hall with the new key and head through it, you'll come out in
    a dark hallway, head left from where we entered this room and you
    will find a few doors and a small path going left , head to the
    path and enter the door at the end, inside here you will find a
    tiger statue, use the blue jewel we found a bit earlier with this
    statue and you will end up with a box of shotgun shells, take them
    and exit, now head back in the direction of the entrance of this
    hallway but head east in the screen, to the upper side, and you
    will find a door at the end of an empty hallway.
    
    Enter it and you will come out in some sorts of small greenhouse
    complete with deadly veins which wont let you pass forward, so
    what shall we do, use the herbicide we found earlier on the pump
    and then press the red switch, now after the chemicals have had
    their effect the veins will be disposed off and you can go forward
    without the fear of being smacked. Head forward past the dead
    veins and here you will find the first DEATH MASK ((oo scary))
    in the game, there are also plenty of herbs here, now if you want
    to be safe later on in the game I will advice you to pick up the
    herbs, make 2 herb combo's and deliver them all to the item box
    in the medical save room, may sound tedious right now but this
    very well could be useful later on in the game.
    
    Once your done with this room head back to the previous hallway
    and back in the direction of the tiger statue room, but this
    time head to the end of the hallway instead and enter the door
    to the right, you will find yourself in a single room, which is
    the keepers room, check the bed first and you will find another
    clip for the handgun, now head on over to the table and you will
    find a file here, check on the file for some gruesome reading
    material which is pretty cool, but as soon as you pick up the
    file you will be attacked by a zombie or two, this is a really
    sticky situation and the best thing to do here is quickly head
    for the exit.
    
    Once back in the hallway head through the door on the end, and you
    will come out in the same hallway where Kenneth's body is from a
    different door, now if the zombie is blocking your path take it
    out, and head to the dining room, then go through it to the main
    hallway of the mansion and climb the grand staircase up to the
    second floor. Now its a bit of a trip to find the remaining members
    of the BRAVO team, so head on over to the right side and the door
    on the bottom area of the balcony, enter it and it will lead you
    to another outside balcony.
    
    At the patio at the end of the balcony Jill will find the body
    of her former BRAVO team mate forest spear, but unfortunately
    he has already been pecked to death by crows and you cant do anything
    for his poor soul right now, there is a dagger on the bench nearby
    which was probably forest's personal dagger, now you can take the
    weapon besides forests body and WAZZAAHH you have found the grenade
    launcher, the most useful weapon for Jill in this game, once you
    get the launcher exit out to the main hallway, dont bother taking
    the herbs behind forest because that will cause forest to raise up
    as a dead zombie which is not good.
    
    Once back at the main hall enter the door at the east side which
    leads into the reddish hallway, now head forward and enter the
    first door at the right side you see, head forward in the new
    hallway and Jill will find another one of her BRAVO team mates,
    but he's still alive, its Richard and he's badly bruised, according
    to him he just went through a fight with a huge snake and now he
    is poisoned, we need to find serum for his wounds or he may die
    soon enough.
    
    As soon as you regain control of Jill its time to head over to
    the medical save room I told you about earlier, the best method
    of reaching there is this... from the reddish hallway head over
    the main hall and still staying on the second floor head over to
    the double doors on the west side which lead to the balcony over
    the dining room, head over to the far door here and head down
    the stairs, you'll be right in front of the save room, take the
    serum off the shelf here and its time to head back to Richard.
    you need to be quick during all of this because Richard can be
    saved unlike the original resident evil where he dies no matter
    what. If your quick enough with the serum Richard will live.
    
    For the rest of the walkthrough we will assume that Richard did
    survive this time because we are aiming for the best ending at
    the end of the game, for now Richard will be exhausted from his
    wounds and he will stay there to rest, he wont be of any use for
    us now. Before heading forward time for a little backtracking.
    Head back to the reddish hallway and make your way towards the
    first item box room in the game, you should know the path to it
    right now, when you reach the area under the stairs you will
    find a note there by Barry that he's left some supplies inside
    the room for Jill .. now isn't that so nice of him.
    
    Head inside the room and you will find a couple of items here
    left by Barry, pick them all up and place them in the item box,
    each and everything, now from the item box, take out the lighter
    and keep the handgun, all of its ammo, and any keys you have
    with you. With this done save if you want to right now and head
    back over to the room where Richard was. Once you've reached the
    room head to the door behind Richard and enter it, here head
    forward and Jill will be attacked by a zombie from the right.
    Kill it quickly and head into the door in the hall he was
    guarding. Ignore the door up the small stairs for now.
    
    The room we just entered is very dark and we need to shed some
    light in here to head over to the candles on the table and use
    the lighter from your inventory, now that the room is lit find
    the cabinet in a corner which can be moved, now push it aside
    and you will find a hidden area behind it, there is a zombie
    here too so be on your guard, kill the zombie and search the
    cabinet here to find the music notes, we'll use them later on.
    
    Now head over to the reddish hallway which should be 2 doors
    back from here, then head along the hallway and you will find
    a double doors along the middle of the hallway, open the doors
    here and enter it, you will be in a room with suits of armor
    and its a puzzle here, before we push the switch in the center
    of the room we need to put the suits in the right order so the
    poison is not released. So push the suit on the lower right
    corner of the room first. Next after that push the upper left
    statue. Finally push the statue on the upper right corner.
    
    Now the puzzle is complete so push the switch in the middle
    of the room which will open up the compartment , check there
    and you will find a jewelry box, check on the box and you will
    see that you have to solve another ((dang)) puzzle to open the
    box, you will see that the box has 2 pushable corners, push
    the left side first and then the right side and the box should
    open up. Inside you will find the second death mask.
    
    This room is useless for us now so exit out of the door we
    entered from, now head over to the hallway with the stairs
    which lead to the first item box room, that should be just
    1 door away, now follow the path to the left of the hallway
    as we were going to the room where we got the map for 2F. But
    there is a door in the middle, enter the door, in this room
    with a moose head hanging , you will see two doors on either
    side, enter the door on the top first.
    
    Here you will run into Barry once again, he's reading something
    and judging by the way he just put his hand on his head looks
    like he's not reading something nice, after Barry has left the
    room check on the collection items on the east wall and you will
    find the bee lure.
    
    Now check on the collection right next to the door and you'll
    find the bee specimen, and finally check out the collection
    which rests on the south and you will find the fishing hook.
    Now combine the hook we just picked with the bee lure and put
    this new combination on the collection which is by the entrance
    door, after that place the bee specimen on the east wall collection.
    Now press the switch and the compartment will open revealing
    the wind crest behind it , take it and ignore the attacking bee,
    now head back to the previous room.
    
    Back in the room with the moose head try the door exactly opposite
    of the one we just came out of, inside this somewhat helpful room
    you will find a first aid box, a first aid spray and a green herb,
    take all these items and make a side trip to the save room under
    the stairs here nearby, put down all these inside the item box,
    now make your way to the dining room, choose any way you suit
    and once your there head over to the fireplace, take the emblem
    off the top here and make your way into the Kenneth hallway, once
    your here head forward in the hall and enter the door to the left
    leading to the piano bar.
    
    Once here head forward and look at the nice piano, the umbrella
    people sure were creative, now head around the piano and you will
    see a smaller shelf blocking an even larger shelf behind it, push
    the smaller one to the side and check the bigger shelf behind it
    and you will find some music notes, combine these new notes with
    the one we picked up a bit earlier in the game and now its complete.
    Head over to the piano and check it, Jill will play Beethoven's
    moonlight sonata, and she's damn well good at it.
    
    After the theme is finished a secret passage will open up, head
    inside the passage and at the end you will find a gold emblem
    similar to the one we picked up just now, take this one and
    quickly replace it with the rusty one we picked off the dining
    room. Now with the gold emblem in hand make your way to the
    dining room again, you guessed it, put this emblem in place of
    the old one and then check on the old grandfather, now adjust
    the clock hands so the time is 6:00 , VI in roman numbers as in
    on the clock.
    
    Now stop turning the clock hands and it will move to a side
    revealing a compartment behind it, you will find the third
    mansion key, the shield key to be more precise, now we can check
    on the door which was above the small stairs in the Richard area,
    which leads to the first boss fight in the game I might add.
    
    Now head over to the room where Richard is resting ((if he's alive
    that is )) . PLEASE for the love of god I hope that you saved
    Richard when asked for, Richard is still resting in the room so
    head forward and enter the door, now head forward and up the
    small set of stairs, use the key on the door here and discard it.
    But before you enter it there is a little thing called side-tracking
    we must do. Head for the nearest save room with item box, in this
    case it will be the one where Barry dropped off the supplies.
    
    Here take out a healing item or two, now put the handgun inside
    the box with its ammo, and take out the grenade launcher and
    the acid rounds which Barry gave you, now combine the grenade
    launcher with the acid rounds, the grenade rounds originally
    inside it will be separated. Now head over to the door we just
    unlocked and enter it, now were in the attic of the mansion.
    
    Make sure that the grenade launcher is equipped and full with
    the acid rounds, now before going forward take the shotgun shells
    off the shelf on the right, now head forward a little in the attic
    and you will have another scene, Jill will suddenly come face to
    face with.. YAWN !!!.. its the mother of all snakes, and its even
    larger then the king cobra *if anyone's seen the movie .
    
    
    BOSS I : YAWN
    -------------
    
    But lucky for Jill Richard will suddenly come barging into the room
    because he needs some payback from the snake that bit him, this will
    only happen if you did remember to save Richard, you did ? didn't you ?
    Well in one way or the other the boss fight will start and Richard
    will be shooting side by side with Jill in this fight, the best thing
    against this boss is no doubt the acid rounds but were pretty short
    on them, start pumping the rounds into the snake one by one and if
    you run out of the acid rounds then quickly equip the normal
    grenade rounds into the grenade launcher, the best time to fire a
    shot at the snake is when it raises his head up a little bit, aim high
    and fire a shot at its head, you will know if the damage you did
    was maximum because the snake will scream out, try to stay away
    from the front of the snake's head for the fight because that is
    the only place he will attack from, and dont worry about Richard.
    He will do his part in the fight very well.
    
    After some shots the snake will fall down, but its not dead yet and
    it will suddenly spring up and rush for Jill, Richard spots the snake
    coming and quickly pushed Jill aside and gets in the way, the snake
    swallows Richard, Richard is gone !! but he dropped off his combat
    shotgun before dying, a very nice parting gift I might add, ass soon
    as you regain control of Jill restart the shooting all over again,
    you should have the grenade launcher with the grenade rounds by now,
    those should be enough to end the fight but if its still not enough
    then pick up Richards combat shotgun from the ground and start
    pumping, as soon as you spot the snake heading to the hole in the
    corner of the attic stop shooting cause the fight is over.
    
    The snake ran away this time but we'll have our revenge with him
    later on in the game, for now head to the corner where the snake
    escaped from and you will find another death mask lying around here.
    Take it and time to head back outside, if you didn't already then
    pick up Richards combat shotgun before exiting the room, outside
    head down the small set of stairs and a small scene MAY occur.
    
    If you were bitten in the previous boss fight then Jill will
    suddenly feel weak and realize that she's been poisoned, now
    you need to head over to the same medical room as quick as possible
    with Jill and get the serum for yourself because the poison will
    start draining Jill's health slowly but surely, it shouldn't be
    too hard to make it there though, when you do , take the serum
    from the shelf and use it . Its all better now.
    
    If you were not bitten during the fight then nothing will happen
    and you will just continue the game as it is, now one way or the
    other make your way to the first item box room, the one where
    Barry left the supplies for us, once your there check the item
    box and put the grenade launcher inside, take out any shotgun
    shells may have put in there and keep the combat shotgun, take
    out all the death masks you have collected so far too and also
    keep the armor key with you.
    
    Now from this save room, exit out of the door, not the stairs,
    in this hallway head south of the screen and you will spot 2
    doors, one on the left wall farther down the screen and one on
    the right wall close by, and a passage heading off into the right
    corner, ignore the passage and the closer door for now because it
    is locked, head for the door on the farther left side and you will
    be in the art room.
    
    There are some crows inside here so dot think about shooting
    anything, this is a puzzle actually and if you do it wrong then
    the crows will attack , ok so head forward in the art room and
    check on the painting at the very end of the hallway, it is a
    painting of Lisa Trevor, daughter of the guy who engineered this
    mansion. We need to push the switches under some of the art here
    to solve the puzzle. Take a look at Lisa's portrait for some
    clues, notice the purple necklace, green crown and the orange
    bracelet, those are our colors.
    
    First head over to the picture with the crown on it and press
    the switch under it and it will change the color to green, now
    check the picture left to this one which is showing a necklace
    and press the switch to turn it purple, now head on to the other
    side of the wall to the picture which is showing the bracelet,
    press the switch under it to turn it orange, with all this done
    head over to the final picture, the Lisa's picture and this time
    press the switch by it, if you did all this correctly then the
    wall will move aside and a secret passage will be revealed.
    
    Here you will see the final death mask lying right in front of you,
    pick it up and head past the gate and you will come out in the
    same cemetery area where we came earlier on, now head on to the
    area with the suspended coffin, here on the walls you will find
    4 places to put in the death masks, put the masks in their right
    places and the coffin will fall down. After that a really really
    messed up zombie , otherwise known as a crimson head will come
    out of it with a rage, these guys are much more dangerous then
    the normal zombies, they can run as fast as the characters and
    have really sharp claws.
    
    As soon as this one comes out quickly use the shotgun to get rid
    of it, once its dead check the wall behind the coffin to find
    some more shells for the shotgun, now check on the shotgun and
    you'll find our way out of the mansion inside it, the stone and
    the metal objects.
    
    Now that we have these things, head back through the cemetery to
    the art room and from there to the hallway, now head for the
    passage in the corner of the hall and you'll see a gate at the
    end of it, head through it and you'll be in another open area
    head forward here and you will be attacked by a cerebrus from
    the behind, kill it quickly and head to the end of the room,
    here you will find slots to put in the stone and the metal
    object, do that and you will unlock the nearby door, head into
    it and now were going to..
    
    
    PART II
     #############################
    #                            #
    #       THE COURTYARD        #
    #                            #
    #############################
    
    
    
    Once your inside the shed, there should be a can of first aid
    spray and a battery pack for jilts tazer if you want those items,
    once done here head through the single door on the right, now we
    will be outside the mansion in open air, on a small hill behind
    the mansion grounds. Make your way forward along this path until
    you come across the first weather vane.
    
    Now with this vane we need to adjust it in such a way so that when
    it stops moving it will point west, not a hard task this, so when
    you've adjusted it right you will see a small statue move further
    down the path, now continue down the path yourself and you will
    have another scene, remember the radio that Richard gave us, Jill
    will pick up a static transmission from Barry and is he talking to
    someone else on the radio unaware that Jill is listening, most of
    it is not understandable but Jill is able to make out the words
    that weapons dont work against it and to stay away from the forest
    behind the mansion.
    
    Well seeing as were already here lets just check out what that thing
    is, maybe weapons wont work , but who dares strike the mighty Jill.
    Now continue down the path and you will come across the second
    weather vane, adjust it the same way you did with the first one,
    but make sure that it faces north, if done correctly you will see
    a gate at the bottom of the hill open, now head down the path and
    you will come across a gate, if you did the above puzzle correctly
    then this gate should already be unlocked.
    
    Head through it and you will find yourself in another cemetery
    with some crows, dont bother with them and head forward until
    you see two tombstones lined together, examine the right stone
    first and use the wind crest we found earlier on it, now it will
    open and three more crests will be revealed for you, take all three
    and start examining them, you will find switches behind each crest
    that can be raised a little , raise all three crests and put them
    back in the tombstone. Say WAZAAH once more because you just found
    the best weapon in the game, a magnum revolver, very similar to the
    one Barry is using.
    
    Once you've got the magnum in hand, head over to the gate on the
    east side of the cemetery and go through it, now you'll be in a
    winding path, head through the path and at the end you will come
    across a scary looking cabin. Nothing else to do so enter the
    cabin , and inside you will find that the cabin has been recently
    used because there is fresh wood in the fireplace and wet bandages
    have been hung up to dry out. Now who could live in a scary place
    like this and where is this *who* anyway.
    
    Inside the cabin head up the steps and you will find a bedroom,
    inside the bedroom check on the typewriter once and you can view
    a classic family photo, there is a map available on the wall too
    if you want to take it, the item box should also be through here
    somewhere, use it to your disposal and put the magnum we just picked
    up inside, and any herbs or sprays we picked up recently, once done
    head to the west side of the bedroom and you will find a small drop
    in a dirt floor in a corner, head there and you will find a trap
    door but its been shut, but there is something else, a square crank
    is lying there, take it and its time to get out of here.
    
    Head for the exit of the cabin, once were near the exit after some
    commotion Jill will come face to face with the thing Barry was
    warning about over the radio, its the invincible Lisa Trevor, and
    damn she's scary looking, the thing about Lisa is that no weapon
    can damage her to staying there and trying to fight will only
    cause Jill to loose alot of precious ammo and her life maybe, so
    the best thing to do is dodge her as soon as possible and make a
    break for the exit of the cabin, if your hit during the way check
    your health ASAP because Lisa can do some mean damage.
    
    Since we already have the item we came here for, (the crank), make
    a break for the door to exit the cabin, once outside quickly make
    your way back through the cemetery and the hilltop area to the
    shed which leads inside the mansion. But still inside the shed
    head for the double doors on the east side and you will now be
    entering the garden, which in turn will lead us to ...
    
    
    PART III
     #############################
    #                            #
    #       THE RESIDENCE        #
    #                            #
    #############################
    
    
    Now as soon as you enter the courtyard area you will have another
    scene in which Jill will receive another radio transmission, but
    this time its not Barry, its chickenheart brad Vickers, who looks
    like didn't leave after all, but unfortunately Jill cant respond with
    the radio and brad needs some sort of signal before he will come
    down to search for the team.
    
    After that scene is over we should look at the place we are at,
    this is the first area in the courtyard and its guarded by three
    of those zombie dogs, if you have plenty of shells with the shotgun
    and you dont feel like dodging then just blast away at the dogs
    and when they're dead use the herbs given in this room to heal
    Jill is she was injured. After that exit out of the door to the east.
    
    Now in this next room Jill will find a pool, but rather then
    swimming through it we need to do something else, head over to
    the top of the room where that standing stone is , now that we
    have a crank in our inventory, use it here, and after a scene
    the pool would have drained and the water is now flowing down there
    somewhere. Once we have cleared a path for Jill head over to the
    ladder and use the platform to get to the other side of the pool
    now climb out of the other ladder and head forward to the end
    of this passage. Along the way you will be attacked by some
    very small poisonous snakes, but its best just to run away from
    them , once you reach the end of the path use the small elevator
    here and head down.
    
    You will find a plant of blue herbs here, use them if you wish, if
    Jill was poisoned , now head forward and you will see a waterfall,
    this is where all the water of the pool is falling and there is
    something behind it but we cant check it until the water stops ,
    remember this place as we will be coming here later in the game,
    now head to the gates on the west side and go through them.
    
    Here you will find some herbs right next to the door so use them
    or take them with you if you wish and head forward, you will
    find a door at the end of the path, enter the door and now were
    in the main residence building.
    
    Very dramatic camera angle this is, there will be some blue
    herbs right in front of the door we came from just now, take
    them or leave them and head forward, now enter the first door
    you see to the right and were in a save room, here first pick up
    the battery pack for Jill's tazer, and then use the item box,
    put in everything inside the box and only keep the combat shotgun
    all of its shells, the lighter and one healing item, now head back
    through the door we just entered from, and head to the end of
    the hall , enter the double doors here.
    
    Once here you will be attacked by a large spider, turn around
    and fill it with shotgun shells, make sure its dead before moving
    on any further, now in a corner near the entrance you will find a
    red lamp , check on it and use the lighter to light it, take note
    of the symbol which casts under the lamp and its time to move on.
    
    Once done head past the entrance again and this time head down
    the stairs to the bar below, there is a spider but its too high
    so dont worry about it, check on one of the tables in the bar and
    you will find another lamp like the one above, only its green.
    Use the lighter on this one too and take note of the symbol which
    it casts, before heading back up take the book and also the first
    aid box nearby. Once taken head back up, then head more up via
    the stairs, on the top here you will find a cool looking pool
    table but before examining it light the final lamp which is in
    the upper corner of the room.
    
    Take note of the final orange symbol too and its time to check
    the table, on the table you will find three balls of the color
    orange green and red, which are the same color as the lamps we
    lit, now take notice of the numbers on these balls, the green
    ball is number 6, the orange ball is number 5 and the red ball
    is number 3, remember these numbers and exit out of the double
    doors back into the opening hallway of the residence.
    
    Once back here push that moveable crate into the hallway which is
    heading south so that it covers the hole which is with the crates.
    Now climb up this box and make your way to the other end by going
    over the boxes, dont I repeat dont go near the holes because its
    dangerous for the health, once you've reached the door at the
    south, enter it.
    
    Now you will emerge in another hallway, head forward in the hall
    avoiding anything in between until you reach the final door in
    the hallway, try to open the door and another scene will begin,
    Jill will hear Barry's voice from the inside of the room, and
    he's talking to someone, but Jill doesn't have the faintest idea
    who he might be talking to in here. After the scene is over dont
    go into the room yet, but check the wall near the door for another
    map, take the map and you'll notice a hole behind it, dont.. DONT
    check on the hole yet. We'll be back on this later.
    
    Now enter the room and you will have another scene, Barry is
    alone in the room !!!?? . Who was he talking too, Barry tries
    to dodge the topic by saying things like old age is catching up
    to him and that he was just talking to himself and then he heads
    out of the room, after he's left make all kinds of guesses what
    the hell's going on. When your done check on the desk near where
    Barry was and you'll find another file .
    
    After checking the important file, head back to the entrance of
    this room but take the door on the right first, this is the bathroom,
    and there's a key here, take the key , and before exiting a zombie
    may or may not attack you, random stuff. Now exit back to the room
    then back to the main hallway of the residence area.
    
    Now with the key in hand unlock the door on the left wall and enter
    it, inside a sad site and you will find a man hanging all by himself.
    check the desk in this room for a very valuable weapon, the tiny
    self defense pistol, by looks you'll think that this wont even take
    out a bug, but when the time comes this weapon is a life saver. For
    now we wont use it. Take the file too and check the bathroom of
    this room too.
    
    Inside here pull the plug of the tub to drain all the dirty water
    and at the end you will find the control room key, now what the
    hell was that doing here, upon taking the key head all the way
    back to the room where we just met Barry, which is the room 002.
    Remember the name, once back here, head over to the bookshelves
    in the back of the room and push them aside, you will find a
    ladder leading down into the basement hidden here. Nice place for
    hiding something umbrella boys.
    
    What is a place like this doing under the residence, and what the
    hell is it used for anyway, .. head forward in the hallway and you
    will come across a chasm which is filled with water, but Jill wont
    like her clothes to get wet with all the children so we have to find
    an alternate method to cross the bridge. There are a few boxes at the
    place where we are, so its time for a tedious task, push all the boxes
    in the chasm thus creating a makeshift bridge, once your bridge is
    created cross it , follow the path to the end, and by the looks of
    the water near the door it looks like the next room is flooded or
    something, Jill's clothes are gonna get wet after all, put the kiddies
    to sleep :p
    
    In the next room you will find yourself in a HUGEEE aqua ring area,
    but thats not all, the tanks which were *supposed* to keep the sharks
    in them are already busted thats why the water level is so high,
    and the sharks will be swimming around freely, the little one is no
    problem but there is this big one which will eat Jill in a single
    sweep if you stand in a place for a little while.
    
    So keeping all those things in mind start running south on this
    underwater catwalk, at the end you will find the door leading
    into the control room, use the control room key we picked up to
    open the door, if you dont have the key then your in big trouble.
    Well anyway once inside the control room descend down the
    ladder and you will come out in the main control room area, here
    you will see a huge window looking at the water and sharks, but
    is it really safe in here ?!.
    
    Check on the control panel besides the window, which is on the
    south side and one of the sharks will come in and slam against
    the window, this will cause the water pressure to increase at
    once and all exits out of the room will be sealed, we need to
    cool the pressure down quickly or the water might burst through.
    
    To start this process quickly head over to the computer console
    on the west wall and check it, now quickly head over to the south
    wall again and check the console again, but something isnt right,
    we haven't seen the valves yet, head over to the valves, which should
    be in the backside of the room, release the pressure on the shield
    by using the valves and head over to the west controls again, this
    time they will work fine and the shield will be lowered.
    
    But were still not done yet and need to drain the water from the
    aqua ring. Now quickly head on over to the console on the south
    wall again and use it for the final time to drain the water outside.
    The sharks are probably feeling the worst of that already. Lets go
    check on them, head for the door in the north of this room and enter
    it. Here just head south in the wet hallway and check the crates
    at the end, most of it is ruined because of the water but there
    should be some ammo worth using.
    
    After picking it up head through the double doors, we will now be
    in the bottom of the floor, well guess what.. all the water's gone
    and the sharks are flapping at their helplessness and slow deaths
    mwhahaha. Stay away from the shark thats still flapping cause it
    can still hurt Jill if you go near its mouth, shoot one round into
    its head and it will stop for good. Now continue down the path.
    
    
    BOSS II : NEPTUNE
    -----------------
    
    You will come across the big moma shark but its lying motionless
    in a small pool of water, is it dead ? we'll soon know, head into
    the pool and go past the shark, climb the platform on the other
    side of the pool and you'll see a hanging key here. Try and reach
    for the key and suddenly the shark will come to life and will knock
    the key into the pool where the shark itself is.
    
    Now you can do three things, either be the brave fool and dive into
    the water after it, chances are the shark will eat you before you
    hit the water, or you can shoot the shark to death then grab the
    key besides its bloody corpse and smile at what you did, ORR you
    can just push the control box INTO the water and use the control
    panel on the left to give the shark a once-in-a-life shock then
    laugh like a maniac.
    
    Personally I'd take number 3, well after you've got the key head
    back to the door we took to get in here in the first place, and
    this time head for the gate at the very end of the hallway, in
    this place take all the ammo you can find, then head around the
    corner and you will find a ladder up there, take the ladder up
    and you will find yourself in a familiar area, heading for the
    residence area shouldn't be a problem now.
    
    Now return to the hall which is outside the room no 002, the one
    where we met Barry earlier on , with the new key in hand head over
    to the door leading to the gallery and open it, you will come out
    in another small hallway, but there are some killer bee's here
    so we need to be quick, head forward to the door which is the one
    to room 003, but take a left from the door into the thin cramped
    up hallway, head forward into this place until you find the body
    of the beekeeper who ironically has been stung to death.
    
    Check the body of the poor man and you will find some insecticide
    spray, this could be useful eh ?! , but we cant just use it to
    get rid of the bee's, instead head out to the previous hallway,
    and head for the hole, remember it ?! .. now use the spray with
    the hole and head back inside the gallery room, take the same
    cramped hallway and this time head to the end and you will find
    a bee hive , which we just exterminated I might add.
    
    Check the desk near the hive and you will find the key leading to
    the room 003, take that key and head for the door, open it with
    this key and head inside. This is the last dorm room in this
    area, head forward and check on the bookshelf, there is one odd
    book among the red books, take the odd book out and put in the
    red book we found earlier in its rightful place, but its still
    not good enough, see the patterns on the back of each book, you
    need to place them in order to make the picture of a naked lady.
    
    IM not kidding, but this feat should be easily manageable, other
    wise here's the solution..
    
    3rd book from left to right, place it in the rightmost corner
    2nd book from the left side, place it on second from right
    1st book from the left side, place it on fourth from right
    1st book from the right side, place it on third from left
    2nd book from the right side, place it on second from left
    book in the mid, place it on first from left
    
    a pictorial view should be easier to understand..
    
      _ _ _ _ _ _ _             _ _ _ _ _ _ _
     | | | | | | | |           | | | | | | | |
     | | | | | | | |           | | | | | | | |
     |1|2|3|4|5|6|7|           |4|6|7|1|5|2|3|
     | | | | | | | |           | | | | | | | |
     |_|_|_|_|_|_|_|           |_|_|_|_|_|_|_|
    
         BEFORE                     AFTER
    
    The books should originally be as shown as in BEFORE
    You need to arrange them as shown in AFTER to complete it.
    
    If you did the puzzle correctly then a secret hidden door
    will be revealed which will lead you into the room with
    the PLANT 42 we've been reading about in files, but the thing
    is that it will be the second boss fight too. We need to do
    some things before we get in here so head back to the main
    gallery room again.
    
    Here head for the door which has the keypad on its right side,
    check on the keypad and you will have to input three different
    codes corresponding to the symbols, first select the symbol and
    then input its code, now if you did pay attention to the symbols
    which were made under the colored lamps when we lit them in the
    bar and pool table area then you shouldn't have any problem with
    the puzzle .. here are the numbers to the corresponding colors.
    
    The green lamps symbol's number is 6, the orange lamps symbol's
    number is 5 and the red lamps symbol's number is 3. Once your
    done with this the door should be unlocked and you can head in.
    Jill will find herself in a room full of chemicals, here we can
    make the V-jolt, a very effective chemical against the Plant 42
    which will kill its roots almost instantly.
    
    Take all the empty bottles you find in here.
    
    Now you have to mix the chemicals provided in this room in the
    right order to make the V jolt, and here's how to do it, first
    fill one bottle with water from the sink then add some UMB #3
    to the water and it turns into NP-004, now mix this with
    yellow 6 and you will make UMB#10. Now take some more water in
    another bottle and combine it with yellow 6 to make UMB#7. Now
    Combine this UMB#7 with UMB#10 we made earlier, and you get
    UMB#17 (( WHAT IS THIS!! MATHS !! )) . With the UMB#17 in hand
    mix some UMB#3 in it and you get UMB#20 otherwise known as
    V-JoLT.
    
    Now make a little trip back downstairs to the aqua ring area via
    the ladder, once your down there head for the guard room and open
    its door, head inside the room and you will find the huge roots of
    the plant here, use the V jolt we just made on the roots and make
    your way back all the way to room 003. Once here head inside the
    bathroom to the right and take the ink ribbons from the tub here
    ((Damn im not putting in ribbon locations in the walkthrough that
      much.. ))
    
    
    BOSS III : PLANT # 42
    ---------------------
    
    Now head for the door leading to the plant 42 room and enter. But
    luckily you followed my advice and made the chemical and already dumped
    it onto the roots of the plant, if you did that then the plant will
    die all of a sudden and it will pull itself upwards. But not for
    long, suddenly it gets alive again and grabs Jill with one of its
    tentacles, but luckily for Jill again Barry will suddenly barge
    into the room with, A FLAMETHROWER ! in his hand, now where the
    hell did he get that from.
    
    After cooking up the plant Jill will be rescued and be safe for
    the time being, but if you did NOT make the V jolt or use it on
    the plant roots then you will have to fight the plant before
    Barry will come into the room, that my friend is a totally
    different thing.
    
    Now its our turn to kick its ass. As soon as you are back in control
    of Jill quickly head up the stairs and start pumping led into the
    plant's body , it will swing its veins so be careful to dodge them,
    and when you've hit it enough it will start throwing acid at you,
    when that starts dont remain in one place for a long time or you'll
    get hurt badly, you can usually get off about 2 shots every time before
    he lets go of some more acid, pretty soon you would have hit the
    plant enough times and it will shrivel and die.
    
    Then the plant will grab Jill again and Barry will come inside.
    
    Now after the boss fight is over go and check out the fireplace
    in the corner and you will find the final mansion key, now talk
    to Barry and he will decide to stay here to make sure that the
    plant doesn't get alive again, but what for ?! we already got the
    key didn't we, oh well. Exit out of the double doors which lead
    directly to the gallery area. Once back here its time for us to
    head back to the mansion. But on the way in the hallway outside
    Jill will run into someone shooting . When she rounds the corner,
    it turns out to be wesker shooting at some bee's.
    
    Wesker is still ok, and he's kinda surprised that nothing has
    happened to Jill so far, still no sign of Chris I guess, but
    wesker will ask you to go back to the mansion and check out any
    locked doors that we missed before, after he's done talking head
    to the save room near the exit of the residence area, only keep
    the shotgun and all of its shells, the final mansion key and one
    healing item with you right now and exit out of the residence.
    
    Along the path to the gate another scene will start and Jill will
    receive another static transmission from brad and he's still there,
    but he's still not willing to put the chopper on the mansion
    grounds until he gets a sign from someone that there are survivors
    down here, well we wont be able to do that until the very end of
    the game so dont fret with it.
    
    Now make your way through the courtyard, up the elevator, through
    the pool passage and to the shed which connects to the mansion.
    Once you enter the shed you will see new ammo which was left here,
    take the grenades and the battery pack for Jill's tazer gun and
    head into the mansion ..
    
    
    PART IV
     #############################
    #                            #
    # THE RETURN TO THE MANSION  #
    #                            #
    #############################
    
    
    
    This is probably the most annoying part in the game because not
    only will there be a good boss fight, but also the most dangerous
    enemy in the game is about to be introduced, now from the open
    area head back into the mansion via the art room hallway, walk
    a little forward and you will see an FMV of something following
    you very quickly. It turns out to be a gorilla like creature
    also referred to as a hunter.
    
    These hunters are the most annoying enemies in the game, and if
    you thought the crimson head was something, your in for it here.
    The hunters can do instant head taking off death moves so its
    always a bad idea to face a hunter even with a yellow caution
    status, as for this time as soon as the controls are back to
    Jill aim and start blasting with the shotgun until you hear its
    dying shriek. Dont let them close to you or they can do max
    damage. After killing the hunter head into the hall with the
    door leading to the Barry-supplies save room.
    
    Once in here quickly run forward and you'll see a hunter jump
    at you from around the corner, if you were quick enough then
    he would have missed his jump attack, quickly aim and blast
    the hunter on his back if possible because that almost certainly
    kills a hunter in less shots, after killing the hunter head up
    the stairs, remember the room where we got the second floor map.
    The room at the far corner of this very place were at right
    now. Well head over there.
    
    Once there head for the far door we didn't check before and use
    the new key to open the door, there's a trap in this room,
    
    But here's what you should do, push that moveable statue right
    into the connecting room with the one your at and you will see
    that the walls start to come together, but thanks to this statue
    you wont get crushed, breath a sigh of relief and push the statue
    to the very end of the room, now run back and then around the right
    side wall, now here you will find a switch which will restart the
    trap, now that we've gotten the statue there, reset the trap and
    quickly run across to the other connecting room and push the statue
    into safety quickly before getting crushed by the wall with the
    statue now .
    
    Now that were safe push the statue some more, into the left
    side of the opening on the visible plate, once done the trap
    will reset and furthermore a secret opening will open up which
    leads down further, in this secret passage head forward and you
    will find a tombstone at the end, strange place for that, check
    the top of it to find a book , now examine the book and you will
    recover the eagle medal from it. Now press the switch on the
    tombstone and you will open yet another secret passage.
    
    Now you will climb down into the cellar of the mansion, but beware
    as poisonous giant spiders live here, the best thing to do against
    them is to just avoid them because they are almost pathetic, head
    over to the door at the end of the passage and enter it, now in this
    new area some zombies are lurking so be on your guard, if you want
    to kill them remember to aim up to take their heads off , it will
    save shells and also be helpful in other ways, now head over to the
    corner and you will find a switch which controls the power to the
    elevator of the mansion, turn it on now exit through the door at
    the end of the hallway. You will come out in the kitchen of the
    mansion. mmm. food.
    
    But the sad thing is that there isnt any food here, oh well,
    Jill was on a diet already.. well once were in the kitchen you
    can find a self defense dagger and another clip for the almost
    useless-now handgun, if you fancy it, take the items, you may
    or may not randomly encounter a zombie coming down the stairs,
    if that happens take care of the zombie quickly, now head over
    to the right side of the kitchen and you will find a zombie
    lying on the floor and the elevator , for which we just turned
    the power on, behind him.
    
    If you have the fuel canteen and the lighter with you then dont
    hesitate in burning the zombie where it is, but chances are that
    you dont have either of the things mentioned above with you,
    well just run past it by going from the side of the wall and
    enter the elevator, from where the elevator stops you can find
    some herbs in the small area near the elevator, there should be
    some zombies here too so take care of them the old heads up way.
    
    To the east of the hall you will find a double doors which lead
    to the main library but they're sealed shut and we need to find
    another way to enter it, so head around the other side of the room
    around the elevator and you will find a small door along the way,
    enter it to find a small storage room, here you will find a battery
    which will be required later so pick it up, and some acid rounds
    which you definitely dont wanna miss.
    
    After taking the battery and the rounds, exit the storage room
    and head forward to the final door at the end, exiting through
    it you should find yourself in a familiar room, but before doing
    anything else quickly make a trip to the closest save room in
    the mansion, whichever it may be, once your at the save room drop
    off the useless items for now, like the eagle medal and any extra
    herbs we picked up along the way, keep the shotgun and shells with
    you and also take out the grenade launcher, it should probably be
    empty by my guess, load it with the acid rounds we just picked
    and put it in your inventory.
    
    Now for another trip, head all the way to the room where we found
    the armor key, the room where we used the imitation key on the
    trap and picked up the real key instead, remember, well this time
    when you reach that hallway head to the very end and you will find
    a door which you previously may or may not have checked, use your
    new mansion key and open the door, because it was locked before :o.
    
    
    BOSS IV : YAWN ii
    -----------------
    
    Head forward in this huge but rather dark library and take the herbs
    along the way, suddenly the giant snake will attack again and its time
    for us to take revenge for our lost comrade Richard. As soon as the
    fight starts, dont shoot at the snake, instead turn Jill in the opposite
    direction and start running, use the ladder given here to climb down
    to a much open space, the reason for that is cause fighting with the
    snake toe to toe will only result in death, in the open area you have
    a huge advantage , plus the snake also acts stupid once down here.
    
    Take out the grenade launcher filled with acid rounds and start shootin
    em in the direction of the snake, during the fight the snake will
    often run around the bookshelves, DONT follow his league and do that,
    because you can get trapped behind there easily and become easy
    pray for the snake, so try and stay in the main open area of the room
    for this battle, if the snake runs into a corner of behind shelves,
    then wait there for him and he will eventually come after Jill again.
    The easiest thing about this boss fight is that the snake wont be
    poisonous anymore so fear of getting bitten is out of the question.
    Its pretty hard but if you do run out of acid rounds take out the
    combat shotgun and finish the job up. Pretty soon the snake will
    fall down and you would have avenged Richard.
    
    After this not so hard boss fight check behind the shelf and you will
    see that the snake knocked down some books before death, check the
    pile and Jill will pick up the book she wants, after picking it
    examine it much like the last one and you will find the wolf medal
    from the inside, job done.
    
    Now make a stop back at the medical save room, why here, cause we need
    to visit a door right up the stairs here now anyway, so at the medical
    save room use the item box and dump the grenade launcher inside, keep
    the shotgun and its shells with you, now climb up the stairs and time
    to check the only door left in this hallway, its the door on the right
    side from the stairs, on the left wall.
    
    This is a taxidermy room and any animal loves may not like it here,
    well there's another puzzle here too but before that take the file
    and the grenades and the self defense dagger if you wish to, now
    you will notice that there are 2 moose heads in the room and two
    moveable cabinets, each near the mooseheads on either side, now push
    the cabinets on either side besides the moose heads, head for the
    light switch near the door and press it. Hello, whats this ?!.
    
    You will see glows coming in from each of the moosehead, first make
    sure that the eagle in the center wall of the room isnt staring at
    the moose heads then quickly dash for the cabinets one at a time
    climb up them and check the moose heads, after checking both the
    moose heads, you would have found the red jewel and the yellow jewel.
    Seeing these jewels you might already have guessed where were about
    to go. Thats right, remember the tiger statue room, where we put in
    the blue jewel we picked up in the rubble of the statue in the
    dinning room !?
    
    Head back over there and use the yellow one on the tiger statue,
    you will end up with the MO disk , this is an item which will
    be needed if you wish for the best ending in the game, so it is
    a must to take it. Now return all the way to the main hall of the
    mansion which shouldn't be awfully far, and unlock the door on the
    north east corner of the hall , which was inaccessible before.
    
    Inside you will find a file and a set of ink ribbons, take these
    as they are quiet valuable, especially as far as the walkthrough :o
    goes , hehe, well once taken, head for the door on the east wall.
    
    In this room you will spot a large mirror on one of the walls,
    and you will be able to spot a zombie approaching via the mirror,
    turn in that direction and blast its head off with the shotgun,
    now search the rest of the room to find a dagger and a self-defense
    knife, check the shelf here and you will find another jewelry
    box, and you need to solve another puzzle to get this one open.
    
    Combine the red jewel we found with the box and some pieces will
    fall out of it, now attach the first piece which is pointing on
    the right side into the circle on the upper left side, if we look
    at it like a clock then you have to attach the first piece where
    it should be 11 or 10, now put the second piece in clockwise and
    do the same for the third piece, when all three pieces are in clockwise
    position you should only be left with the gap in the middle, use
    the final piece on it and the circle is complete and our puzzle
    is over with.
    
    I know it sucks but here is a small ASCII of how it SHOULD look
    like, if you dont understand it fully then dont complain to me
    but if you look at the pieces and my ASCII for a long time, you
    might see the resemblance and it may become easy for you, other
    then that this is the best I could muster up.
    
    
              __________
             /   A      \
            /     _____/ \
           /\    /   \    \
          |  \  /     \ B  |
          |   \|      |____|
          |    \  E    |   |        ( its not good.. I know :p )
          |     \      |   |
          \  D  |\    /    /
           \    | \_ / C  /
            \___|________/
    
    
    The pieces shaped here should resemble the real pieces a little bit
    and it shouldn't be too hard now.
    
    Ok now the box will open and you will find the emblem key inside,
    there is only one door we need to check out right now, so head on
    to the save room where Barry left the supplies, now head out the
    door into the hallway, and just right of the door we just came out
    of you will find another door which we couldn't enter previously
    because it was locked, use this new key to open the door and enter.
    
    Once inside you will see that your inside another office, but before
    we can take any items, head forward and turn the light on the table
    on, now in this room you will find a box of shotgun shells, and a
    metal object, take both of them then head back to the Barry-supply
    save room, once back here take out the battery we picked up in the
    small storage room if you dropped it in the inventory box also take
    the crank before exiting the save room, , once taken head back
    outside , and head for the shed which connects the mansion to
    the courtyard again.
    
    Now make your way through the courtyard again, and through the pool
    passage, avoiding the snakes again take the elevator down into the
    main courtyard area, once here head to the southeast side of the
    courtyard and you will find another elevator similar to the first
    one but it wont work because there is no battery to give power,
    now that we have a battery with us, use it here and you will be able
    to use this one, now we can see whats behind the waterfall.
    
    Take this newly working elevator up and you will find yourself back
    in the first area of the garden, now head through the gate to the
    area with the pool again, head north where the pool can be turned
    on and off from and use the crank on it, now the water will refill
    in the pool and the waterfall will stop, head back to the first
    area in the garden and take the new lift, once down head in the area
    behind the waterfall and you will come to a ladder heading down
    somewhere at the end.
    
    
    PART V
     #############################
    #                            #
    # THE UNDERGROUND CATACOMBS  #
    #                            #
    #############################
    
    
    Now you will come down into a cavey area, the first room of this
    cavey area will serve to you as a save room aswell because there is
    a typewriter and an item box here, but we'll be using an item here
    shortly so its kinda a mixture room , now take out the shotgun shells
    if there were any left inside the item box also take out one healing
    item if you wish and head through the door immediately to the left
    of the ladder we took to get down here.
    
    Now in this new area you will see a large scary looking boulder at
    the top of the screen but dont worry as it wont come crashing down
    on Jill ... yet. Ignore that thing for now because trust me nothing
    will happen and head down the screen, at the end of the place you
    will find a single door, enter it and you will come out in the
    elevator room, there is some valuable ammo lying around near the
    elevator , take it if you wish , in the east side of this room you
    will find the switch which will activate the elevator, but of course
    what kinda game would it be if the switch was working right now.
    But for now take the shaft from the controls of the elevator.
    
    Ignore that for now too and head to the south to find another door,
    enter through this, now walk forward in this new area and another
    scene will begin, Jill will hear a voice and will go forward to
    investigate it, and she will find the captain of the BRAVO team
    cap'n Enrico Marini, but he's injured at the moment, Enrico tells
    Jill that there is a traitor among them and looks like he's figured
    out the scheme going on. But before he can tell some valuable info
    to Jill a bullet kills him out of nowhere, someone just shot him
    and ran away.
    
    Unfortunately we couldn't see who it was for now, but after the
    scene is over, check on Eric's dead body and you will find another
    crank, a hexagonal crank to be more precise, and if I remember right
    there is only one place we can use it right now. Time to head back to
    the save room at the beginning of the underground area.
    
    Along the way Jill will be attacked by some hunters, but you can
    outrun them if your good enough, if they're getting in the way
    then just use the shotgun to clean house and make your way to
    the save room anyway possible, now head to the other corner of the
    room from the door and you will find a pit in the floor and a door
    far behind it, but there is a panel right next to the pit too, now
    use the crank we just found on this panel and Jill will .. strangely
    turn the whole pit around, once she's done with the spinning the
    path should be clear to the door so make your way there.
    
    Once through the door be ready for some intense running from Jill's
    part, head forward then head north in the room, you will see a boulder
    up top of the slope, reach for the boulder and it will suddenly start
    rolling downhill towards Jill, now quickly as hell make your way to
    the little nook at the entrance of this room, if you were safe Jill
    will automatically kneel down and watch the boulder go past her and
    crash at the wall in the south of the room.
    
    Before checking that out head to the area where the boulder was
    standing and check behind it for some useful shotgun shells, now
    head south in the room and you'll see that the boulder created a
    hole in the wall and there is a door behind it, enter this door and
    be ready for a rather easy boss fight.
    
    
    BOSS V : BLACK TIGER or BLACK WIDOW
    -----------------------------------
    
    Once you enter the door Jill will come face to face with the mother
    of all spiders in the game so far, its a huge one and its called
    by the code name black widow, there is a door on the far side of the
    room but its covered by webbing's of the spider and its gonna take
    ages to cut it, so looks like were gonna have to take care of the
    widow first, the shotgun is the best weapon for this fight because
    the spider is wide and the spread shot will do good amounts of
    damage even from a distance, so thats what were gonna do for this
    fight, keep a fair amount distance between yourself and the spider
    at all times and be aware of its acid spit because it can cause poison.
    As the fight goes on several little spiders will also join in on
    the battle but we dont need to look at them, just take care of the
    big moma. After some time it should die finally.
    
    After the battle is over just exit out of this room once via the door
    we took to get in here, now head back inside and you will find that
    the little critters have all disappeared, thank god. Now search one
    corner of the room and you will find a combat knife, just what we
    need at the moment, now head over to the webbing's which have been
    covering the large double doors all this time, start cutting the
    webbing's down and when your done re-equip the shotgun and head through
    this door.
    
    In this new area head south of the screen to find some herbs, use them
    if Jill was injured or poisoned during the previous battle, once done
    healing head north of the screen and enter the door at the end, you
    might notice the panel near the door, these are the places where Chris
    will find/need to use the flame-thrower in his game. Once through the
    door on top, walk up the slopey area.
    
    Here you will find another spot to use the crank in, but this time
    instead of using it just once you must use it three times so that the
    pit makes its way to the left side wall, once your done head a little
    forward and the mean looking boulder up north will suddenly start
    rolling down just like the previous one, you've got less time to
    respond now, so quickly head into the passage on the left and watch
    the boulder go by. Once the boulder is gone head up to the place where
    the boulder was and check the area behind it to find a first aid box.
    Take it, now head back to the passage on the left wall and head into
    the door you see here.
    
    Here you will come across another puzzle, the basic outline of this
    one is that you have to turn the statue 180* around and place it back
    in its rightful place, to do this feat head first over to the panel
    on the right side wall and use the crank on it, and you will observe
    that a spare piece of wall will come a little bit out, now use the
    crank once more and the wall will go back inside. Now you should have
    an idea of what to do, push the moveable statue in line with the piece
    of wall which moves out, once that is done just use the crank on the
    panel and the wall shall come out along with the statue, now use the
    panel for the last time allowing the wall to go back in and giving
    you space to push the statue ahead.
    
    Now move the statue since you can do that, to the center of the floor
    to that circle, the statue will rotate a bit but its not enough so push
    the statue off the circle and immediately push it back on the circle
    for some more rotating, the statue is now facing in the right
    direction so push it all the way to the into the opening besides the
    alter, now once done a panel will open revealing the item behind it,
    its a cylinder, combine this with the shaft we picked off the control
    panel near the elevator a while back and now your all set.
    
    Now that we have the complete set time to head back, make your way
    back all the way to the elevator where we picked up the shaft from
    in the first place, once here use the newly created cylinder into
    the elevator control box and you will be asked to input a code before
    you can use the elevator, sheehs .. haven't we done enough already !.
    Well anyway, the code to be entered is 4231 .
    
    Now the elevator will come back up and you will be able to use it,
    but before we can suddenly Barry will come out of nowhere, now he
    will ride the elevator down with Jill, isn't he a suspicious one !?.
    Once the elevator is down Lisa's voices will be heard from somewhere
    near, Barry tells Jill to go and search it out while he stays here
    and guards the escape route, now what kinda man is he !. Well anyway
    Explore this room and you will find a ladder heading somewhere down
    in the west side, head down the ladder and you will find a garbage
    smashing device here.
    
    Not of use for us now but it will come in handy later on, so head
    back up the ladder, and this time head for the door on the east side.
    Now you will come out in a circular tunnel sorta room, but your not
    alone here, Lisa Trevor, unknown how she got here, is patrolling
    the tunnel, here's the thing .. this tunnel is circular in shape
    so if you see Lisa coming from one direction quickly start running
    in the other direction, so you would always reach the place you
    want to and it shouldn't be too hard avoiding her here. But keep
    one thing in mind just like before, she's invincible so dont waste
    ammo on her.
    
    Now head for the door on the east wall while dodging lisa. You will
    find some small boxes here and a number of items stacked on them.
    Now check the rest of the room here and you will find a transporter
    which will take something into the garbage crushing device room, and
    there is a pushable crate in the room, well all we have to do is push
    it all the way into the transporter and send it down via the controls
    
    Now after sending it head back to the previous hallway, avoid Lisa
    all over again and make your way to the starting room here, take the
    ladder down to the garbage machine area and you will find the crate
    already here, so push it inside the garbage crushing machine and use
    the controls of the machine to work it up, the crate will be destroyed
    and now the contents inside can be taken.
    
    Head over to the remains of the crate and Jill will find a broken
    useless flame-thrower, DAMN .. how I wish there was a way to open
    the crate some other way, unfortunately there isn't so , take the
    broken flame-thrower, unusable I might add, now head back up the
    ladder and back into the tunnel with Lisa Trevor. This time head over
    to the south bend of the tunnel and you will spot a switch here, hit
    the switch which inturn will release some metal arms to place the
    flame-thrower on in front of a room in the north west corner of the
    tunnel.
    
    After hitting the switch , quickly make your way to that place while
    avoiding Lisa Trevor if she comes in the way, if you are too late
    to reach the metal brackets then they will go back in again and you
    will have to push the switch all over again and run back here, so
    try and do this on your first try, after reaching it in time put
    the flame-thrower on it, and the door besides them will unlock.
    
    We are now entering Lisa Trevor's chamber, but she wont follow us
    in here so no to worry for a little while. Check out the room in
    this area for some herbs, take them or use them right here if you
    wish, then check out the far corner of the room and you'll find a
    entrance to a sewer way, enter the watery area, but be quick here
    because there are snakes in the water and they can poison Jill ,
    try to make it to the end without being bitten, but if you do then
    there are some blue herbs here I guess.
    
    Once you come out of the sewers you will find yourself in a nice
    bedroom, this is Lisa's bedroom just for the record, inside here
    you will find a jewelry box but thank god there isn't any puzzle
    to open it, just examine it and Jill will open it and inside you
    will find the stone ring. After taking that head for the far corner
    of the room and you will find a ladder heading up somewhere. Take
    it up and you will find yourself back in the cabin.
    
    Remember Lisa's cabin, up the hill near the mansion, we'll be back
    here.. strange passages, well seeing as you should be close to an
    item box, use it and take the metal object we picked from the office
    just before exiting the mansion out, and combine it with the stone
    key we just picked up . Now head back all the way to the mansion
    from the hilltop passageway, along the way some zombies may or may
    not have emerged, but whatever the case enter the mansion.
    
    When your at the place where we put in the metal and the stone
    objects to open the shed door, take both of them out from their
    place and its time to make our way to the main hall of the mansion.
    The fastest root here would be going through the art room, through
    the secret passageway into the cemetery and to the door which opens
    in the mid staircase area of the main hall.
    
    One way or the other when you reach the main hall head for the
    area behind the grand staircase and you will find the door here,
    if you dont recall we checked it at the very beginning of the
    game, now use the metal and the stone objects from the shed door
    here and you will be able to open the doors, enter them and you'll
    be at the top of a long set of stairs, leading back into the underground.
    
    Take the stairs, along the way you will come across a typewriter and
    an item box, take out the shotgun and its shells, all of them if you
    have enough, but if you dont have plenty then take out the G launcher
    and fill it with acid rounds, you should have one box of them, and
    take that too, also dont forget to take the eagle and wolf medals
    and one healing item, once done with the shopping head down the
    stairs and at the very bottom you will find a door, enter it.
    
    In this new area just head west and climb the ladder further down.
    Down here another scene will start, Jill will come face to face
    with Barry , but what is he doing here, suddenly Barry whips out
    his gun and tries to shoot Jill but she's just too quick for him
    and takes his gun from his hand, now Jill is pointing his own gun
    at him and its time for Barry to confess the truth, but before he
    can do that Lisa Trevor will suddenly burst into the room and she's
    looking angry, she breaks the statues blocking the escape path out
    of the room, and charges towards Barry.
    
    
    BOSS VI : LISA TREVOR, the final encounter
    ------------------------------------------
    
    Now you will make a choice, either give Barry his gun back and trust
    him for the time being, or dont give him his gun back and let Lisa
    Trevor kill him, if you let Lisa Trevor kill Barry you will get to
    keep his gun which has 6 shots in it, but cannot be reloaded anyhow,
    but since were aiming for the best ending in the game, we wont let
    Barry die, so give him his gun back and you just made a good choice.
    
    Now Barry will provide covering fire for you while you can deal with
    the boss, there are actually two methods of finishing this boss fight
    up, you can either do it the quick but dangerous way or the slow
    and steady way.
    
    The quicker way, by which you dont have to waste your ammo is that
    we will have to push the 4 stones you see in the room, first go and
    push the bottom left stone down the pit, if Lisa gets too close to
    you then Barry will fire her off but that will cause Lisa to go
    for him instead, and if Barry takes one hit he will die and so much
    for the best ending, so if you see Lisa going for Barry quickly
    shoot her once so she turns at you again, now go and push the stone
    on the right, following the above steps head for the stone in the
    upper right corner and push it down, head for the final stone and
    suddenly Lisa will jump right behind Jill, dot just wait there for
    her to attack and quickly push the final statue down, now the coffin
    lid will open up, and Lisa seeing it will yell "mother" and then she
    will commit suicide by throwing herself over the edge and falling
    down the pit.
    
    However there is another more violent and brutal method to finish
    this battle off, chances are that you will be very short on ammo
    after using this method, so I dont like to do this personally, ok
    so your fighting around a large pit and falling off isn't a hard
    thing to do, take out the shotgun and start pumping Lisa full of
    led, she will sometimes jump at the very start of battle and will
    herself go at a very corner, if luckily that does happen then keep
    on shooting, and if Barry helps you out this wont be too hard, Lisa
    will slip over and fall down in the chasm. Game over.
    
    Now after the boss fight is over Barry will tell Jill that he wants
    to stay there and make sure that the monster is really dead, but
    what that means in real life is that the old man cant keep up,
    Jill wont question his trust this time and leave him alone, now
    back in control of Jill head for the elevator , which is the only
    way out of this place, and use it go to up, you will come out back
    in another open area and there is a pool near you, but no sharks
    this time .. thank god.
    
    Well now what can be done about the pool, check on either side of
    the pool and you will find slots to put in the eagle medal and
    the wolf medal, you did bring them ? didn't you ?! .. well use them
    on their respective slots and the water will drain, a side of the
    pool will open up revealing some stairs going down. Take the stairs
    and you will find another elevator here . Take the elevator down
    into ..
    
    
    PART VI
     #############################
    #                            #
    #     THE UMBRELLA LABS      #
    #                            #
    #############################
    
    
    
    Now Jill would have arrived at the final part of the game, the
    scary umbrella labs, well head forward and you will find a large
    gate here but this wont open until the very end of the game, so
    instead we'll just take the ladder heading down right besides
    the gate. Head down.
    
    You will drop into another save room here, this may be one of
    the final rooms so use the typewriter if you please, then use
    the item box and put the grenade launcher inside if you brought
    it along for the Lisa fight, now take out the shotgun and its
    shells.. but if you are low on shells then just take out the
    handgun and its ammo , dont forget the lighter and the kerosene
    flask, because we mostly will be facing zombie here .
    
    Once prepared with either the shotgun or the handgun, head out
    the door and you'll come in a hallway, here you will find one
    or more zombies, if using the shotgun then just aim up and blow
    its head, with the handgun shoot it down until it start bleeding
    and then burn it. You should find some herbs along the railing
    so take them to your advantage, see the stairs leading down, head
    into the small passage just in front of it and take the MO disk 2
    from the desk . The door besides is locked and we'll get back here
    in a little while.
    
    For now just head down the stairs into floor B3. Here you will
    find some more zombies, get rid of them by either decapitation
    or the burning methods, once done head through the double doors
    on the east wall, here you will be in another hallway, but no
    zombies, take the first aid kit. You will find 3 doors in this
    hallway, 2 of them are locked for now so enter the door right
    next to the one we entered from.
    
    Here you will see a switch on entrance but ignore it for now,
    head forward in the room and you will find 2 x-rays, use them
    on the lighted wall in the far side of the room, now head over
    to the switch and press it for some orange light, now check on
    the x-rays and you will see the following in this order
    colon, esophagus, liver and lungs, take out their initials and
    they spell CELL !. Remember the word for now. Take the file in
    the room which will tell you how to work the computers in another
    place , now exit back to the previous hallway.
    
    Here head down the path past the first locked door, at the end
    of the hall will be the second locked door, but its locked by
    an electronic lock, and we need to find three devices to unlock it,
    but the three devices can only be used if we use the MO
    disks on the MO disk machines. We will do this quest because
    behind those doors we'll find Chris later on .. and were aiming
    for the best ending in the game, right ? .
    
    Now head back to the main hallway of the B3 floor. Now head to
    the right passing through the dark area and you will find another
    double doors at the end of the right side. Enter them to find
    yourself in a computer room.
    
    Search through the tables on the upper side of the room and you
    will hopefully find some precious magnum rounds, take them
    and head west in the room, here you will find the only working
    computer in the entire lab lit on a desk, take the file and
    its time to use the fingers. Check the computer.
    
    To log in use the user name JOHN and the password ADA, hmm
    haven't we heard that before, well once done proceed by unlocking
    all the doors in the B3F, then try and unlock the door in B2F and
    the computer will ask you for another password, enter the word
    CELL here and were all set. Once done before exiting check the
    area with the hanging things, here you will find a green herb,
    a first aid box and a battery for Jill's tazer gun.
    
    Now head back all the way to the hallway where the door with
    the 3 electronic locks resides, here head for the only door on
    the right wall which was locked before, now we just unlocked it.
    Head inside , take the flame rounds for the grenade launcher
    from near the entrance and head forward, a zombie will be looking
    in the other direction, shoot him down and head forward , take
    note of that nitro fuel refilling machine in the north of this
    area, because we'll be returning here in a little while, search
    the area beyond the zombie for a slide filter and another file.
    
    Check the end and you will find a gamecube sitting here along
    side a small TV, and there's a resident evil CD nearby, noo that
    was just a lie, well this gamecube look-alike thing is actually
    the transmitters which will unlock the three coded door, this
    is one of the lock releasers so use a MO disk here, we should
    have one with us here, once done you've unlocked lock no 1. 2
    more to go . Now exit out of this room.
    
    Now head back to the main room of the B3F and take the stairs
    up , check the double doors besides the desk we found the MO
    disk at , its now open remember. Inside you'll be in a projector
    room, there is a slide player at the end of the table, so go
    and have a check on it, you will be introduced to our enemies
    in the game so far and something at the end which we still
    haven't seen, but at the end of the file Jill will see that wesker
    is in it too, so does this mean he works for umbrella too ?!.
    
    Well anyway we'll find the answer to that in a little while, for
    now use the slide filter we found earlier on the projector and
    watch it again, this time at the end you will see a passcode
    written, the number is 8462. In this very room you will find
    a passcode device on the right side wall, use the passcode
    we just found on that device and the wall will open up to a
    secret room. Enter here and you will find some video equipment
    and a key on the table. Take the key.
    
    Remember the Kenneth video we put in the item box very early
    on in the game, well if you want some frights then go and get
    that from the item box and use it here on this equipment and
    you will get to see what happened to Kenneth before he died,
    the short description is that Kenneth tried to shoot the zombie
    chasing him but was unable to do so and the zombie got the
    better of him, the camera splatters with blood and its all over.
    
    Once your done with here, take the new key we have and head down
    to the B3 floor, once here head to the very right side south
    corner of the hallway and you will find 2 doors we didn't check
    before, both of them are locked but you can open them with your
    new key, unlock both the doors for now, but enter the double doors.
    
    To the right of this new room you will find a ledge Jill can
    climb, do that and follow into the vent passage, once your
    through the vent you will find yourself in an operating room,
    but its too damn creepy in here, oh well... once in this new
    room climb down the ledge your standing on and check around,
    suddenly a new type of monster will attack Jill from the vents
    they look alot like the drain deimos from Re3 and they are
    called the chimera's, blast them off with the shotgun and they
    will either die or will run away in the vents if they are badly
    wounded. Which ever the case climb back up the vents and head
    through the vent on the north wall. Why the hell did we drop down
    anyway...
    
    Well now you will come out in the morgue of the place, here you
    can find another game cube look-alike transmitting device, use
    the MO disk we just picked up in the projector room here and
    you would have unlocked the second lock, just one more to go
    and then were all done to rescue Chris. But for now push the
    shelf aside and you will have cleared another path to the double
    doors leading to the hallway outside. Take it and were back out
    here. Now head through the single door at the corner.
    
    Ignore the door you will see to your immediate left cause its
    sealed and we cant go in, now head forward and you will come
    to a left right junction and a door right in front of you, enter
    the door right now and you will come into the final save room
    of the game, here use the item box and take out the grenade
    launcher and if you found any flame rounds for them along the
    way. Also take out the MO disk we put inside the item box
    earlier in the game , cause were gonna see the final cube here.
    Equip the launcher with the flame rounds. Now exit the save room
    and head south of the screen and you will enter the door to
    the power room at the end of the hallway.
    
    Here head up the screen and turn left at the far corner and you
    will find another one of those chimera's here, you MUST kill
    this particular chimera because were gonna do something here,
    so make sure you killed it and it will burn automatically if
    you were using the flame rounds of the grenade launcher.
    
    Now run past the dead chimera and at the end of this hall
    you will find a fuel station but looks like its not working,
    so take the empty fuel capsule and its time for us to refill
    it with nitro fuel, remember the room where we found the
    first gamecube, errr. transmitter. There was a nirto fuel
    chamber there right ?! ... So take this empty thing and head
    back to that room, once you've reached there use the empty
    capsule on the nitro chamber and you will have obtained some
    real kick-ass fuel.
    
    Here is where its really gonna get hard, since were carrying
    some really hazardous material you cant run, because it can
    explode, so we have to walk wherever we are taking this fuel
    with us, you cant bump into walls , so be sure to walk in the
    center of hallway, and you cant be too close to open fires or
    sparks for that matter, so you gotta watch out, and most importantly
    dont .. i mean.. DONT get into fights, and just avoid where you
    know something is waiting for you, keeping all these precautions
    in mind start walking towards the fuel station room again.
    
    Once there avoid the fire on the right side and the sparks near
    the fuel station, once you've reached the fuel station machine
    successfully use the fuel capsule on it and thats that. Now
    that this is done reequip your weapon which you want and head
    towards the west door and head through it, inside this second
    power room area you will run into more chimera's, take them
    out with the shotgun for now if you have it with you.
    
    After the chimera's are done for, from the entrance of this room
    head south and you will find the final gamecube, er.. damnit
    I mean the transmitter device, use the final MO disk and were
    done with the locks, but before checking that place out we got
    bigger fish to fry, now head through the double doors in the
    far south west corner of this room and you would have reached
    the main generator area of the lab, sounds like it.
    
    Here run to the opposite side of the gen and you will find
    the switch which will turn the power back on for the main
    elevator, use it here and time to check out what we got there.
    So head back outside the power rooms and take a trip to the
    final save room once again.
    
    Here use the item box and take out the magnum and its rounds
    that you have collected so far, but there is a cheaper alternate
    remember the self defense pistol we found in the guardhouse area,
    well if you do have it with you then take it with you, now is the
    time for this little critter to come in handy for us. Once done
    with the preparation just exit out of the save room and head up
    the screen, you will come to the main elevator leading down.
    
    Before Jill can head down Barry will popup suddenly and he will
    decide to go with Jill down wherever the elevator takes them,
    once your down and the elevator has stopped take the shotgun
    shells from here and head to the end of the halls, and enter
    the huge doors to enter the tyrants lab.
    
    Jill and Barry will bust in the door as if there was something
    behind it and all you find is wesker working on some controls
    but he's been expecting you all this time, Barry will show his
    loyal side again and point his gun to Jill's head. Jill finally
    understands what's going on here but its already too late for
    that and wesker shows her his creation... the TYRANT !.
    
    Damn thats scary, wesker decides that he will test out his little
    pet on Jill first and starts to push buttons, luckily before the
    tyrant is let loose Barry will come to his senses and realize that
    what he's doing isn't right, he decides to shoot wesker instead but
    the old man is slow once again, suddenly the tyrant breaks its
    way out of the chamber it was inside and its fully operational.
    
    It will come face to face with the two remaining people in this
    room, wesker is fled with a high tail already, Barry will now
    get knocked out with a single flick of the wrist of the tyrant,
    damn he's really getting old. Now that Barry's out of this fight
    the tyrant will come face to face with Jill... let the battle
    begin.
    
    
    BOSS VII : TYRANT
    -----------------
    
    As soon as the fight starts you will notice that the tyrant is
    slow and sluggish for now, and it will only walk around, it wont
    run or anything else, but that wont stop its power anyhow, he will
    walk around in circles most of the time but if he gets close enough
    to Jill he can use his arm to inflict alot of pain on her, so
    the best thing to do during this whole fight is keep a good
    amount of distance between yourself and the tyrant, if you
    brought along the self defense pistol as I told you to then just
    get a few feet away from him, take out the dingy pistol , aim
    and let a shot through, besides this gun can only be used once,
    if that shot hits then the tyrant is history and it'll go down.
    
    But if you didn't bring along the self defense dagger then shame
    on you, oh well, remember I told you to bring the magnum and all
    of its rounds if you didn't have the defense gun, well take the
    magnum out and start running away from the tyrant, since the
    magnum is a single projectile weapon it will do the same amount
    of damage no matter how far you are shooting from, so keep a
    good amount of distance between the two of you and when he's
    in a clear shot just start shooting with the magnum, the good
    thing about this way is that you can always run away from him
    well after a few clean hits the tyrant will go down. GO check
    on Barry.
    
    Luckily or unluckily, whichever you prefer, Barry is still alive
    and he's just fine, when he rejoins you search the room for a file
    and check on the computer console and Jill will unlock the cell
    door in B4 which is where Chris is being kept, so without wasting
    further time exit the tyrants lab and head for the elevator.
    
    Once up another scene will begin and it looks like good olla'
    wesker just set the self distruct sequence, well seeing as its
    almost time to blow hehe, this joint we'll run all the way, so
    make a quick dash over to the three-electronic locked door and
    release the locks by checking the panel on the right of the door,
    once through the door head forward and head down the stairs.
    
    Once here run forward until you find a door at the end, enter
    it and another scene will begin, and YAYY we just found Chris,
    but he should be ashamed of himself being rescued by a girl,
    well now that Chris is with us and Jill is happy to have saved
    both her male friends, time to exit.
    
    Now head all the way back to the first item room in the underground
    area, remember the one which has the ladder heading up , ok before
    we go up check on the item box and take out any good healing
    items you have, keep one slot free cause were gonna need it.
    
    Now head up the ladder and go through the large doors right
    in front of you which will lead to the helipad. Were almost
    home free. Now enter the hall and head forward, Jill will
    receive another transmission on the radio from brad, he says
    that he's running out of fuel, so now might be a good time to
    do that signaling thing he asked about.. around the last corner
    of the hallway you will find a fuse unit, take it and head to
    the end, use the fuse unit we just found on the elevator and it
    will be working again.
    
    But before the characters can go up a horde of monsters will
    suddenly appear out of nowhere and in a real cinematic shot
    Barry and Chris will start shooting at them, Chris will tell
    Jill to go up and signal brad to bring the helicopter down and
    they ((Chris and Barry)) will take care of the monsters.
    
    Being the good girl that Jill is she will listen to Chris and
    ride the elevator to the floor above, here you will finally
    have reached the helipad and the sun is up, beautiful sight, aint
    it, but we've got work to do, almost in front of the elevator you
    will find the flare box, take it and head for the center of the
    pad, here use the flare box and Jill will finally be able to
    signal to brad and hopefully he saw it.
    
    Just in time Barry and Chris will come up via the elevator and
    will be calm as if nothing happened, but before Chris can stop
    the floor will suddenly burst open, Chris and Barry ready their
    guns and check out the hole, suddenly something huge jumps
    out of the hole, its the tyrant, its still alive and back for
    some more revenge. The tyrant knocks Chris about 20 feet away
    with one sweep of its arm and he'll go out for this battle, and
    Barry's gun will stop functioning at the same time.
    
    The true battle will now begin and as soon as you have control
    of Jill again quickly take out your magnum and aim at the tyrant
    who is advancing towards Barry, shoot it before it reaches him
    because the tyrant can kill Barry in a single claw. Since were
    hunting for the best ending in the game we wont let that happen.
    
    
    BOSS VIII : TYRANT ii
    ---------------------
    
    
    Once you've shot the tyrant it will turn over to Jill and Barry
    will go on and guard Chris for the rest of the battle, before
    starting to shoot I would like to tell you that this time the
    tyrant is able to run and damn he can run fast, he will often
    use a running claw sweep which is almost fatal, but his other
    attacks are also powerful as hell, remember I told you to bring
    alot of healing items with you, well if you did that successfully
    then you would be safe for the most part of this fight, heal after
    every shot the tyrant gives you, since this is an open area you
    can run around and take pot shots at the tyrant.
    
    Ok so as the battle starts shoot the tyrant with the magnum
    once and quickly run around because it will most definitely do
    a running attack , once your a little away from him start shooting
    with the magnum, another thing that if your too far from him he
    will always do the running attack, so make sure your distance
    from the tyrant isnt that much or that less for that matter.
    
    Keep on shooting at the tyrant with the magnum and healing
    after every attack he gives on you, we cant die at this point.
    After enough shots or if you've waster a particular amount
    of time another scene will start and the chicken heart will
    be of some use finally, and will throw a rocket launcher from
    the helicopter, hope the fall didn't break it.
    
    Now thats what im talking about, I call the rocket launcher
    tyrant-killer. Quickly head for the rocket launcher and pick it
    up, now equip it from your inventory and take a good aim at the
    tyrant and let a shot out, sometimes.. rarely the tyrant will
    be able to dodge the rocket, but if your shot was good another
    scene and the tyrant will stand there as if it is confident that
    the rocket wont do any damage to him, well unfortunately it
    does.. and the tyrant gets blown into smithereens.
    
    Now brad will finally land the chopper down, finally !!!,
    and the ending FMV will begin playing, since we saved
    both Barry and Chris while following this guide so im
    pretty sure your gonna see the best ending in the game for
    Jill, after some dialogue possibly, the chopper will head
    east into the coming sun towards raccoon city.
    
    Fin.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Take a break now, that was a long one.. I know.. cause I wrote
    it hehe.. well that was Jill valentine the heroin of the game,
    now its time for us to start the REAL resident evil, I mean
    the harder and the tougher to beat version with none other
    then CHRIS REDFIELD
    
    
    ****************************************************************
    ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                _
     __  |__   __  o   __      __   ___   __| _|_ o  ___  |    __|
    (___ |  ) |  ' | __)      |  ' (__/_ (__|  |  | (__/_ |_, (__|
    wtrc
    
    ****************************************************************
    ----------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    PART I
     #############################
    #                            #
    #   WELCOME TO THE MANSION   #
    #                            #
    #############################
    
    
    After the AMAZING brand new opening FMV for the game, and after taking
    plenty of deep breaths seeing all the action and Jill falling down on
    her butt :P ... the game finally starts and you will find that the three
    dudes who made it inside were Chris Jill and of course, wesker.. Barry
    is no-where to be seen and everyone fears the worst for him. Jill finds
    it hard to believe a bit until they hear a gunshot and wesker being the
    leader he is orders Chris to go and investigate what that noise was.
    Wesker decides to stay and *secure* the main hall with Jill. Jill
    wishes Chris some good words and Chris enters the next door armed only
    with a knife and his brave ego.
    
    Now after entering the dining room the game will turn Chris over to
    the player and you can feel out the controls if you want to , do a
    lap or two around the center table just to get the hang of the controls
    and be comfortable, then when your prepared take one look at how the
    graphics have improved and step through the next door near the fireplace
    into the next hallway.
    
    Now in this new hallway turn west and start walking or running down the
    hall until you come to a nook and the path is turning around, here you
    will see a gruesome FMV of your former BRAVO partner Kenneth being
    eaten by a ... how to put it.. zombie. Now because were armed worse
    then a chicken turn Chris 180* around and quickly exit back to the
    previous hallway. Exit back to the main hall and report all you saw
    in there to wesker.
    
    But when Chris enters the hallway wesker and Jill are nowhere to be
    seen, so much for the *securing*. But luckily for Chris he finds a
    handgun which probably belonged to Jill, its a standard issue barrette
    Chris picks it up without hesitation, now that were a bit better
    armed head back to the hallway where you saw Kenneth's corpse, the
    zombie should have moved places by now but if he's still there shoot
    him a few times until he falls down then quickly scan Kenneth's body
    for a videotape and quickly exit out of the west door.
    
    Head down this dark hallway while gasping at the beauty of the
    graphics and keep heading down until you reach the lit room which
    is the birdcage room to be precise. Check the birdcage and you will
    find a handgun ammo magazine, take it and take the green herbs which
    should also be present in this same room, now head up the steps
    and exit out of the door at the top of the stairs.
    
    Once your through the door you'll see a zombie lying down on his
    face but there are also 2 green herbs, forget it for now and head
    left instead. Head down the hall and Chris will be attacked by
    another zombie, but there should be enough room for you to squeeze
    in a few rounds and keep shooting at it till he falls down and starts
    bleeding, continue down the hall and pass the spears. Once you pass
    them you should see a small statue of a cupid with his arrow, take the
    arrow from the cupid and examine it to take the head off the arrow.
    
    Now that we have the arrow continue down the hallway and unlock the
    north door which leads to the balcony of the dining room where we
    gained control of Chris for the first time. Now that were here run
    a little bit to the left and you will see a zombie who just started
    to walk towards Chris, run quickly to the right side and you will see
    a dagger on the wall, take it now and head over to the other side of
    the balcony, you should spot a statue here..and a gap in the wall.
    Now push the statue and make it fall down the gap. Dont worry we'll
    get what fell down soon enough.
    
    For now exit out of the double doors behind you. You are now on the
    second floor of the main hall but were not going all the way down
    for now, just run down the small steps so that your in the middle
    part of the stairs, and exit through the door at the center of the
    wall right besides you. Now Chris will come out in a cemetery which
    is something new to this game not seen in the original , just head
    down the hall to the north end until you come across a tombstone.
    
    Check it and you will see that there is a little gap in it, now
    check your inventory and put in the cupid arrow we picked up a
    little while back into this gap, a secret passage should open up,
    so make haste towards the furnace room and head down the stairs.
    
    Once your at the bottom of the stairs you will find yourself in
    some kind of crypt room.. scary. Head towards the east side of the
    room and take a look at the suspended coffin.. take a look at the
    pedestal under the coffin . Check the pedestal and you will find
    a book on it, take the book and examine IT and you will find the
    first key in the game, take the key and head a little bit back to
    the main hall of the mansion, head down the stairs to the first
    floor and enter the door at the east side of the hall.
    
    Now you will find yourself in a small gallery, there is a door to
    the north of it, head through the door with the newfound key. Oh
    and you might wanna move the metal steps to get the map on top of
    the statue ;) . Now once through the door you will find Chris in
    an L shaped hallway, head down and move 2 of the cabinets here to
    find another dagger and another magazine of handgun bullets. Now
    exit out of the door at the other end of the hallway. Be amazed
    at how life-like Chris looks in the most detailed shot in the entire
    game. Cant wait to play as Jill can we ? :).
    
    Now head down this hall, you'll see a metal door but ignore it for
    now and open the next door in line in this hallway. You will find
    yourself in A bathroom.. not just any bathroom but the only bathroom
    in this entire dang mansion, head a little forward and empty the
    tub, but the thing is that it wasn't empty, there is a zombie inside
    it, now get ready for some quick shootin cause there aint much space
    here to run away, quickly back up against the wall so that the zombie
    may randomly get caught by the sink. Shoot it down and quickly search
    the tub for a key, exit through the bathroom door.
    
    Now that we have a new key head back over to the metal door and open
    it, head through and you'll be on a partly outside area , there's a
    pack on wile cerebrus's on the other side of the railing but they
    wont just attack Chris, now head over to the other side and pick up
    the chemical, be advised that there are also herbs in this area but
    if you pick them up the cerebrus will attack you and this is a very
    tough spot so I say do that only at your own risk. Now exit back to
    the hallway.
    
    Now run to the end of the hall and you will find 2 doors, but for now
    just enter the single door, once inside look awkwardly at the marble
    floor and the top down-camera, and enter the door at the other wall,
    thats the only other door here. Inside the room you will find another
    dagger lying on the table and there will be a ... gasp... SHOTGUN
    hanging on the wall.. before you get excited I'll ask you to ignore
    this shotgun and head out of the room.. before throwing stuff at me
    listen that if you take it you wont be able to use it much, dont
    understand what I mean.. see for yourself hehe...
    
    Anyway exit without the shotgun and head back to the hallway past the
    marble floored room, now exit through the double doors at the other
    wall right in front of you. As soon as you enter this room dont try
    to look any further just enter through the door you see on the left
    wall besides you. Once in here another quickie and make a wild-dash
    across the small hallway to the stairs in the straight line. Now
    quickly climb a few stairs and aim at the zombie and start shooting,
    if he gets too close for comfort shoot at it from another few steps
    up, when it falls down head down the stairs and head to the area behind
    the stairs, enter the door for the first save-room+item box room in
    the game.
    
    In this life-saving room, save at first and then use the item box
    and dump all you want in the box, well not all you want, just dump
    any herbs in your inventory and also the dang combat knife, also put
    the chemical we picked up inside and take the extra handgun magazine
    from it, now take a look around the room and you will find a canister,
    fill it up with kerosene and also take the key besides the typewriter
    before you exit, finally exit the room and you will see the zombie's
    body still lying there, use the kerosene on him and burn his corpse..
    why you ask ? you'll find a bit later in the game.
    
    Now climb up the stairs and kill the zombie roaming in the hall,
    and dont forget to burn its body too, make this a regular habit to
    burn the bodies of any zombies you may kill from now on. Now exit
    through the door you see on the far north of the hallway, now you'll
    be in a small hallway , quickly turn Chris to the west side and enter
    the door at the end of the hallway, you'll find yourself in a small
    library . Once inside take the dog whistle, also take the magazine
    and then exit back out of the door you entered from. The other door
    will just lead you to the previous hallway. Exit from the door you
    just entered from.
    
    Now run all the way across the hallway ignoring any and all doors in
    the middle and exit out of the door at the very end, now you'll be back
    at the main hall of the mansion, on the other side of the second floor.
    Now that were back here head for the door which lead to the balcony
    above the dining room, now in there unlock the door to the far left,
    do the same as before and in this new room unlock the next door in
    line you come to. Now as a word of advice I will ask you to heal Chris
    if he isnt feeling that well.. ok now that were ready use the dog whistle
    and 2 cerebrus's will come running, shoot them before they show their
    affection and take the dog collar from the dead.
    
    Search the collar and you will find a small object on it, now press
    this objects back to extend it into another object, the imitation key.
    Clever. Now head forward in this balcony and just unlock the door at
    the end of the hall.. dont go through it yet but just unlock it, now
    head back through the door we used to enter this balcony. Now head past
    the door and you will find a yet unseen staircase, but dont go down it,
    instead go around it and exit through the door at the other end, now
    for a clever shortcut, you will find yourself in a familiar hallway,
    just run around the hallway until you return to the place where we saw
    the zombie lying on the floor with two herbs, kill the zombie IF you
    wish and burn its body, and take the herbs again IF you wish but exit
    through the door past the zombie.
    
    Inside this room you will see stairs right in front of you, head up the
    stairs and you will reach a pedestal with a key lying on it, check the
    key and take it, it will spring open a trap and Chris's life is in
    danger, if you feel like it let him die with the cool sequence, but
    seeing as this is a walkthrough.. quickly use the imitation key here
    and the trap is safe,.. NOW I get the imitation part !! :) lol !!..
    
    Now that we have this new key head back the hallway and to the stairs
    we just passed a little while ago which were leading down, take the
    staircase down this time, and quickly enter the door you see as soon
    as your down, this is the medical room.. no Rebecca here as the original
    RE players might remember but still this room holds a very huge importance
    later on in the game so remember its location and how to reach it .
    
    This is also a save room so save if you wish and then exit out of the
    door we came in from, now head down this hallway and enter the door
    at the very end, as soon as you enter this new room take the grenades
    off the table and turn left and forward march, quickly exit through the
    door on the right wall. Now you will be in the keepers room, there is
    a body lying on the floor so quickly burn it with the handy kerosene,
    there is a file lying on the table and another key in the left closet
    side, a zombie is in the other closet and when he shows himself quickly
    waste it and burn it or just avoid it and exit back to the previous
    hallway via the only door.
    
    Now head back to the previous hallway through that door near the grenade-
    table and use this key we just found to open the door on the immediate
    right of the door, this is the storage room, so much for the word storage.
    The only thing you will find useful in here is a grenade, the rest is
    crap like broken shotgun.. wait a minute.. did I just say broken shotgun..
    wazaaaH !! Now that we have this quiet-useless item you can go all the
    way back to the room with the shotgun hanging on the wall and take the
    shotgun off the wall, the trick is now to replace the shotgun with this
    broken shotgun we picked up just like we did with the imitation key, now
    that you have placed the broken shotgun the *trap* wont be set off and
    Chris can live a healthy life.
    
    Once you are done with this rather useful-side trip just head back to
    the hallway with the grenade on the table ( which we already picked up,
    remember :o ) . Now exit out of the door farthest on the left side, past
    the door to the keepers room, you'll find yourself in a familiar room,
    this is the room where we saw Kenneth being eaten. This time kill the
    zombie for sure and run past it and past the elevator ?!!!! . and head
    down the stairs.. now were going down down... down to the.. kitchen !!!.
    SCARY !!.
    
    Now that were down here just take the small key off the shelves and
    also take the handgun ammo, now head back up the stairs we came from
    .. you MAY or may not be attacked by a zombie right now but if you are
    then just shoot it dead and burn it with the kerosene, now head all the
    way back to the hallway where we entered the first save+item box room
    remember ?! . Now enter the save room and you will find that wesker
    has left some supplies for Chris, now isn't he a nice man.. bless his
    soul. Take any good things you want and its time to release some load,
    put all the useless things in the itembox, the shotgun too.. for now
    just keep the handgun, its ammo, a healing item and the small key
    we just found in your inventory, save if you wish and exit.
    
    Now head back up the stairs to the second floor, but this time head
    left in the hallway and enter the first door on the right wall you
    see, HEAD !!! no I mean it literally !!.. head towards the door to the
    right and you will enter a researchers room, in this room you will
    find three frame and each one has an item with it, take the hook, the
    bee lure and the bee specimen, now combine the hook with the bee lure
    and place this combination on the frame which is closest to the door.
    
    Now put the bee specimen on the frame on the right side of the door, now
    you will be asked to hit the switch, do so and a secret compartment will
    open up revealing the wind crest, take it and exit back out of the door
    we came in from. Now go to the door directly opposite of the one we came
    out of and enter it, inside this room take the first aid box and a small
    key off the table, you might wanna make a trip back to the save room to
    drop off the wind crest and the first aid box, now head up the stairs and
    exit through the far north door to the reddish hallway, we've been here,
    remember.
    
    Now head a little bit to the other side of the hallway but stop and enter
    the double doors you see to enter the armor room. There is a puzzle in
    here in which you need to put the suit of armors in their place in
    the right order, but dont fret as I shall tell you the right order meself.
    
    First push the upper right suit of armor, now push the lower left suit,
    finally push the lower right armor and the upper left will push itself
    into place automatically, now push the button in the center of the
    room and this will unlock the opening which will contain a jewelry box,
    dont be so quick because we need to do something to open the box too.
    
    To open the box you need to push the left, and then the right of the
    heart piece. To know more clearly which side to push first its the
    side which is facing you when you first examine the thing, and then
    the right side you rotate around, now the box shall open and inside
    you will find a death mask. Now head back to the previous hallway and
    enter the only door which isnt explored, which is the door on the right
    side of the hall, just before the door which leads back to the mansion
    hallway.
    
    Head inside and you will find Rebecca... the sweet young innocent
    member of the BRAVO team... isn't she cute ?! .. oh and Richard's
    dying if anyone cares . :o. Becky will tell Chris that he needs
    some serum if he wants to survive, well since she's a medic she
    probably knows more.. afterall Richard just got attacked by a large
    snake.. or so he said. Now that we have been given orders, its time
    to march towards the serum, but where is it you ask. Remember the
    medical save room we entered a while back, and I asked you to remember
    its location too, now is the perfect time to remember it so dash
    your way through the hallways and enter the medical room. Take the
    serum here and before you exit, save your game and put the handgun
    inside the box with its ammo and the death mask, now take out the
    shotgun and any shells that you may have found so far.
    
    Now quickly head back to Richard, and when I say quick, I mean it
    because if you dont make it in time he's gonna die of poison,
    unlike the original Resident evil you can save Richard if
    you reach him quick enough and as a thanks to you he will
    give you his radio, pretty useless for now but its gonna come
    in handy much later in the game, if by any chance Richard didn't
    make it then Rebecca will herself give you his radio a little on.
    But we will assume that Richard survived, if that is the case then
    Chris and Becky will take Richard to the medical save room
    and Chris will decide to continue his investigation of the mansion.
    Before we exit be sure to take out the chemical we put earlier
    on in the item box.
    
    Now that we have the shotgun armed the first thing is that since
    the ammo is scarce dont go around shooting everything, avoidance is
    the key here. Now head back to the dining room, remember we dropped
    that statue from the second floor, check its rubble and you will
    find the shimmering blue jewel, take it and head back to the
    medical room hallway. Now head to the hallway which had the door
    to the keepers room in it, when in the hallway head in the direction
    of the keepers door but head directly opposite to it and you will
    find another door in the small cranny, enter this door and inside
    place the blue jewel we just found inside the tiger eye, now the
    statue will spin and you will find some shotgun shells behind it.
    
    Take then and exit back to the previous hall, now head in the
    direction of the door we used to enter this hall originally, but
    head north and you will find another door at the end of the hall
    which inturn leads to the very small garden. Inside the greenhouse
    use the chemical on the pump you see and the vicious veins will
    be done for, now you can head over to the other side and take
    the other death mask, there are a few green herbs here too so
    you might wanna take them all to the item box in the medical room
    and put them inside the box for safe-keeping, put the death mask
    inside too.
    
    Now its time for some exploring so head over to the room where
    you find Richard and Rebecca, once inside there head over to the
    door at the other end which we didn't enter before, quickly up the
    small stairs because a zombie will attack from the right side, from
    up the stairs take out the zombie, make sure you take its head off
    with the shotgun, this isn't to make it look fancy or anything. JUSt
    do that. We cannot enter this door above the steps right now so
    head to the right side where the zombie attacked you from, enter
    the door here. Inside you will find some candles on the table, it
    is kinda dark so light the candles here, now push the cabinet on
    the wall and you will find a hidden area, search the cabinet in
    here and you will find the mid pages ?.
    
    Now that we have the pages its time for a little backtracking, head
    back all the way to the hallway where you found Kenneth's body which
    is from now on referred to as Kenneth's hallway, enter the door just
    besides the elevator and you will find yourself inside a piano room.
    Chris is literally dumb and cannot play the piano, for now head to
    the area behind the piano and you will find a shelf blocking a much
    larger shelf behind it, push the smaller one out of the way and examine
    the larger shelves and Chris will find some musical notes, take note as
    Chris STILL cant play.
    
    Now combine the musical notes and the mid pages and try to have
    Chris play the piano just for the hell of it, as you can see now
    he cant play but its Rebecca to the rescue and she asks Chris if she
    can play, the good thing is that she can, the bad thing is that my
    grandma snores better.. well actually Becky isn't that bad she just
    needs a bit time on the piano, she asks Chris for it, and you should
    let her practice a little while, now its time for some more exploring
    so head back out of the piano room and enter the door leading to the
    dining room, in here take the crest off the wall over the fireplace
    and exit back to the main hall of the mansion.
    
    Now head up the grand staircase to the second floor, head right and
    just below the door which leads to the reddish hallway you will
    find another door, unlock it now and it will lead you to another one
    of those outside balconies, in this balcony Chris will find his former
    friend and BRAVO team partner forest. In this balcony you will find
    a dagger and a handgun ammo clip on a bench just near the door we
    entered from, there are some herbs with forest but I only advice
    you to pick them up if your looking for a good scare... otherwise
    DONT pick them up. Its about time we go and check how Becky is doing
    with the whole piano thing so head over to the piano room.
    
    Enter the room and Becky will tell you that she can play it right now,
    the theme is Beethoven's moonlight sonata and when Becky plays it
    without a flaw it will open a secret passage on the wall. Now enter
    this hidden passage and you will find a gold crest a bit similar to
    the one we recently picked up off the top of the fire place in the
    dining room, take this one and replace it with that one and head back
    to the dining room, now put the gold crest in place of the original
    one and you will be able to move the gears of the clock now, turn it
    so that the time reads 6:00 , VI in roman numbers, and the clock will
    move to reveal a key behind it.
    
    With the key in hand head over to the room where you found Richard and
    enter the next room in line, climb up the small steps and open the
    currently locked door with this new key. But before we do this I
    highly advice to make a trip to any save room and save AND take some
    healing items out of the item box because we are about to face the
    first boss in the game, and it aint a easy one.
    
    After making the necessary preparations head back to the door and
    enter it screaming like bloody hell, but there isn't anything inside,
    your in the attic of the mansion, there are some more shells on the right
    side , immediately pick them up then move a bit forward and you will
    see ... YAWN !!.. no IM not sleepy, thats the name of the boss, and
    its a HUGEEEee snake, just like king cobra * if anyone has seen that
    movie * Now there are 2 methods you can use against this boss, either
    the quicker much dangerous version or the slower-steadier-more ammo
    wasting-but still much dangerous version.
    
    
    BOSS I : YAWN
    --------------
    
    As soon as the boss fight starts there are a few things I would like
    to point out, the first of which being that stay away from its head,
    and take pot shots as soon as you get a chance, I repeat stay away
    from its head as far as you can, and if he tilts his head up take
    high aims for good amounts of damage, it is totally possible that
    you will be bitten by yawn a few times and if you check your status
    immediately after that you will notice that you are now poisoned,
    quickly shoot the yawn and stay away from its head because that is
    the most dangerous, well obviously, part of the yawn. After a good
    amount of shotgun shells it will retreat and you can now take the item
    at the corner of the attic safely, its another death mask.
    
    If you want the quicker version of the fight then here it is, as
    soon as the fight starts quickly make your way to the death mask,
    the chances are that you will possibly die along the way because
    yawn is too large and he's blocking the path most of the times,
    but if you do manage to squeeze through to get the mask its gonna
    be even more harder getting OUT alive, but if you DO manage to make
    it on open space quickly head over to the exit, before you exit, if
    you weren't already bitten, make sure to receive one bite and let
    Chris be poisoned... no im not crazy, we'll see soon enough.
    
    Once way or the other make your way out of the attic with the
    death mask in inventory. Now if you WERE poisoned in the battle
    Chris will suddenly feel the itch of the poison and start feeling
    weak, now Rebecca comes in to the rescue, and after some commotion
    its time for Chris to get the serum, now as Rebecca just dash
    straight for the serum room and quickly get the serum back to
    Chris, seeing as how pathetically weak Rebecca can be it would
    be foolish to get into fights, as soon as you bring the serum
    to Chris Becky will do her work and Chris will be healed but
    with a hangover from hell. Continue the game now.
    
    Now if you didn't get poisoned in the battle the game will continue
    and this whole Rebecca thing will never happen, but the thing is
    that Becky will also heal Chris to full health so its a good thing
    to do this. Now that were back as Chris, head over to the first
    save+item room we found where wesker left supplies. Save the game
    here if you wish and use the item box, put in all the shotgun shells
    but keep a loaded shotgun with you, now take out all the death
    masks we have with us and also the eagle medal and one small key.
    
    Now head out of the save room and head through the DOOR, not up
    the stairs, but head through the door, in this hallway head down
    and enter the door at the north west of the room adjacent to a
    path going down.. were now in the art room and dang, its another
    puzzle.
    
    The concept here is to push the buttons under the portraits in the
    right order to receive a goody. So here is the solution, from the
    end of the hall push the button on the second painting so that its
    color turns purple, now hit the switch on the portrait next in
    line to the right and its color turns to green. Now head around
    the wall and hit the switch on the portrait near the camera so
    that its color turns orange. Now head to the very end of the hall
    and hit the switch under the portrait of lisa Trevor, doing this
    in the right order will open another secret passage and you will
    end up in the cemetery.
    
    Now in here you will find the final death mask , take it and unlock
    the door with the small key I asked you to take, this will lead you
    back to the furnace room with the metal coffin hanging, you can reach
    this room by the long way around but the small key provides this short
    cut, before doing anything there should be some shotgun shells near
    the coffin, take then and put all the death masks in their places on
    the wall.. now the metal coffin shall drop down.
    
    Head near it and you will be attacked by a very VERY dangerous
    kind of zombie, these are called the crimson head because their
    head is literally crimson, these zombies are really dangerous
    and can kill quickly, use the shotgun and quickly try to take
    out the crimson head , as soon as it is dead search its coffin
    and press the switch to get the stone and metal objects, take them
    both and head back up to the cemetery area.
    
    Search behind the fence here and you will find another box of
    shotgun shells, take them and head back into the mansion area
    via the art room passage, now exit the art room and head straight
    into the little path heading forward, you will find a door at the
    end, enter it. Now you'll find yourself in another outside room
    where you can see the moonlight, head forward and Chris will be
    attacked by a cerebrus from behind, kill by any means necessary and
    head to the end of the hall, here you will find places to put in
    the metal and stone objects, put them in their rightful places and
    the door leading to the shed will unlock.
    
    
    PART II
     #############################
    #                            #
    #       THE COURTYARD        #
    #                            #
    #############################
    
    
    Now were officially in the courtyard area of the mansion but dont
    worry we will return to the mansion soon after, now head down the
    small flight of stairs and take the flash bang grenade off the
    table, this is nice :D . Now exit through the door at the bottom
    of the stairs and Chris will emerge on the far side of the mansion
    atop a small hill for the matter of fact.
    
    Now run down the mountain path until you reach the first weather
    vane, you need to stop it from spinning when its facing west, when
    your successful in doing that and when its set in place head down the
    mountain path until another scene starts, Chris will receive a static
    transmission via the radio which Richard gave us a while ago, and its
    from wesker, he will warn Chris about something in the forest and that
    the something cannot be killed with bullets.. now what could that be,
    well since were already out in the forest lets just find out shall
    we. Continue down the path after that scene is over.
    
    Now soon enough you will come across another weather vane but this
    time stop its spinning when its facing north, if both the vanes
    are in the right place the gate at the bottom of the hill should open
    up, head through the gate, were in another grave yard now but there
    are some mean crows here .. a nice little trick here to save ammo
    and ALOT of health would be to just calmly walk across the path, but
    keep in mind that this trick wont always work and if the crows start
    flying you better start running, head into the graveyard until you
    find 2 tombstones near each other with spaces inside them.
    
    Now place the wind crest on one of the tombstones and you will be
    rewarded with not 1.. but 3 more crests.. the thing is that you can
    examine these crests and turn them around and raise their back parts
    a little bit, make sure you do that, and when that is done place the
    three raised crests in the other tombstone.. and you will reveal..
    gasp.. a MAGNUM  !!. Take it ASAP and exit out of the graveyard through
    the other door on the east side, once you enter this new area you will
    hear a scary moan and after that sounds of chains rattling, now
    could that be the thing wesker was talking about which cant be killed
    with bullets.. well lets just go ahead and find out.
    
    As you regain control of Chris just head up the passage and you will
    find a cabin at the end, enter the cabin. Be ready to be scared ! .
    As soon as you enter the shed there should be a green herb nearby ,
    take it if you have some space left and head forward into this
    strange cabin, enter the door, inside you will see signs of someone
    being there recently because there is a fresh wood fire burning and
    there are some bandages hanging on the wall to dry out, there is a
    typewriter there, save if you wish to by climbing up the stairs to
    the bedroom, there is also an itembox you might wanna use behind the
    bedroom, drop off the magnum for now and any useless items, keep the
    shotgun and its shells with you and a healing item or two.
    
    There should be a dropping place just near you into a dirt hallway,
    drop down it and you will see a closed trap door with a crank on
    top of it here, take the crank and its time to head out of the cabin.
    On your way out you will hear a door slamming shut but nothing
    appears, oh well... must be Chris's imagination... now try to
    head outside the bedroom and Chris will be attacked by someone and
    he knocks out temporarily, when Chris comes back to his senses and
    gets up he will find himself face to face with nemesis's mother !.
    Its the invincible Lisa Trevor, and when I say invincible, I mean that
    by all aspects, as soon as Chris is back in control do your best and
    try to exit out of the cabin, if Lisa hits you quickly check your
    health after every hit and heal if necessary, dont even bother shooting
    her with any gun because she's INVINSIBLE !. Yes this is the thing
    that cannot be killed which wesker warned you about.
    
    Quickly make your way out of the cabin and all the way back to the
    we used to come out of the mansion, when you reach the shed enter it
    and head through the double doors which we didn't explore before and
    we will now be in the garden area, as soon as you enter in comes another
    scene and Chris will receive another transmission, looks like chicken
    heart wasn't so much of a chickenheart and he stayed around for a while.
    But Chris wont be able do anything seeing as he cant respond because
    there's something wrong with the radio.
    
    
    PART III
     #############################
    #                            #
    #       THE RESIDENCE        #
    #                            #
    #############################
    
    
    After the scene is over time to explore the garden, the first area
    in the garden is dearly protected by not one but three doggies, if you
    are stocked up on shells then it may be a good idea to take them out
    right now, but if your short on ammo then just weave and dodge your
    way through the doggies and head through the north gate. You will
    come across a pool but seeing as this IS a madhouse filled with undead
    creatures I highly doubt that the thought of swimming across even
    went through Chris's mind. Instead head north to the small grating.
    
    Here use the crank we found inside the cabin with Lisa and the pool
    will be drained, now return back to the place you started off in this
    room from and head down the ladder, head forward and climb up the
    other ladder, and follow the straight forward path to the end and use
    the elevator to descend. You will now enter the main courtyard area and
    the first important thing you will see is the waterfall we just made
    , blocking the passage to a ladder which leads further down, now instead
    of just walking through the water he wont .. blah blah.. ok lets continue.
    
    There are crows in the main courtyard area so keep a finger on the
    run button and head to the other side of the courtyard where you
    will find another gate, enter it, pick up the herb you see here and
    head down the path and at the end of the path you will find a door
    leading into the residence area.
    
    A very dramatic camera angel and its even better if you have the
    shotgun in hand, after modeling a few poses head down the hallway
    and turn east, enter the first door you see here, this is a save
    room so save here if you wish and use the item box at your convenience
    and drop off any useless items. Now that were in this area drop off
    the shotgun shells and keep a fully loaded shotgun with you, take
    out the handgun and all of its ammo , were gonna find a good weapon
    for Chris soon enough so be happy, now exit the save room.
    
    Now exit through the door at the far end of the hallway and you will
    be in a lounge room, walk forward and Chris will be attacked by a
    huge ugly spider, blast some holes into it with the shotgun, if your
    out of the shells then just use the handgun ammo from far away, once
    your done with that head in the corner of the room and you will find
    a red candle here, light it and take a look at the small sign which
    will appear below the candle, now take the stairs down into the bar
    area, if you ran from the spider then be relieved cause it wont come
    down to the bar area. Take the red book hear and the first aid box .
    
    You will find another candle on one of the tables, light this one
    too and take note of the second sign which appears, now climb the
    other stairs to the upper level and light the final candle and take
    note of the final sign here, now take a look at the pooltable besides
    it and remember the numbers you will seee, red 3, orange 5, green 6.
    
    Now exit out of the lounge completely and into the main hall of the
    residence area. Now push the large crates which we didnt even look
    at before, along to the south hallway and put it up against the other
    crates making a path, take the crate path and cross over to the other
    side, a word of advice, if you want Chris to remain full health then
    avoid walking over the floors in the hole, now that we've crossed
    the crates, exit through the south door.
    
    We will be in another dark hallway ( how many already ) Now head to
    the end of the hallway and enter the door marked 002, you will be
    inside the dorm room possibly of a researcher, inside the room
    take a look at the desk besides the bed and you will find a file with
    a report about a huge plant called plant 42, I guess everyone already
    guessed that this will the next boss we will fight, now take a look
    at the bookcase and you will notice it can be pushed, but ignore
    it for now and check the bathroom instead, enter it and take the
    key off the shelf , now return all the way back to the first hallway
    of the residence area, the hall with the door leading to the saveroom.
    
    Use the new key and enter through the north door, this is another
    one of the researcher rooms but this one's got its owner still around,
    check the room itself for a few handgun clips and a suicide pistol,
    keep this weapon in handy .. you'll thank me later. Now check the
    bathroom, you will see a zombie lying around, but dont bother with him,
    drain the tub and you will find the Control room key inside, what the
    hell is it doing here, take it and you will be attacked by the zombie,
    ignore it and quickly exit out of the room completely, head back to the
    itembox room and drop the shotgun, the red book and the first aid kit in
    the box, keep the handgun with ammo and the key we just found.
    
    Now head all the way back to the room 002 and NOW push the bookcases
    aside, you will find a ladder leading more down behind , take the
    ladder down and your in the residences huge basement, now head forward
    and you will come across probably the most boring thing ever, its a
    chasm filled with water and you need to push the three boxes all the
    way into the water so you can make an artificial bridge and cross
    over it to the other side, once your done with that, head over the
    bridge you just built and head to the end of the hall until you see
    a door and water. Enter through the door.
    
    Once inside an amazing scene will start, Chris will see someone familiar
    on the other side of the watery path, its good ol' Richard but how the
    hell did he get here, Chris starts walking towards him to find the
    same thing out but Richard tries to warn him, then Richard spots a HUGE
    figure moving in through the water for Chris and Chris doesn't even see it.
    For the sake of his friends life Richard jumps in the way screaming and
    pushes Chris out of the way when suddenly a HUGE ASS SHARK jumps out of
    the water and snatches Richard in a single bite, a second late and it
    would have been Chris.. oh well :p.
    
    It will all be over quickly and Chris will only be left with Richards blood
    in the water, Chris is helpless, but the shark that killed Richard is still
    here and looks like its still not full. As soon as you regain control of
    Chris start running south down the watery path, there are a couple of more
    smaller sharks here too but if they attack dont stop just keep on running,
    these little weenies are nothing compared to the big moma shark which is
    on Chris's ass. Keep heading south until you come across the control room.
    
    Inside the control room just head down the ladder and you will come to
    the controls of the huge water tank, examine the south controls and it
    will result in one of the sharks colliding with the glass. The pressure
    will start building and now its a race against time, quickly check the
    controls on the west wall, when your done with that head over to the
    east side controls and try to lower the shield controls but they wont
    because of some problem with the oil pressure. Now quickly run behind
    the wall on the west wall and work on the valves to release the pressure
    of the oil, most of the times its just the first valve but that can
    change randomly.
    
    Now with the oil pressure released time to do the whole thing over
    again, quickly check the controls on the west side then check on the
    east side and this time the shields WILL lower, finally go check on
    the south side controls and the drainage system will work and the
    huge ass tank will be de-waterized, if you know what I mean.. the
    sharks are probably flapping just about now so time to checksy.
    
    Exit through the door on the north side, just behind the valves
    and you will come in a flooded room, ignore that and head around
    the corner, you will see here that most of the equipment here has
    been wrecked by the water but there still is one box of shotgun
    shells salvageable so take it quickly, now enter the door which
    will lead you to the lower part of the huge aqua ring.
    
    Now that all the water has been drained out the sharks are pretty
    much harmless until you go right in front of their heads, use the
    handgun and kill the little sharks, then check the nearby area for
    a nice little present from our already dead friend Richard, his
    strong-ass combat shotgun, take it and make your way down the hall,
    I wonder where that big ass shark went, ahh here it is, you will find
    it lying motionless in a small puddle of water, .. NOT SO LIVELY NOW
    ARE WE !! HAHA !. Make your way into the water then go past the shark
    and climb the platform on the other side.
    
    
    
    BOSS II : NEPTUNE
    -----------------
    
    Now try and take the key hanging here and WOOPS ! the shark will
    come back to life and cause the key to fall down into the water,
    now you can do three things, either be the brave fool and dive into
    the water after it, chances are the shark will eat you before you
    hit the water, or you can shoot the shark to death then grab the
    key besides its bloody corpse and smile at what you did, ORR you
    can just push the control box INTO the water and use the control
    panel on the left to give the shark a once-in-a-life shock then
    laugh like a maniac.
    
    Which ever you do take the key off the water and head back all
    the way you came in from, back in the flooded room head through
    the double doors at the far side of the room, in this room there
    are some magnum rounds for the taking , dont forget them , then
    climb up the ladder and you will be able to exit to the hallway
    outside room 002 again.
    
    Now use the new key we just found and enter the gallery, there
    are chock full of annoying bee's here and since you have the
    handgun with you right now I advice you to take all of them
    out before we start exploring the room, once that is done run
    to the other side of the room till you reach the door marked 003,
    then run down the hallway to the left until you find the body of
    the bee-keeper, poor fellow, search him to find the insecticide.
    
    Now return back to the hallway with the room 002 door in it, run
    past the door and grab the map off the wall , then use the spray
    we just found on the hole in the wall here, now return to the
    gallery room with confidence because we just killed all the bee's.
    When your in the gallery head to the beekeeper and run past him and
    take the key from under the hive , now use this key to open the
    door to the room 003 but just dont enter the door yet, look behind
    you and you will see another door but this one is locked with a
    key combination and there's a keypad here.
    
    Now what you need to do here is to select the color symbol from
    the top and then input the right number for that color, haven't
    we seen this before, oh yeah, remember the pooltable and the color
    balls we saw there, well here's the solution, with red select 3,
    with orange select 5 and with green select 6 and the door should
    open up. But dont enter this door yet either, im a cruel one aint i :).
    
    Now go back and enter room 003 and head forward, you will find another
    dagger here, now search the bookcase for the next puzzle, you will find
    the case filled with red books but there is one odd white book ,
    make your way to the item box room and take the red book out of the
    item box, and also take out any shotgun shells you might have had
    in there, now head over to the puzzle and put the red book in place
    of the white book , but its still not done, you need to put in
    the books in the right order so that the back covers make the picture
    of a naked lady, I think this is easy enough to be managed itself
    but if you cant do it, well here's the solution
    
    3rd book from left to right, place it in the rightmost corner
    2nd book from the left side, place it on second from right
    1st book from the left side, place it on fourth from right
    1st book from the right side, place it on third from left
    2nd book from the right side, place it on second from left
    book in the middle, place it on first from left
    
    a pictorial view should be easier to understand..
    
      _ _ _ _ _ _ _             _ _ _ _ _ _ _
     | | | | | | | |           | | | | | | | |
     | | | | | | | |           | | | | | | | |
     |1|2|3|4|5|6|7|           |4|6|7|1|5|2|3|
     | | | | | | | |           | | | | | | | |
     |_|_|_|_|_|_|_|           |_|_|_|_|_|_|_|
    
         BEFORE                     AFTER
    
    The books should originally be as shown as in BEFORE
    You need to arrange them as shown in AFTER to complete it.
    
    Now when the books are in the right order a cabinet on the side will
    move and you will see a door, I advice you to save here immediately
    because there is a typewriter provided here . Once you are all set
    enter the door to come face to face with... plant 42 !!! dadadaaaa.
    
    
    BOSS III : PLANT 42
    -------------------
    
    As soon as you enter a scene will start and Chris will come across
    this huge plant, the plant's veins will grab Chris and hoist him
    into the air, if you DID save Richard at the mansion and he died
    by the shark then the plant will drop you and you can proceed with
    the fight as normal, but if you DIDNOT save him by accident then
    you will need to perform some tasks as Rebecca to save Chris here
    first, I've marked the Rebecca tasks separately.
    
    * If you didnt save richard in the mansion start reading here    *
    * otherwise skip the part marked with * , the plant will raise   *
    * chris up and he wont be able to do anything, in walks becky    *
    * and she promises to save chris , now we will be in control of  *
    * rebecca again, quickly exit the room and head for the keypad   *
    * door which we unlocked before, remember, once inside you need  *
    * to make a special chemical to weaken the plant by killing off  *
    * its roots, take all the empty bottles you find in here.        *
    *                                                                *
    * Now you have to mix the chemicals provided in this room in the *
    * right order to make the V jolt, and here's how to do it, first *
    * fill one bottle with water from the sink then add some UMB #3  *
    * to the water and it turns into NP-004, now mix this with       *
    * yellow 6 and you will make UMB#10. Now take some more water in *
    * another bottle and combine it with yellow 6 to make UMB#7. Now *
    * Combine this UMB#7 with UMB#10 we made earlier, and you get    *
    * UMB#17 (( WHAT IS THIS!! MATHS !! )) . With the UMB#17 in hand *
    * mix some UMB#3 in it and you get UMB#20 otherwise known as     *
    * V-JoLT.                                                        *
    *                                                                *
    * Now as becky still head down the ladder to the huge aqua ring  *
    * area again, and open the door to the guard room now, inside you*
    * will find the scary roots of the PLANT 42, use V-JOLT on the   *
    * roots and you will free chris                                  *
    
    
    Either by the above method , if you didnt save Richard in the mansion,
    or just normally, plant 42 will let go of Chris, now its our turn
    to kick its ass. As soon as you are back in control of Chris quickly
    head up the stairs and start pumping led into the plant's body , it
    will swing its veins so be careful to dodge them, and when you've hit
    it enough it will start throwing acid at you, when that starts dont
    remain in one place for a long time or you'll get hurt badly, you
    can usually get off about 2 shots every time before he lets go of
    some more acid, pretty soon you would have hit the plant enough times
    and it will shrivel and die. NOT SO TOUGH NOW, ARE WE MR PLANTY !!.
    
    Head down the stairs, search the fireplace below and you will find
    mansion key, well there's nothing left here. Now that the boss fight
    is over with exit out of the plant 42 room via the double doors.
    Once your outside if you did see Richard die because of the shark
    Rebecca will be here and another scene will start, Chris will tell
    Becky the bad news and she will be totally heartbroken, but being
    that she is an officer she controls herself and heads off towards
    the medicine room, i.e. the room where we made the V jolt.
    
    Now if you were injured during the previous boss fight or if you
    just want to see another scene make your way into the medical
    room and you will see another scene in which Rebecca will start
    crying, and no Richard and Rebecca were not related in anyway,
    I dont get why she's so upset. Anyway after the scene Becky will
    be able to heal you for free so take use of this opportunity and
    when your done here head back to the exiting hallway.
    
    Once outside another scene starts and this time wesker himself
    makes an appearance, after some talking wesker will tell Chris
    that he doesn't know where Jill is, and then wesker will order
    Chris to go back to the mansion and investigate the remaining
    doors there, well why doesn't he do it himself ! . oh right, we
    have the key.
    
    Once your done with this scene see how well Weskits shooting
    was and then make your way out of the residence area, head back
    all the way to the garden area and you will have another scene
    in which Chris will receive another static transmission from
    brad, he's asking for a signal from anyone to prove their alive,
    the best way to do that would be shooting at the helicopter but
    we cant do that.. so curse at brad and make your way back to the
    mansion via the shed.
    
    
    PART IV
     #############################
    #                            #
    # THE RETURN TO THE MANSION  #
    #                            #
    #############################
    
    
    Now reach the inside area of the mansion, namely when you reach
    the hall with the door leading to the art room and the first
    save and item room , another scene will start in which you will
    see a yet unseen monster making its way towards you in a hurry,
    then when Chris finally see's what it was.. it turns out to be
    A HUNTER !!. If you thought the crimson head was a bad-ass then
    your really NOT gonna want to be around these things, they're
    really fast, really agile and really deadly, they can drain off
    Chris's health like water and they have a mean instant death
    strike.
    
    As soon as you come back in control of Chris use the shotgun and
    start shooting at the hunter, take it out with a few rounds, then
    make your way towards the door leading to the save room, on a
    side note you should know that the mansion is now infested with
    hunters and you'll need to be extra careful from now on. Now head
    into the hall leading to the save room and you will find another
    hunter in here, as soon as you enter, quickly run forward and
    climb a bit up the stairs, this way the hunter will be left
    target-less and you will have a little time period to fire off
    some rounds, take the hunter out quickly and climb up the stairs.
    
    Once up, turn Chris to his left and run forward to the very
    end of the hallway to a door yet unseen by us, enter this room
    and your now in a sitting area, here you will find some herbs
    take them if your a bit hurt or if you just want them and
    exit through the other door in this room.
    
    Now there is a trap in this room, but here's what you should do,
    push that moveable statue right into the connecting room with the
    one your at and you will see that the walls start to come together,
    but thanks to this statue you wont get crushed, breath a sigh of
    relief and push the statue to the very end of the room, now run
    back and then around the right side wall, now here you will find
    a switch which will restart the trap, now that we've gotten the
    statue there, reset the trap and quickly run across to the
    other connecting room and push the statue into safety quickly
    before getting crushed by the wall with the statue now .
    
    Now push the statue again and put it over the plate, this will
    reset the trap for the last time and the good thing is that a
    hidden door for you. From the left of your location right now there
    is a table with a dagger on it, and to the right is a hole which will
    lead you to the underground. Now drop down the hole and when your
    down you should be able to find the last book , vol. 1. Take the book
    and examine it to find the eagle medal. On the other side of the
    room you will find a tombstone with Trevor's diary on it, this
    Trevor is Lisa's father for your information.
    
    Now push the switch on the stone to reveal the passage and a ladder
    leading down should appear, take the ladder down and you will come
    into a hallway with some giant spiders, but dont even bother shooting
    at them because they're mostly either hanging off walls or looking
    in the wrong direction allowing Chris to slip by them, go through
    and exit out of the door to the north west wall.
    
    Now you will find yourself in a room with a couple of zombies, if you
    dont want to face any more crimson heads then I advice you to aim
    high while shooting with the shotgun so the shots take out the zombies
    heads, once they're dead head around the north west wall and you will
    come across a circuit breaker, activate it and now the power to the
    elevator in the mansion has been restored.
    
    Now continue forward into the same hallway and you will come across a
    door which will lead you into the kitchen from a different angle, there
    is a chance that there might be some zombies here, if there are then
    just take them out and head towards the back part of the kitchen to
    find a zombie lying around and an elevator, ignore the zombie and enter
    the elevator, ride on to the next floor. Once your out of the elevator,
    to your right will be a small alcove with some green herbs in it and
    a zombie, kill it and use the herbs if you wish to and then make your
    way to the left side of the hallway , dodge or kill the zombie here
    and enter the first door you see into the small storage room.
    
    Inside the storage room you will find a battery and some shotgun shells
    and magnum rounds, take them all then exit back to the hallway, now
    just in case reload your shotgun and head through the west door and
    you'll be in a familiar room, now head towards the trap room where you
    found the armor key but this time head to the end of the hall and
    enter the door here, this is a huge library but its kinda dark here,
    there is a green herb near the door you came in from, use it if your
    hurt a bit and continue your path forward, and suddenly Chris will
    be attacked by YAWN !! again , this time he's looking for revenge
    and we wont rest until we kill him either.
    
    
    
    BOSS IV : YAWN ii
    -----------------
    
    As soon as the fight starts quickly run forward because its almost
    useless shooting yawn from the top level, quickly descend the ladder
    and reach down into the wide open area and now were at the same level
    as the yawn. If you think that this boss is hard then I must tell you
    that this one is easy compared to the fight we had in the attic with
    the yawn, the thing is that this is a more open space and it gives
    you more room to run around from, and the yawn itself will mostly
    tend to stay away from you and run into walls and book shelves, if
    he's in front of you then give it a few shells right in the head and
    if yawn is running away from you then follow it and hit it behind
    the head area for good damage, but dont ever follow him behind the
    shelves because he can trap Chris there and then its gonna be very
    hard. Keep shooting at yawn from close range while avoiding his hits,
    another easy thing about this fight is that yawn isnt even poisonous
    anymore so you can take hits without fear of poison.
    
    Pretty soon yawn will start feeling the pain and it will go down
    for good but not before hitting one of the bookshelves, after yawn
    has died go check on the books he knocked over and Chris will find
    the last book vol. 2 inside the pile, examine this one just like we
    did with the last one and you will get the wolf medal. Now that
    were done here make your way to the medical save room, you should
    know its location by now, once your there save your game if you
    wish and use the item box to dispose of the useless items, but keep
    the mansion key with you and a fully loaded magnum, drop the rest of
    its rounds.
    
    Now make your way outside the room and climb the stairs up to the
    second floor here, there is only one locked door remaining so
    open it with the mansion key and you'll be inside the taxidermy
    room, also known as freak room. Inside this room you will find
    another dagger on one of the walls and some more shotgun shells
    on the other one, there are also 2 bureaus in the room on either
    side you can move, move then right under the heads on their
    respective sides, and now go and press the light switch which
    is near the door we entered from.
    
    Now that the light is off you will see some sparkle coming from
    both of the moose heads, but the thing is that you wont be able
    to take the items in the heads until the eagle head is focused
    on the head, so here is what you should do , quickly run under
    the eagle head so that it looses sight of you, then quickly dash
    from the side towards one of the moose heads and climb up and
    take whats inside, then use this same method to get the other
    item from the other head, in the end you will have both the red
    and the yellow jewels. Without stopping quickly make your way
    to the room with the tiger statue in it, remember where we placed
    the blue jewel, now use the yellow jewel on the statue and you will
    find the MO disk, pretty useless now but these are pretty useful
    later on in the game when we'll be hunting for Jill.
    
    Now make your way to any close save room and drop off the MO disk
    in an item box, also drop off the shotgun and its shells that
    you have collected so far, just keep the magnum and its ammo
    for now, now make your way back to the main hall of the mansion
    quickly, once your at the main hall again, unlock the northeast
    door in the first floor and enter it . When your inside this room
    there should be a file here, take it and then make your way down
    to the desk and check it for some ink ribbons, now exit via the
    other door down the east hallway.
    
    In this huge mirror room you will see a zombie who is approaching
    you from the mirror, take its head off quickly and then grab the
    dagger in this room, there are also a few herbs in here so use them
    at your disposal and if your feeling hurt, now check one of the
    open cabinets and you will find a jewelry box on it, to open the
    box we need to solve another puzzle, so combine the red jewel we
    picked up a little while back with this box and some pieces will
    fall out, we need to attach the pieces back in order to open the
    box .
    
    Now attach the first piece which is pointing on the right side
    into the circle on the upper left side, if we look at it like a
    clock then you have to attach the first piece where it should be
    11 or 10, now put the second piece in clockwise and do the same
    for the third piece, when all three pieces are in clockwise position
    you should only be left with the gap in the middle, use the final
    piece on it and the circle is complete and our puzzle is over with.
    
    I know it sucks but here is a small ASCII of how it SHOULD look
    like, if you dont understand it fully then dont complain to me
    but if you look at the pieces and my ASCII for a long time, you
    might see the resemblance and it may become easy for you, other
    then that this is the best I could muster up.
    
    
              __________
             /   A      \
            /     _____/ \
           /\    /   \    \
          |  \  /     \ B  |
          |   \|      |____|
          |    \  E    |   |
          |     \      |   |
          \  D  |\    /    /
           \    | \_ / C  /
            \___|________/
    
    
    The pieces shaped here should resemble the real pieces a little bit
    and it shouldn't be too hard now.
    
    Now that the box is open we will find an emblem key inside it
    so take the key and its time to see what it opens, so head back
    all the way to the first save room and head back into the hallway
    which has the door to the art room and the door leading into the
    shed , now you might have noticed a door here , just south of the
    door we came from, open that door with the new emblem key and you
    will enter a dark office, hmm.. lets see whats inside door no 1.
    
    But as soon as you enter you will hear Becky scream, leave everything
    for now and its time for us to head towards Becky, quickly head to
    that library where we picked up the dog whistle from early on in
    the game, you shouldn't be too far away from that place, use the
    far door from the reddish hallway to enter, as soon as you enter
    you will find that Becky has been cornered by a ferocious hunter
    since we have the magnum in arm just take one good aim shot at the
    hunter and it should all be over with, after that another scene will
    start in which the whimpy Rebecca calms herself, Chris being the
    heroic fella he is says some words of honor and when this scene is
    done for just make your way back to the small office we were about
    to explore before so rudely interrupted.
    
    Now in this room head forward and use the switch on the desk to
    shed some light on the room, once there is light take the metal
    object you see on the table, also take the flash grenade and the
    shotgun shells, now its time for a little trip outside, so head over
    to the item box room first, drop off the magnum with rounds right
    now and anything we just picked up, and take out the shotgun and
    all of its shells for now, dont forget the battery and the crank
    too, once were done here just exit out back all the way to the shed
    and exit to the garden area where there were 3 doggies.
    
    When we reach back into the garden quickly make your way across
    the area's into the main courtyard of the garden, you should know
    how to get there by now, when your in the main courtyard head over
    to the other side of the place and you will find another elevator
    you can take up but there is a small compartment where the battery
    should have been and its not there, use the battery we have with us
    and now the elevator is accessible, ride it up and you will find
    yourself on the other side of the first garden area, now that we have
    this elevator working we can block off the water to the water fall
    and see whats under it.
    
    Head over to the pool room and use the crank on it again and the
    fall shall be stopped, now make your way to the elevator heading
    down and take it down, with the water now out of the way head
    over to the place where the fall was and you will find a ladder
    heading down. Head down it and we'll arrive at the..
    
    
    PART V
     #############################
    #                            #
    # THE UNDERGROUND CATACOMBS  #
    #                            #
    #############################
    
    
    Once your down the ladder you'll find yourself in another save
    item box room so use it and drop off the crank in the itembox for
    now, then head over to the door immediately left of the ladder we
    came down from just now . Enter the door . Now you will come to
    another wall-y hallway, head forward in it and you will find that
    the path is branched into 2 separate paths, one of them will lead
    you to a giant boiler and the other one will take you to a door.
    
    For now take the path with the door and enter the door at the
    end, you will come into the room with the underground elevator
    leading somewhere else but as usual the power to the elevator is
    cut and its not even on the same floor, so we cannot do anything
    about it for now . Now check on the control panel besides the
    elevator and we shall find the solution, you need another piece
    for the shaft for the power to be restored, there is a piece of
    shaft on the control panel already. So now we have to find the
    other piece, but for now just exit out of the door on the south
    of this room, there should be quiet some handgun bullet clips
    here and there but we probably dont need them, but if you DO
    feel like it be my guest take them all and drop them off at
    the item box .
    
    Now in the new room just head down the hallway and another scene
    will begin, chris will find.. the captain of the BRAVO team,
    Enrico Marini but he's hurt pretty badly, and he probably wont
    last very long.. but HOW did he manage to make it here !.
    
    Now Enrico will tell Chris that there is a spy among the STARS
    and then he will raise a gun to Chris probably to shoot him,
    but lucky for Chris that someone else is there and that someone
    shoots off Enrico and quickly runs off before Chris can find
    out who it is, but we will find out who did this later in the
    game, for now Enrico will utter his final word *umbrella* and
    then die, umbrella ?! . there's no rain fall here cappy.
    
    Search Eric's body and you will find another crank, now head
    all the way back to the save room, i.e. the first room in this
    underground area, along the way you will run into some hunters
    who have managed to find their way into the underground area,
    when your at the save room, head over to the far side of the
    room and you will find a pit but there is a panel besides you,
    use the new crank we just found on the panel and you can
    rotate the pit now until the path is all set for you to walk
    across to the other side, do so and when your done just head
    through the door at the end of the hallway.
    
    Now in this new room just head forward and you will see it
    going to the left and the right, but first take the flame-thrower
    off the wall and scream, BURN BABY BURN, now turn to the left
    side of the screen and run to the top of the room, there you
    will see a huge boulder waiting to roll, check on the boulder
    once then QUICKLY run back to the small entrance passage, because
    the boulder will start rolling after you, once your safe Chris
    will watch the boulder go past and it will crash through the
    wall at the end of the passage, but first head up to the top
    of the screen and check what the boulder was hiding, you will
    find some shotgun shells here, now take them and head down the
    screen to the place where the boulder crashed, go through the
    rubble and you will find a double door at the end, enter through
    it and you will come across the mother of all spiders.
    
    
    
    BOSS V : BLACK TIGER or BLACK WIDOW
    -----------------------------------
    
    This is the black widow and its more or less a pathetic boss
    fight if you ask me, as soon as the fight starts you can
    either use the flame-thrower you just found or the regular
    shotgun shells work good too, just blast off at the large
    spider but beware that it throws poisonous spits at you so
    be on the guard and keep moving here and there, during the
    fight you will also be attacked by some little spiders,
    just ignore them for now and keep your concentration on the
    big moma, not alot of shotgun blasts at close range later
    the spider will finally die, now just exit back to the previous
    room and come back into this room and you will see that all the
    little spiders have disappeared, nifty.
    
    Use the flame-thrower to burn off the webs covering the other
    door out of this room, but if you already wasted the flames on
    the spider then dont fret because there is a combat knife in
    one corner of the room, pick it up and use it to cut through
    the webbing's, once the door is cleared exit through it into
    another hallway.
    
    Once your out head east from the doors we entered from and you
    will find some herbs here, use them if you wish and there is also
    a blue herb here if you were poisoned in the last fight, once
    done here head to the west side of the hallway past the door
    we came in from, place the flame-thrower back in the panel besides
    the door which will cause the locks to open, enter through the
    door.
    
    You will find yourself in another pit room, head forward and you
    will see another panel to use the crank on , so use the crank here
    and you can rotate the pit, use it three times and the third time
    the boulder on the far side of the room will start rolling towards
    you, quickly duck on the small opening to the left for cover and
    when the boulder has passed just go up, in the area where the
    boulder was before you will find a first aid kit, so keep it if
    you want to or just exit out of the door on the left wall.
    
    Here you will come across another puzzle, the basic outline of this
    one is that you have to turn the statue 180* around and place
    it back in its rightful place, to do this feat head first over
    to the panel on the right side wall and use the crank on it,
    and you will observe that a spare piece of wall will come a little
    bit out, now use the crank once more and the wall will go back
    inside. Now you should have an idea of what to do, push the
    moveable statue in line with the piece of wall which moves out,
    once that is done just use the crank on the panel and the wall
    shall come out along with the statue, now use the panel for the
    last time allowing the wall to go back in and giving you space
    to push the statue ahead.
    
    Now move the statue since you can do that, to the center of the
    floor to that circle, the statue will rotate a bit but its not
    enough so push the statue off the circle and immediately push
    it back on the circle for some more rotating, the statue is now
    facing in the right direction so push it all the way to the into
    the opening besides the alter, now once done a panel will open
    revealing the item behind it, its a cylinder, combine this with
    the shaft we picked off the control panel near the elevator a
    while back and now your all set.
    
    Now return all the way back to the elevator in the beginning area
    of the underground parts, to where you found the shaft in the
    first place, now use the combined cylinder and shaft on the
    panel and you will finally be able to use the elevator. Now
    operate the keypad besides the elevator and you will be asked
    to input a keycode before you can ride the elevator, the keypad
    is 4231 , once the code is put the elevator will come back up
    to your floor and we can ride it down now.
    
    Now ride the elevator all the way down and you will come out in
    a new room, here you can also find an item box so dump the crank
    in here and if you didnt take the shotgun before, take it now with
    all of its shells, if you go down the ladder here then you will find
    a garbage press, nothing to do with it now but we will be using it
    shortly so remember its location.
    
    Now head up to the elevator and exit through the door which is
    very near it, once your inside this you will be in a circular sort
    of tunnel but the thing is that your not alone, Lisa Trevor, or I
    should say, the invincible Lisa Trevor is here too, how she got here
    is a mystery but she's here stalking Chris again. Quickly avoid her
    and like before shooting wont do any good so dont shoot at all, so
    just head through the door on the east side of the tunnel.
    
    Now in this new room just head north and when you run pass the
    oil drums you should see a stack of crates on the west wall, now
    climb the crates because at the top is a whole lot of ammo, and
    there are also some magnum rounds there, after you've got the ammo
    look at the large crate which is near the smaller crates, and start
    pushing it, and push it all the way into the elevator on the other
    side, then use the panel there and the crate will be sent to the
    garbage press we visited earlier. Now for another back trip.
    
    Head back to the tunnel and avoid Lisa once again, make your way
    through the place to the elevator room and down the ladder into
    the garbage press area, to the receiving docks, just push the
    crate under the press itself and activate it, after its done for
    go check on the wreck and you will find another broken flame-thrower
    here, now take this one head make your way to the tunnels where
    Lisa Trevor is stalking.
    
    Once your there head towards the south bend of the place and you
    will find a switch which in turn will release a pair of brackets by
    a nearby door, this is a test of time and you quickly need to head
    for the door on the northwest and put the flame-thrower in the brackets
    similar to how we did it in the underground area's, if you dont do
    this fast enough then the brackets will be gone and you'll have to
    push the switch over again. Well the door should open now and you
    should also enter it .. you are now in the chambers of Lisa Trevor,
    her homeground.
    
    Just run in this place and through the sewers run past the snakes, dont
    get hit by them because they can cause poison, just outside the opening
    of the sewer you will find Lisa's bedroom, search the right side and you
    will find a jewelry box here, examine it and you will get the stone ring
    off it, continue along the path to the ladder and take it to the upper
    level. In this place head just west and you will find another ladder
    to take, take it up too. You should now find yourself in Lisa's cabin
    on the hill ... How the HELL did we get here. !.
    
    The item box should be pretty close to you so use it and take out
    the metal object we placed in it a while ago, now combine it with
    the stone ring we picked up , now exit the cabin via the outside
    door and head back towards the mansion, but be on your guard because
    zombies will now roam the hill area, once your inside the shed head
    towards the balcony where we placed the stone and metal objects, take
    both of them out and now its time to make your way back to the main
    hall of the mansion, you can take any root you want to but I prefer
    to go through the art gallery leading to the cemetery directly into
    the main hall, its the shortest possible way.
    
    Now that were back in the main hallway one way or the other, make
    your way down to the grand staircase and go behind it, yes there
    is access, you will find a door here which needs both the metal
    and the stone objects to open, how the hell did we miss this ! .
    Use both of them and open the door, head through it, now you will
    find yourself at the top of a long staircase leading down somewhere
    into the underground area, so start climbing down, along the way
    you will come across a typewriter and an itembox and I advice you
    to save your game here if you wish, use the item box and take out
    the eagle and the wolf medals, and keep the shotgun fully loaded
    and make your way down further.
    
    Head down and at the end you will find a door, just enter through
    the door and continue down the path until you find a ladder leading
    further down, jeese how down are we.. now take the ladder and start
    your path down.
    
    
    
    BOSS VI : LISA TREVOR, the final encounter
    ------------------------------------------
    
    Once your down the ladder another scene will start in which we see
    the cool and calm wesker after so long but he is shooting at something,
    oh crap he's shooting at Lisa but the shots are having almost no effect
    at all, wesker still cool and calm asks Chris if he wants to join in
    and have a piece of the action, we being the cowards we are decide
    to let him handle this... there are actually two methods to finish
    this boss fight off, the first and more quicker and efficient method
    is that as soon as the battle starts, you will notice that there are
    four stones here, but they're strange for being here.. the quick
    method to finish this fight off is to push all these stones off of
    their place over the edge of the platform, during this while wesker
    will provide you with some cover fire which should be enough for you
    to get through with this task.
    
    If Lisa still gets too close give her a shot or two from the shotgun
    so that she steps back a little and is a bit far from you, as soon
    as you have pushed the final stone down, anther small scene will
    start and Lisa will end up throwing herself down the chasm , killing
    herself, sad fate..
    
    The other method of finishing this fight off involves some luck and
    plenty of shotgun rounds, ok so were at a place like a platform and
    there is a huge chasm right besides us right, so what do we do, we
    use the ever powerful shotgun and start pumping Lisa full of lead
    and pretty soon she'll be dangling by a corner, when that happens
    keep on shooting at her and she will eventually fall down the chasm
    and the fight will be over in a brutal way, either way when the fight
    is over time to have a chat with wesker.
    
    Wesker will tell you that he's gonna stay here and look around, now
    while wondering what the hell wesker is gonna look around at, take
    the elevator here to the upper level, you will come by another pool
    but dont fret as there aren't any sharks here , instead where you come
    out at there are places to put in the eagle and wolf medal on the
    other side so without wasting anymore time put in the medals in their
    rightful place and the pool shall be drained, one side of the pool
    will open and you will see some stairs heading down somewhere.
    
    
    PART VI
     #############################
    #                            #
    #     THE UMBRELLA LABS      #
    #                            #
    #############################
    
    
    Climb down the stairs and you will come to an elevator, just take
    it down and you will come out in the final parts of the game, the
    secret umbrella labs below the mansion grounds. On the wall in
    front of you should be a sealed door but unfortunately there will
    not be any way to open it for now and there isn't anything else here
    so just take the ladder besides the door and head down.
    
    Now you will come down into another save room, possibly one of the
    last save rooms in the game, save here if you want to and then
    take out any shotgun shells you left in the item box, if you still
    are running pretty low on shotgun shells then its better that you
    put the shotgun inside the box and take out the handgun and all of
    its ammo, but chances are that you should have enough shells. If
    you are gonna take out the handgun then also take out the fuel can
    because any zombies we kill here will definitely have to be burned.
    
    In the next room you will come across 2 zombies, kill them and burn
    them if you've got the handgun or just take their heads off with
    the shotgun, you can also refill your fuel with the can here near
    the entrance. A little ahead in the hallway you will come across
    some stairs leading down into the B3 floor but before we go there
    head to the hallway directly in front of the stairs and you will see
    a door which is locked for now and a desk at the end, check the desk
    and you will find the second MO disk, take it too and NOW head down
    the stairs into floor B3.
    
    Once downstairs turn left and head through the double doors, once
    inside this area enter the door on the right, once inside this
    dark room, press the switch on the wall to shed some light and then
    grab the two X-rays, on the far wall there should be a bright wall
    where you can put the X-rays, first put the ray belonging to Clark
    on the left side of this wall, and place the other one you picked
    up on the right side, now examine them and you should see them
    in this order, colon, esophagus, liver lungs or cell ? but what
    are there meanings and what are they doing here, oh well... for now
    check the desk and you will find a file which contains the codes
    for the computers in the lab.
    
    Now exit out of this room and to the previous hall, now head down
    the hall and you will find 2 other doors, both of them locked for
    now but the door on the far corner of the lab is electronically
    locked and you need to find three devices to open it, and to use
    these three devices mentioned here, we need to use the MO disks
    on their terminals, we've got 2 disks but 1's missing and we
    dont know where the terminals are..
    
    Now exit back to the main hall of the B3 area, which should just
    be one door back.. when your here you will come across a few
    zombies, take them out by either taking off their heads but
    the chances are you came here with a handgun its ammo and a
    fuel canteen, if you've got the shotgun and a good amount of
    shells then good for you, take their heads off .. but a real nice
    and nifty trick with the handgun is that try and lure the zombies
    together, and shoot at the one in front, if they're close enough
    then the lead zombie will take the other one's down as well when
    he falls down, and as soon as they are down just burn the lead
    zombies, and if they fell together they'll get burned together
    too, ... those who stay together. BURN together -aJ
    
    Anyway once your done with your little killing spree just head for
    the door in the northern west side of this hallway, you should now
    come inside a large computer examination room, first check the
    things on the upper side of the room and you will find some more
    precious magnum rounds, take them , and now head to the south of
    the room to the other side. One of the computers here should be
    working on the desk in the corner of the room, just input the user
    ID as JOHN and the password as ADA, haven't we heard that before ?!
    
    Now that you can access the computer, you should start by unlocking
    the doors in B3F, now try and unlock the doors for the B2F and the
    computer will ask you for a password, input the word CELL now and
    you should have unlocked the door on the B2F. Now look through the
    rest of the room and you shall find a freezer area with a couple of
    corpses hanging around, there is a flash grenade in that area, take
    it and then exit back to the previous hallway. Now head over to the
    hallway which had the door which was locked with the electronic codes.
    
    Once your there, enter the now unlocked door on the left side wall.
    You will find some magnum rounds in this new room inside the sink,
    take them and you will also find a slide filter in this same room,
    on the desk, take that too. Now run to the other side of the room
    and you will see a nitro chamber and a zombie who is looking far off
    into something else, now kill the zombie quickly be either blowing
    its heads off or burning it after shooting with the handgun, time to
    check out what he was looking at, head forward and you will find the
    first MO disk terminal , all you have to do is use a MO disk here and
    you will have unlocked no 1, you should have the MO disk we picked
    on the above floor with you, isn't it strange that the terminal looks
    ALOT like a gamecube ? :o.
    
    Once Now that were done here head back to the main hall of the B3F area
    and climb the stairs up to the above floor, here head forward and
    enter the double doors which were previously locked and you'll be
    in the projector room, on the shelf near the door we entered from
    you will find another MO disk , this is the final one so take it
    and head forward, you will find a slide projector on the table at
    the end , now use the filter we found a bit earlier on the slide
    projector and then the show begins, which is might I add very
    spoiling and you will probably be revealed about alot of things in
    it, at the end of the show you will see a passcode which is 8462
    
    Remember the code and use it on the terminal on the right side of
    the room near the door and you will open up a secret door . Inside
    this secret room you will find another key , and there is some
    equipment here, if you want some really chilling scenes then just
    use the Kenneth's video which we picked at the start of the game
    when we found Kenneth for the first time on the equipment here, and
    you will see how Kenneth met his doom, he tried shooting at the
    zombie but it still kept on coming.. really gruesome movie this one.
    
    Now that were done here just head back all the way to the save room
    and take out the shotgun now if you didn't before, and take any shells
    you have left, and also fill up your kerosene bottle one more time,
    now make your way out of the save room and head down to the floor B3F.
    Once here just head to the south west side of the hallway yet unseen
    and you will see 2 doors here not checked, unlock both of the doors
    with the key and discard it now , enter the double doors first, we'll
    get back to the other one in a little while.
    
    Once inside just turn left and then climb up the counter and head
    forward and enter the shaft hole, once your through the shaft you
    will be in the morgue room, still on the high ledge just run east
    and you will find another vent hole in the east wall, just head
    through this one. Now drop down to the floor. Here you will find
    another gamecube lookalike MO disk terminal so use the MO disk we
    just found inside the projector room here and the second lock unlocks,
    now we just need to find the final terminal to open that three locked
    door. For now just push the shelves here aside and exit out of the
    door now available.
    
    Once were outside just exit through the door on the east wall,
    were getting very close to finding the traitor and revealing the
    mansion's secret.
    
    In this new hallway you will find a door on the right but it is
    sealed shut and you cannot open it, just head forward and you will
    come across an intersection but for now just enter the door in
    front of you , and you will be inside the final save room in the
    game, use the typewriter if you wish to and take the shotgun
    shells off the floor, also take the MO disk we put very early
    on in the game from the item box, now that were all set head out
    of the save room, turn Chris to his left and run down the hallway
    towards the double doors, enter them and you'll be in the power
    room of the mansion.
    
    Inside the power room just head north of the screen and turn left
    at the top, you will see a new kind of enemy here which is called
    the chimera, these nasty critters are really deadly and can do
    some really quick damage just like the hunters, be on your guard
    when in this power room area because they only roam here. After
    killing the chimera, now head over to the west wall in the room
    and you will come across a fuel station here, check the place
    and you will find an empty fuel supply capsule, now its time for
    some tiresome backtracking.
    
    Head back all the way to the hallway which has the door with the
    three electronic locks and enter the door on the left wall which
    had the nitro chamber in it, use the fuel supply capsule on the
    chamber and when its done head all the way back to the power
    station area and back to the corner with the fuel station. Now
    for the bad part of the news, the thing we just took is very very
    flammable and very dangerous for Chris, so when you have this
    with you DONT I repeat DONT get into fights, and dont even bump
    into walls alot, that is why running is a bad area, just walk
    calmly towards the power room, avoid any place where there is a
    fire or some sparks flying and make your way back to the fuel
    station area in the power room .
    
    Now put the filled fuel capsule into its rightful place and the
    power shall be restored, now run back to the entrance of the power
    room but head around to the west side from this angle, here you will
    find a door, enter it. Now in this part of the power room you will
    find more of those chimera creatures, the best thing to do is to take
    them out before we explore the room because they can be a really big
    nuisance for Chris, ok so when thats done.. from the entrance of this
    area you will find another MO disk terminal on the south side, this is
    the final terminal and this should unlock the final door, but dont
    worry about checking that out right now, we've got bigger fish to fry,
    head all the way to the west side of this second power room area and
    you will find another door, enter this door and now were in the main
    generator room of the mansion.
    
    Now that were here head on to the other side of the huge generator
    and use the control panel here and you will be able to return the
    power to the main elevator, I wonder whats down there !? now that
    were done here return all the way back to the final save room, take
    out a healing item from the item box and the most important thing
    ever, remember the tingy little suicide pistol we put in the item
    box while in the guardhouse area, take it out right now and put it
    in your inventory, now from the exit of the save room just head north
    and you will find the main elevator, work the elevator and another
    scene starts.
    
    Rebecca will arrive finally (( that is if you didn't let her die
    by the hunter in the mansion )) and she will be glad as hell, same
    for Chris, he's happy that Rebecca made it here, now that were
    together Chris and Becky decide to check whats down the elevator
    together, once the elevator has reached down, you will find 2 boxes
    of shotgun shells just to the right of the elevator door, take them
    and head forward into the hall and exit into the large door at the
    end.. it leads to the tyrant room...
    
    Now a kick ass cutscene will start which involves both swearing and
    shooting, Chris and Rebecca will find wesker working on some panels
    inside the room, wesker is kinda glad that Chris made it this far,
    but Chris has finally figured out Wesker's little plot and knows now
    that wesker was the traitor, and he killed Enrico too, Chris points
    his finger at wesker and gives him a good piece of his mind, but
    wesker in reply only shoots Rebecca.. oh well.. after that wesker will
    use the panel again and will take the water out of the huge chamber
    holding the.. TYRANT !!! crap thats a huge monster, wesker confident
    of his monster stands in front of the chamber as if nothing will
    happen to him, but unfortunately the tyrant inside the tube comes
    alive and impales wesker through the tube and tosses his body aside,
    well so much for him.. I guess we all know what his story is after
    this.. right ?!..
    
    
    BOSS VII : TYRANT
    -----------------
    
    After that Chris waits for the big daddy to come after him and the
    boss fight starts, Chris is the tyrants only standing target left
    and its coming after you with full force now, the bad thing is that
    you cant exit out of the room because the door wont open.. as soon
    as you regain control of Chris just put some space between yourself
    and the tyrant, then take out the suicide pistol I asked you to bring
    along and with one good aim fire the only bullet left in the gun into
    the tyrant, this boss fight is already done with and the tyrant will
    fall down, the reason for the suicide pistol's strength is that one
    bullet inside it can do the same damage about 5 magnum bullets can.
    
    If you did NOT bring the suicide pistol then first I give you my
    curses award, after that when your in control of Chris take the
    shotgun out and leave plenty of room between you and the tyrant,
    even though we know that the shotgun works best at close range
    but we cant let him get close or he'll just slice through Chris,
    from a distance keep shooting the tyrant, if he gets close just
    run back some more, this fight shouldn't be too hard because the
    boss if kinda sluggish and slow and you've probably got enough
    rounds to take him out. Pretty soon the tyrant should fall down.
    
    As soon as the boss fight is over go check on Rebecca and you will
    see that she's just fine, thanks to that bullet proof vest she
    was wearing, dang wesker cant even shoot right from so close, for
    some story kicks go check on Wesker's body and you will find a file
    written by someone named William Birkin.. hmmmmmmmmmm.
    
    Once your done in this room there is a control panel on the other
    side of the room which will open the door to the heliport, the final
    locked door in the game, now head back outside to the hallway and
    take the elevator up again, when your up another scene will start
    and Chris and Becky will come up the decision to blow this place up,
    which is probably the best idea Becky has made so far, same goes for
    Chris, the blowing up part is left to Rebecca and were left with
    another task, we still have to find Jill.. now where could she be.
    
    Well there is only one place we didn't check so far, and that is that
    electronically locked door with the three codes, now that we have
    all three codes we can go and check it out now, but first enter the
    final save room and save here, now use the itembox and take out the
    magnum and all of its ammo, put in everything else inside, and also
    take out alot of healing items, be sure to leave one empty space
    in your inventory, we'll need it in a while. Now head out of the
    save room and its time to save Jill.
    
    Now head over to the main hall of the B3 area and you will hear
    the announcement that the countdown has begun and the place is
    gonna blow up, DAMN Rebecca is fast, now make your way to the hall
    with the locked door and use the control panel just besides the door
    to get rid of the locks, when that is done enter the door and
    use the stairs to go down. Inside this place you will only find
    one other door so enter it, and waddaya know !! JILL IS HERE !.
    
    After the almost tearful reunion of the two lead characters of
    the game, Chris and Jill will be both very happy to see eachother,
    now that we have Jill with us there is only one more thing left
    to do, get the hell out of here, and the only place we can do
    that is via the helipad and hope that brad is there, the door
    leading to the helipad is the door on the B1 of this place, above
    the save room, REMEMBER ! . But where's Becky ?!.
    
    Now head towards the door leading to the heliport and you will
    find that its open, enter through it and head forward into the
    hallway, another scene will start and you will have another
    transmission from brad, well looks like chickenheart is still
    over here but I dont think he's gonna be there for long, just
    head to the end of the hall and you will find a fuse unit lying
    around here, take the fuse unit and put it in the elevator controls
    while Jill covers Chris's back. Once that is done another scene
    will start and Becky will finally manage to make it still living
    and breathing but unfortunately a horde of monsters followed her
    and in a very cinematic shot Jill and Becky will shoot at it,
    Jill will tell you to go up alone and signal brad to call him down,
    Becky and Jill should be fine down here by themselves, Chris boards
    the elevator.
    
    Once your at the top, finally sunlight.. , there is a box of
    signal rockets right in front of you, take it and run over to the
    landing area, now use the flares and another scene will start, Chris
    will be able to launch the flare and brad will pick it up, Jill
    and Rebecca both will make it up now in time ,and they're both
    alive and well.. looks like its all over, until the tyrant busts
    through the floor that is.
    
    
    BOSS VIII : TYRANT ii
    ---------------------
    
    This is one mean mutha and he's after you all, the tyrant will
    seemingly feel no pain from the bullets Rebecca and Jill are
    firing it with and it will toss Jill aside knocking her out, Becky
    will run out of ammo just in the right time and the tyrant will
    advance towards her, Chris will be back in control , and now you
    have a very quick choice to make, either you can let the tyrant
    get Becky, and the tyrant will kill Becky at once with a quick
    impale move, this way you will get another ending video, or the
    heroic thing will be to draw his attention towards yourself with
    some gun fire, since you want to see the best ending and we've
    followed for that throughout the game were not gonna let anyone
    die out now, so take the magnum and start shooting at the tyrant.
    
    Becky will also get her gun in place and start shooting at the
    tyrant, now you can both get a piece of the action but Jill
    is still knocked out, keep in mind that now the tyrant is much
    faster then before so you need to be extra careful, he will
    sometimes dash towards you with inhuman speed and do a quick
    claw swipe , just get out of its way when you see it coming,
    try and stay on his back side for most of the fight and put
    in a shot or two when you get the chance, pretty soon the boss
    will real a bit and another scene will start, the chickenheart
    brad will finally become of some use now and he will drop off a
    rocket launcher from the helicopter, this is what im talking about
    now, ok so the fight still isnt over , quickly head over to the
    rocket launcher and pick it up, you can now kick the tyrants ass
    for real, but if the tyrant is facing you then there is a high
    chance that he will avoid the first shot, if thats the case then
    quickly fire off a second round and this time he's done for,
    for good that is.
    
    As soon as the boss is dead the final scene of the game will begin
    and you will see brad letting the chopper down to rescue the
    remaining STARS comrades, now the chopper will soar into the air
    and the ending of the mansion approach, when the chopper is at
    a safe distance the mansion explodes with a HUGGEEE explosion
    and its all over with, Chris will have some dialogue depending
    on his ending, since we got the best ending in the game Chris
    will be accompanied by Rebecca and Jill besides him . The chopper
    will soar off into the sunrise and the game is over..
    
    Before I say the end I would like to point out that there are
    more then one endings and they depend on the characters you saved
    also keep in mind that if you didn't save Rebecca in the mansion
    from the hunter then the mansion wont blow up and you will see
    an extra FMV of the tyrant still being alive in the shadows, but
    if Becky died just now at the heliport the mansion will still
    explode.. Jill is not that hard of a choice, but the best ending
    for me is if Chris is alone . Well thetas that. Time to hit the
    sack again
    
    Fin.
    
    
    
    ___
     |   |__   ___       ___   __   __|
     |   |  ) (__/_     (__/_ |  ) (__|
    
    
    
    
    
    End Section
    
    
    
    
    11.
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                             _             _    _     
         ____ __  ___ ___ __| |  __ _ _  _(_)__| |___ 
        (_-< '_ \/ -_) -_) _` | / _` | || | / _` / -_)
        /__/ .__/\___\___\__,_| \__, |\_,_|_\__,_\___|
           |_|                  |___/                 
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    
    spd0
    
    
    
    This is the big new section that I have added to the walkthrough, 
    these are the speed walkthrough's written by Edd Myhill and I took
    his permission in order to use these in my walkthrough. So here we
    go. note, these are speed walkthrough's so they'll generally focus
    on speed, not the best ending.
    
    
    Resident evil walkthrough Jill
    ------------------------------
    
    
    Part 1 mansion:  As soon as you enter the mansion go to the first 
    door on your left and you will be in the dining room, go over  to 
    the fireplace and Barry will talk to you about some blood by  the 
    fireplace.  Turn around and go out the door behind   you  into  a 
    small corridor.  Turn left and you  will  see Kenneth being eaten 
    by a zombie ignore him for now and head back into the dining room, 
    once there just go back into the main hall, and go round the back 
    of the stairs.
    
    Now return to the room where you saw Kenneth being eaten, and 
    continue past him until you find a door.  In the next room grab the
    clip of ammo of the birdcage and continue up the stairs.  
    Turn right here in to the twisted corridor with mirrors you will 
    find a arrow in a statue take it, keep going round the corner and 
    take the door directly in front to the dining room balcony, go 
    through the only other door in the room and turn left, then go 
    down the small steps and left so you are outside, from here go 
    up to the tombstone and put the arrow head in it go down and 
    retrieve the sword key.
    
    Head back to the main hall and take the second left after you have 
    gone down the stairs, go through  the  door,  continue  down  that 
    corridor  and  go  outside  (only  take the herbicide).  Once back 
    inside keep going the way you were through the next door and then 
    take a right, right of you will be a room with an item box in which 
    you should dump the knife and herbicide, then continue up the stairs 
    turn right and follow the hall round go through the door at the end, 
    turn right and go for the final door at the end, in here pick up the 
    lighter and dog whistle then exit through the other door.
    
    Return to the dining room balcony via the reddish hallway once here 
    take the door on the second left.  Go through the outside looking 
    door and blow the dog whistle kill them and take the collar.  Now 
    go down the stairs in the previous corridor go into the first door 
    to find yourself in the medical save room, drop the lighter and 
    retrieve the herbicide.  Head for the birdcage room then continue 
    up the stairs and head forward through another door continue down 
    the corridor.  Take the key and replace it with the imitation one 
    from the collar.  Now head back to the medical save room but continue 
    down the way through the door, go to the end of this next corridor 
    and youll find yourself in the green house put the herbicide in the 
    water and turn the switch to red, retrieve the death mask.
    
    Go to the dining room, then from here go up the stairs right, and go 
    through the door at the end, here you will get the grenade launcher.  
    Go to the reddish hallway take the first right and you will find 
    Richard after saving him return to where he was and take the door 
    behind him then the left door in this next corridor take the music 
    score then exit this room and the next so your back in the reddish 
    hallway.  Take the double doors do the puzzle (upper right, lower 
    left, lower right) and retrieve the death mask.
    
    Now head back to the room where you found Kenneth and take the other 
    door, combine the music score then take the emblem and replace it with 
    the rusted one, now use the gold one in the dining room and change the 
    clock to 6:00, now fight yawn take the death mask then do the crow 
    puzzle and get the death mask, head down where you got the first key 
    and take the stone and metal object.
    
    Part 2 the courtyard:  Once at the shed take the door on the right 
    first weather vein west second north, go through the gate and follow 
    the path to the cabin get  the crank and go back to the shed.  Go 
    through the other door, and then through the gate, use the crank on 
    the water then keep going where the water was, then take the lift 
    and go through another gate and along a path to get to the residence.
    
    Part 3 the residence:  Head to the double doors at the end and pick up 
    the book inside, now leave the room and push the crate in the hallway 
    up to the other ones and climb over, continue down this hallway and 
    take the door straight ahead ignore this room for now bur go left into 
    the bathroom once inside retrieve the key and return to the main hallway.  
    Now open the door on the left facing door, retrieve the self defence gun 
    and enter the bathroom where you will find the control room key in the 
    bathtub.  Now head back to the room where you saw Barry and push away 
    the cabinet, then descend the ladder.  Push the crates in the water to 
    make a makeshift bridge cross it, and continue around the corner, now 
    turn left and open the control room and work the control panels in the 
    order they appear on the screen.
    
    Exit the room via the door by the pressure controls.  Now go through the 
    double doors by Neptune and push in the controls then press the generator 
    switch, now retrieve the key and head back as if you were going towards 
    the control room but instead go around the corner and up the ladder.  Now 
    go to the gallery with the new key enter it, deal with the bees pick up 
    the key and enter the new door with it.  Do the book puzzle, fight plant 
    42, retrieve the final mansion key from the fireplace, head back to the 
    mansion.
    
    Part 4 return to the mansion:  Head for the first save room but go up the 
    stairs, from here go to the room we didnt check by where you get the map, 
    in here push the statue forward as far as it will go then go around the
    corner and press the switch.  Complete puzzle.  Recover eagle medal from 
    the book, go down the ladder and enter the door at he end of the passage, 
    then go around the corner and flick the elevator switch, then go back 
    through  to the end of the hallway to appear in the kitchen.
    
    Head up the elevator in here and then go into the small storage room where 
    you will find a battery take it then exit through the other single door, go 
    to the closest save room and deposit the eagle medal and battery, take out 
    something to kill yawn with.  Head for where you put the imitation key and 
    go into the door at the very end, soon after ntering the next room you will 
    be attacked by yawn, head down the ladder and then kill it then retrieve 
    the book from behind the shelf.
    
    Head for the medical save room then go up the stairs by it and left then 
    take the next left again, in here just take the red gem, head back to the 
    mansion main hall and open the door which was inaccessible before, now 
    take the first right and you will find a jewellery box in this room, do 
    the puzzle.  Get the key out of this box and go to the Spencer family 
    office get a metal object from here then go to the first save room, get 
    the crank and battery put away the metal object, then go to the courtyard 
    and place the battery in the lift, take it up then use the crank and return 
    back down the lift.
    
    Part 5 underground catacombs:  Typewriter and item box directly ahead dump 
    the crank, take the first right then go down the next passage, once in the 
    new room take the door on your right.  Head round the corner to find Enrico 
    take his crank and return to the typewriter area.  Use the crank on the hole 
    and continue down the passage in this next room run left from the boulder 
    then enter the next room ignore the spider and cut the webs with a knife, 
    enter the next door.  
    
    Head right and enter the door at the end, use the crank three times on 
    the hole.  The boulder with then come upon which you will enter the 
    alcove on your left, in this next room complete the puzzle and retrieve 
    the shaft thing then head back to the elevator room, combine the shaft 
    and enter the code 4231.
    
    Go down the elevator with Barry and take the doors in front, avoid Lisa 
    Trevor and go to the door at the end, once in here put the crate on the 
    lift and return to the main room, in here crush the crate and take the 
    broken flamethrower then press the switch in the Lisa Trevor room and 
    place it on the hooks, in here take the jewellery box then take out the 
    metal object and two medals from item box, return to the mansion take 
    the object from the courtyard on the way back go behind the stairs in 
    the main hall and use the stone and metal objects, use them on the statues 
    and descend the hole.
    
    Final part umbrella labs:  Head down the stairs and turn left, then take 
    the first left in this room there is a pc log on as John with the password 
    ADA then unlock b3, unlock b2 with the password CELL.  Now head back up 
    those stairs and go left along the hallway go through the double doors 
    and 8462 in the machine on the left, enter the new section of the room and 
    get the key.
    
    Now go back down the stairs, and head for two locked doors next to each 
    other maybe in the right side of the room, tae the single door, straight 
    ahead will be the final save room but turn right for now in less you need 
    it, turn right again once in this room pick up the fuel capsule then go 
    back the way you came until your in the main bit ow go down the narrow 
    hallway and go in the room straight ahead take the second left and refill 
    the capsule then replace it where it was found, now goback to where you 
    entered the fuel room and take the opposite root follow it round for a 
    new door.  In this room turn right and enter another room here turn on 
    the lift.
    
    Exit this room and get whatever you want to fight the tyrant.  Then go 
    up the lift and fight him, get a key off the floor and release emergency 
    lock, now head back to the entrance of the labs and go through the before 
    locked door and follow round the path put the fuse in back in the lift and 
    go up.  Use the flares in the middle of the pad and youre saved.
    
    
    
    
    12.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                             _ _              
                 ___ _ _  __| (_)_ _  __ _ ___
                / -_) ' \/ _` | | ' \/ _` (_-<
                \___|_||_\__,_|_|_||_\__, /__/
                                     |___/    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    
    dfed
    
    
    
    JILL VALENTINE's ENDINGS
    ------------------------
    
    
    BEST ENDING :
                 To get this ending you must make sure that all of your
    characters stay alive till the end of the game, to do that you must
    give Barry his gun back and save Chris by doing the MO disk puzzle
    and make sure that the tyrant doesn't kill Barry at the final fight
    in the game. This is the ending this walkthrough is based on.
    
    After the ending starts the chopper will lift up taking the characters
    to a safe distance, and the mansion will explode with a huge explosion
    looks like its all over and the chopper flies off into the sunrise.
    
    
    GOOD ENDING I :
                   Make sure that Barry lives through out the game by
    giving his gun back to him when he asks for it, and saving him from
    the tyrant at the final boss fight, but dont save Chris from the MO
    disk trap. This is a cool ending.
    
    When the game ends Barry and Jill will make their way into the
    chopper, and it will fly to a safe distance, and the mansion explodes
    with a huge explosion, taking the T virus and Chris with it. This will
    probably make Jill sad.
    
    
    GOOD ENDING II :
                    Make sure that Barry dies only at the battle with the
    tyrant at the end so you should have given him his gun back, and make
    sure you save Chris by doing the MO disk puzzle
    
    When the game ends Chris and Jill will make their way into the
    chopper, and it will fly to a safe distance, and the mansion explodes
    with a huge explosion, taking the T virus and Barry with it. This will
    probably make Jill sad again.
    
    
    AVERAGE ENDING :
                    Make sure that Barry died by Lisa's hands and you didn't
    give him his gun back , but you did save Chris by completing the MO
    disk puzzle.
    
    In the end Barry would have been dead long gone, and thus the self
    destruct system wont get activated, the mansion will remain standing
    and the tyrant will now be loose in the forests . His eye is shown at
    the end of the movie.
    
    
    BAD ENDING I :
                  Make sure that you saved Barry with the Lisa fight but he
    died in the fight with the tyrant, and you didn't save Chris at all and
    ignored the MO disks.
    
    In this end Jill will be the only one entering the chopper and when
    it has reached safety the mansion will explode, taking the T virus and
    Chris with it, Jill will remember the two but atleast the virus was
    taken care of and its all over.
    
    
    BAD ENDING II :
                  Make sure that Barry died in the battle with Lisa and that
    you didn't do the MO disk and saved Chris.
    
    Since Barry died earlier the self destruct system wont get activated
    and the mansion will not explode, but Chris is still in there somewhere
    maybe we'll come back later . The T virus still remains and so does the
    tyrant, as the game shows its eye in the end of the movie, its now
    loose in the wilderness free.
    
    
    
    
    CHRIS REDFIELD's ENDINGS
    ------------------------
    
    
    BEST ENDING :
                 To get this ending you must make sure that rebecca
    doesnt die by the hands of the hunter, and you go save her, also
    make sure that the tyrant at the end of the game doesnt kill her,
    you need to save jill too for this one with the MO disks.
    
    fter the ending starts the chopper will lift up taking the characters
    to a safe distance, and the mansion will explode with a huge explosion
    looks like its all over and the chopper flies off into the sunrise.
    
    
    GOOD ENDING I :
                   For this ending you must make sure that rebecca does
    not die by the hands of the hunter and you dont let the tyrant kill
    her in the final boss battle, but dont save jill, ignore the MO disks.
    
    When the game ends chris and rebecca will make their way into the
    chopper, and it will fly to a safe distance, and the mansion explodes
    with a huge explosion, taking the T virus and jill with it. Poor her.
    
    
    GOOD ENDING II :
                    Make sure that you save becky from the hunter but let
    her die in the fight with the tyrant at the helipad, and you should
    have saved jill too for this ending to happen.
    
    When the game ends chris and jill will make their way into the
    chopper, and it will fly to a safe distance, and the mansion explodes
    with a huge explosion, taking the T virus . This will probably make
    chris sad.. but oh well .
    
    
    AVERAGE ENDING :
                    Make sure that rebecca doesnt live from her encounter
    with the hunter, but save jill and do the MO disk puzzle complete.
    
    In the end rebecca would have been dead long gone, and thus the self
    destruct system wont get activated, the mansion will remain standing
    and the tyrant will now be loose in the forests . His eye is shown at
    the end of the movie.
    
    
    BAD ENDING I :
                  Make sure that rebecca dies in the  battle with the final
    tyrant so she has to live through the hunter encounter, but also make
    sure that you dont save jill.
    
    In this end chris will be the only one entering the chopper and when
    it has reached safety the mansion will explode, taking the T virus and
    chris with it, chris will remember the two but atleast the virus was
    taken care of and its all over.
    
    
    BAD ENDING II :
                   Make sure that rebecca died at the hands of the hunter
    long ago and you didnt save jill either, chris will be a lone man.
    
    Since rebecca died earlier the self destruct system wont get activated
    and the mansion will not explode, but jill is still in there somewhere
    maybe we'll come back later . The T virus still remains and so does the
    tyrant, as the game shows its eye in the end of the movie, its now
    loose in the wilderness free.
    
    
    
    
    End section
    
    
    
    13.
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                  _ _               _ _    _   
                 (_) |_ ___ _ __   | (_)__| |_ 
                 | |  _/ -_) '  \  | | (_-<  _|
                 |_|\__\___|_|_|_| |_|_/__/\__|
    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    gils
    
    
    These are all the items you will come across in the game, but this
    doesnt mean that i will mark all the places you will find a specific
    kind of ammo in. That isnt done here, i will just list the items
    describe then shortly and list their locations if they're key items.
    
    
    
    COMMON GAME ITEMS
    
    
    
    BLUE HERB
    Found : Alot of places
    An herb native to this area.  It can be used to cure poison.
    Use the blue herb to cure any type of poison caused by the enemies
    its found all over the shop and can be mixed with the green herb.
    
    FIRST AID SPRAY
    Found : Alot of places
    Use it to fully restore health
    First aid spray's are really useful in bad times and just one spray
    will restore you to full health, keep them for the dangerous enemies.
    
    GREEN HERB :
    Found : ALOT of places
    An herb native to this area.  It can be used to recover health.
    These are the most common type of herbs you will come across in the game
    they can restore your health to a quarter, if mixed with other herbs
    can also raise its powers.
    
    INK RIBBON :
    Found : Alot of places
    Using this on a typewriter will allow you to record your progress
    These are the basic of all resident evil games, if you wanna save your
    game then u gotta have a ink ribbon with you, otherwise sit and play.
    
    RED HERB :
    Found : Many places
    An herb native to this area.  It can be combined with other herbs
    to increase their potency.
    That's right, this herb cant be used on its own, but if you combine
    with other herbs, mainly the green herb then it can raise their
    potential power.
    
    
    
    Ammunition
    
    
    ACID GRENADES
    Found : These arent found all that commonly
    A canister of 6 shells for the Grenade Launcher, filled with
    sulfuric acid.
    Save these ammo for only the hunters and other strong monsters and
    bosses cause they can cause helluva damage at shooting.
    
    HANDGUN AMMO :
    Found : ALOT of places
    A clip of 15 9mm parabellum rounds for the Handgun.
    This is the basic handgun ammo for all kinds of handgun, can be used
    with the custom handgun too, pretty large amounts of it in the game
    so no need to worry about wasting them.
    
    EXPLOSIVE GRENADES
    Found : Quiet some places
    A canister of 6 explosive shells for the Grenade Launcher.
    These are the normal grenades for the grenade launcher, pretty
    weak compared to the other two kinds, suitable for taking out zombies.
    
    MAGNUM ROUNDS:
    Found : Rare
    A speedloader of 6 .357 caliber rounds for the Magnum  Revolver.
    These are the rare rounds for the magnum, once you find a clip use it
    wisely, only spend it on hunters or bosses.
    
    NAPALM GRENADES
    Found : Common
    A canister of 6 shells for the Grenade Launcher filled with ignitable
    fluids, which will cause flame damage.
    These are some good things because they burn on impact thus preventing
    any further zombie mutation
    
    SHOTGUN SHELLS
    Found : Common
    A box of 6 12-gauge shells for the Shotgun and Assault Shotgun.
    These are the basic shotgun shells, these can also be used for the
    hunting rifle but its best to save as many as you can cause in the
    later stages of the game the shotgun becomes your best friend.
    
    
    Defense weapons
    
    
    BATTERY
    Found : Common really
    This is the standard battery used with Jill's tazer gun, upon
    impact it will cause the enemy to get stunned momentarily.
    
    DAGGER
    Found : More common
    These are the self defense daggers, when a zombie attacks the
    character will shove it in its head giving time for retreat.
    
    FLASH BANG GRENADES
    Found : Common,
    Chris will find these babies in place of Jill's tazer batteries
    in his game, really useful , can take off zombies head for sure.
    
    
    
    Area Specific Items
    
    
    THE MANION I
    ------------
    
    
    ARROWHEAD
    Found : Check on the golden arrow to get this
    Use this on the tombstone to open up a secret passage
    leading you further into the game.
    
    ARMOR KEY
    Found : Trap room, Third floor of the mansion
    Quickly use the imitation key on the place you find it
    so the trap resets or you'll definitely die from it.
    
    BEE SPECIMEN
    Found : Researchers room, second floor of the mansion
    You will need this item to solve a puzzle in the same room.
    
    BLUE GEM-STONE
    Found : Check the rubble of the statue thrown from balcony
    of the dining room down to the main dining room.
    Use this on the tiger statue head for some ammunition.
    
    BROKEN SHOTGUN
    Found : Storage room, first floor of the mansion
    Use this on the rack inplace of the working shotgun to
    set the roof trap off. Not needed with Jill.
    
    BOOK OF CURSE
    Found : Underneath the metal coffin, cemetery area.
    You will have to examine the back of the book to find
    something behind it.
    
    COLLAR
    Found : After using the dog whistle and fighting the
    dogs , check on the dead bodies.
    Check on the collar for an item.
    
    COIN
    Found : You find this behind the dog collar above.
    Turn it around and examine the back side for something.
    
    COMBAT SHOTGUN AKA ASSAULT SHOTGUN
    Found : In first part of mansion, Jill finds it after
    Richard has been eaten by the snake, he drops it before.
    This is my favorite weapon in the game, good against
    almost everything.
    
    DOG WHISTLE
    Found : Study room , second floor of the mansion
    Use this on an open balcony room to call out the doggies.
    
    DEATH MASKS 1-4
    Found : Behind vines in the greenhouse room
            Art room after completing the art puzzle
            After fighting the snake, attic of the mansion
            After solving the jewelry box puzzle in armory room
    Use the four masks in the cemetery walls to be able to fight
    the first crimson head in the game and get some useful items.
    
    EMBLEM
    Found : Over the fireplace in dining room , first floor
    Use this in place of the gold emblem in the moonlight sonata
    room to exchange it.
    
    EMBLEM II -gold
    Found : Behind moonlight sonata puzzle wall
    Use this one where the wood emblem was to stop the
    clock , check it for a puzzle and another key.
    
    FISH HOOK
    Found : Researchers room, second floor of the mansion
    This will be needed to solve a puzzle in the same room.
    
    FUEL CANTEEN
    Found : Save room below the study room, take stairs.
    This is a very important item in the game, use the kerosene
    in it on the zombies then light them for the barBQ
    
    GOLDEN ARROW
    Found : Hallway after dark hall, cupid's statue
    Check the arrow to take off its head for another item.
    
    GRENADE LAUNCHER
    Found : Besides forest's dead body, balcony 2F
    This is one of the best weapons in the game, use the
    right rounds on the right enemy for max damage.
    
    HANDGUN
    Found : Jill start with it, Chris finds it in the main hall
    This is the basic handgun, nothing much, not suitable for
    heavy combat, use it to just take out zombies.
    
    HERBICIDE
    Found : Behind metal door, west wing of mansion 1F
    Use this with the pump and then turn it on to get rid
    of the veins blocking your path to an important item.
    
    IMITATION KEY
    Found : Check the coin found from the dog collar, it turns
    into this key.
    Use this key in place of the armor key to shut the trap .
    
    JEWELRY BOX
    Found : After solving the armor puzzle, you will get it
    Check it and solve another puzzle on the box to open it.
    
    LIGHTER
    Chris starts off with it, Jill finds it in the study room.
    Use this to burn the zombies to crisp, also required in
    some places to complete puzzles etc.
    
    LOCKPICK
    Found : Barry gives it to Jill at the start of the game
    This will open any simple locks in the game, alternative
    to Chris's old key's he finds in the game.
    
    LURE OF A BEE
    Found : Researchers room, 2F mansion
    This will be needed to complete a puzzle in the same room.
    
    MUSICAL MID PAGES
    Found : Room near the door leading to the attic, hidden
    passageway, light the candles to get some light
    Use this with the other pages to get the complete score.
    
    MISSING MUSICAL SCORE
    Found : Piano room , first floor of the mansion
    Use this with the other pages and then use it on the piano
    to play the moonlight sonata.
    
    OLD KEY
    Found : More then one location
    Chris will find these keys in some places and they will
    double for Jill's lockpick, really not so important .
    
    SERUM
    Found : Medical save room, first floor of the mansion
    This will be needed to save Richard, or as Jill you
    will need them yourself if you get poisoned.
    
    SHIELD KEY
    Found : Dining room, solve the clock time puzzle to get it
    With this key in hand you can enter the door to the attic
    and have the first boss fight in the game.
    
    SHOTGUN
    Found : Room after roof-trap room, check rack .
    You can get this as Jill easily, but for Chris you will
    first need to find the broken shotgun to get this one.
    
    STONE AND METAL OBJECT
    Found : Check coffin after killing the first crimson head
    in the cemetery area
    Use this to open the shed door leading outside the mansion.
    
    SWORD KEY
    Found : Check behind the book of curse to find it
    Use this key on a few doors to open them, then discard it.
    
    WIND CREST
    Found : Complete the bee lure puzzle to find this
    Will be used outside the mansion, keep with you for now.
    
    WOODEN BOARD
    Found : 2F mansion, reddish hallway, outside study room
    Use this on the board in the farthest room and light the
    fire under it to get the 2F map. Waste.
    
    
    VIDEO FILM
    Found : Check on Kenneth's dead body to find this
    Can be used much later on to see what happened to Kenneth.
    
    
    THE COURTYARD AREA
    ------------------
    
    MAGNUM
    Found : Put in the three crests on the left tombstone to
    get this weapon.. awesome
    This is the best weapon in the game as far as power goes
    save it for the boss fights only, ammo is scarce.
    
    MOON CREST
    Found : Put the wind crest on the right stone to get this.
    Use it on the left stone to uncover the best thing in the game.
    
    STAR STONE
    Found : Put the wind crest on the right stone to get this.
    Use it on the left stone to uncover the best thing in the game.
    
    SUN STONE
    Found : Put the wind crest on the right stone to get this.
    Use it on the left stone to uncover the best thing in the game.
    
    SQUARE CRANK
    Found : Lisa's cabin, besides the trap door
    This will be used later on so dont worry 'bout it.
    
    
    
    THE RESIDENCE AREA
    ------------------
    
    
    CONTROL ROOM KEY
    Found : Drain the tub of room 001's bathroom
    Use this key on the door in the aquaring before the sharks
    can take a bite out of you.
    
    EMPTY BOTTLE
    Found : Chemical room in the gallery room hallway,
    Fill the bottles with the chemicals provided in the room and
    try to make the V-JOLT successfully.
    
    GALLERY KEY
    Found : Bottom floor of the aqua ring, must kill the big shark
    to obtain the key.
    Use this on the right door, and nothing more.
    
    HELMET KEY
    Found : After beating plant 42, check the fireplace which was
    behind the boss.
    This key will open some doors in the mansion, really important.
    
    INSECTICIDE SPRAY
    Found : Check the body of the dead bee-keeper in the gallery
    room hallway to find the spray
    Use it on the hole in the wall in previous hallway to get rid
    of the bee's from the hive to obtain a key from under it .
    
    KEY FOR ROOM 001
    Found : Shelf in the bathroom in room 002
    Use it on its rightful door, nothing else.
    
    KEY FOR ROOM 003
    Found : Under the bee-hive in the gallery room, get rid of the
    bee's to get this key first.
    Use it on its door to open it.
    
    SELF-DEFENCE GUN
    Found : Room 001, check the desk besides the hanger
    This is a .22 derringer revolver, only one shot left in its
    chambers, use it wisely.
    
    RED BOOK AKA UNPRINTED BOOK
    Found : Big room with the pool table and the bar in it
    Use this with the rest of the red books in the shelf and then
    solve the puzzle to open a passage.
    
    
    
    THE MANION II
    -------------
    
    
    BATTERY
    Found : Small storage room outside elevator hall, 2F mansion
    Use this back in the courtyard to reveal a passage.
    
    BROOCH
    Found : You will get this after getting the jewelry box and
    then solving its puzzle
    Check on this to get another item.
    
    EMBLEM KEY
    Found : Check on the brooch to get this key.
    Use it on the door needed and it will do the rest
    
    JEWELRY BOX II
    Found : Mirror room, first floor east side of the main hall
    You will need to solve an annoying puzzle to get this to open
    Check the main walkthrough for the solution
    
    LAST BOOK vol. 1
    Found : In a digged area , behind a trap room, 2F
    Check the pages to open the book to get something inside.
    
    LAST BOOK vol. 2
    Found : After beating the yawn finally, check the books he
    knocked over to find this one.
    Check the pages to open the book to get something inside.
    
    METAL OBJECT
    Found : Office which you open with the emblem key.
    Not of use right now, need something stoney to complete
    it but we'll get that later.
    
    MO DISK
    Found : Put yellow jewel in tiger statue to get it.
    This will save your partner in the end of the game.
    
    MEDAL OF EAGLE
    Found : Check inside the last book vol. 1 for this
    This will open a passage later on, save it.
    
    MEDAL OF WOLF
    Found : Check inside the last book vol. 2 for this
    This will open a passage later on, save it.
    
    RED GEMSTONE
    Found : Taxidermy room, 2F mansion.
    Turn the lights off to make it dark, make sure the eagle
    isn't looking and push and climb the cabinets to take this
    out of one of the moose heads.
    
    YELLOW GEMSTONE
    Found : Taxidermy room, 2F mansion.
    Turn the lights off to make it dark, make sure the eagle
    isn't looking and push and climb the cabinets to take this
    out of one of the moose heads.
    
    
    
    THE UNDERGROUND AREA
    --------------------
    
    
    BROKEN FLAMETHROWER
    Found : Lower area of the tunnels, crush a transported box
    using the garbage press to find it in the rubble.
    Use this on the brackets after pressing the switch to unlock
    the door in the Lisa-tunnels
    
    CYLINDER
    Found : Found in hidden room in second boulder area, solve
    the dang statue puzzle to get it.
    Combine it with the shaft to get...
    
    CYLINDER SHAFT
    Found : After combining the shaft and the cylinder this is
    obtained
    Check on it and you will find a code for the elevator.
    
    HEXAGONAL CRANK
    Found : Check Eric's dead body to find this on him
    Use this on the panels on walls to spin the pits around.
    
    FLAME THROWER
    Found : Chris only, first boulder room
    You need to use this on the other brackets a few rooms
    ahead to allow the door to open, can fight with it too.
    
    JEWELRY BOX
    Found : Lisa's bedroom after heading through the sewers
    Check the box to get an item from the inside.
    
    SHAFT
    Found : Main elevator controls, elevator room.
    Combine this with the cylinder for a complete set.
    
    STONE RING
    Found : Check the jewelry box found inside Lisa's bedroom
    to get this item
    Use it with the metal object we found earlier to obtain
    another stone and metal object, useful for later on
    
    
    
    
    THE SECRET LABORATORY
    ---------------------
    
    
    FUSE UNIT
    Found : Escape tunnel to elevator
    You will find this in the same area as you have to use it on
    just use on the elevator turn it on
    
    FUEL SUPPLY CAPSULE empty
    Found : Fuel station in the first power room
    Take the empty one back to the nitro chamber to have it refill
    
    FUEL SUPPLY CAPSULE full
    Found : After filling the capsule with nitro fuel
    This is highly unstable, walk all the way back to the fuel
    station, you cant shoot so dont get in the way or bump into
    walls or get near open fires for that matter.
    
    MASTER KEY
    Found : Off wesker's body
    You will only find this item if Barry or Rebecca were killed,
    then this is the only way to open the cell door holding your
    third partner.
    
    MO DISK
    Found : Desk outside the slide room B2F
    You will need these to free your other partner
    
    MO DISK
    Found : Slide room B2F
    You will need these to free your other partner
    
    POWER ROOM KEY
    Found : Slid room B2f behind the hidden wall
    Use this to enter the power room to turn the power to the
    main elevator on again.
    
    ROCKET LAUNCHER
    Found : Brad drops off during the final fight
    Use this to finish the tyrant up, if you miss all the shots
    then the whole damn place is gonna blow up anyway.
    
    SLIDE FILTER
    Found : Room with the nitro fuel refilling machine
    Use this on the slide generator in the slide room to view
    the code at the end of the slide show
    
    SIGNAL FLARE
    Found : Helipad , right in front of the elevator
    Use this to signal brad down
    
    X-RAYS
    Found : X ray room B3F , two of them actually
    Use them on the X ray wall and turn the switch on for the
    secret code for the computers.
    
    
    
    End Section.
    
    
    
    14.
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                                    _ _    _   
              _ __  ___ _ __  ___  | (_)__| |_ 
             | '  \/ -_) '  \/ _ \ | | (_-<  _|
             |_|_|_\___|_|_|_\___/ |_|_/__/\__|
                                      
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    gifs
    
    
    
    
    These are all the files you will find during the game. These will
    contain major spoilers , so read on at your own risk
    
    
    
    1.)
                        ************
                        STARS MANUAL
                        ************
    
    If you have changed your controller type to TYPE-B or to TYPE-C,
    please keep in mind that the contents explained here correlates
    with controller TYPE-A.
    
    * How to view your STATUS SCREEN
    
    Press the Y Button during the game.
    (You will not be able to view the STATUS SCREEN during
    Cut-Scenes or while being attacked.)
    
    In the STATUS SCREEN you'll be able to do the following things.
    * Equip Weapons
    * Use items
    * View maps
    * Read files
    
    * How to VIEW MAP
    
    In the STATUS SCREEN select MAP from the menu bar, or simply push
    the Z Button during the game.  If you have not obtained a map,
    only the places you have explored will be displayed.
    
    * How to READ MAPS
    
    * uncolored room(s): Unexplored room(s).
    * orange room(s):    Room(s) with still items left.
    * green room(s):     Explored room(s) without any items left.
    
    * red door:   Locked door.
    * white door: Unlocked door.
    * blue door:  Door you've been through.
    
    * How to PUSH THINGS
    
    When there is a movable object, face the object in the direction
    you want to push it and press the Control Stick (+ Control Pad)
    in the direction you are facing.
    
    * CLIMBING ON & CLIMBING DOWN
    
    Walk up to an object that's waist high of the character, and
    then press the A Button.  (You can climb on movable objects
    as well.)  To CLIMB DOWN from an object, press the A Button
    while standing on the edge of the object.
    
    * How to EQUIP WEAPONS
    
    In the STATUS SCREEN select the "weapon" you want armed, then
    select the "EQUIP" command.  (Even if you have a weapon you must
    EQUIP it in order for you to attack.)
    
    * ATTACKING STANCE
    
    Hold down the R Button.  (The player will take an attacking
    stance towards the closest enemy.)
    
    * How to ATTACK
    
    While holding down the R Button, press the A Button.
    (You can attack the enemy with the weapon you have equipped.)
    
    * 180 DEGREE TURN
    
    While pressing down the Control Stick (or the + Control Pad),
    press the B Button.  (This can also be done using the C Stick
    alone.)
    
    * EXAMINE AN ITEM
    
    From the STATUS SCREEN select an ITEM and then select the
    EXAMINE command.  (The details of the item will be displayed.)
    
    * Emergency Evade
    
    Using DEFENSE ITEMS such as Daggers, will allow you to escape
    momentarily when grabbed by an enemy.  (However, you will not
    be able to escape when the enemy grabs you from behind.)
    
    To equip a DEFENSE ITEM, go to the STATUS SCREEN, and then
    select an ITEM from the DEFENSE ITEM menu.  Then select
    the EQUIP command.
    
    If your DEFENSE ITEM mode is set to MANUAL in the Controller
    Settings, you must press the L Button to use the DEFENSE ITEM.
    
    ------
    
    
    2.)
                        **************
                        KENNETH's FILM
                        **************
    
    It's the film that belonged to Kenneth.  I need a video player
    to see what's recorded on it.
    
    ------
    
    
    3.)
                        *************
                        BOOK OF CURSE
                        *************
    
    The four masks,
    a mask that speaks no evil...
    a mask that smells no evil...
    a mask that sees no evil...
    a mask that cannot speak, smell, or see evil...
    
    When all four fall into place, evil will awaken
    
    ------
    
    
    4.)
                        **************
                        TREVOR's DIARY
                        **************
    
    Nov. 24, 1967
    
    Eleven days have past since arriving on this estate.  How did I
    end up like this?  A guy in a lab coat came with a plate of
    skimpy meal and said to me, "Sorry to put you through this, but
    it's for security reasons."  That's when it hit me.  It all makes
    sense now.
    
    There are only two people that know the secret of this mansion,
    Sir Spencer and myself.  If they kill me, Sir Spencer will be
    the only person that knows the secret. But for what purpose?
    It doesn't matter now.  It's too dangerous here.  My family...
    I hope they are all right.
    
    I've decided to escape...
    Jessica, Lisa, I pray you are safe.
    
    
    Nov. 26, 1967
    
    How could I be so careless?  I lost my favorite lighter -- the
    one Jessica gave me for my birthday.  Now it's going to be that
    much harder to get out this dark place.
    
    Nov. 13th, the date when my fate was sealed.  My aunt was
    hospitalized just three days before that.  Jessica and Lisa said
    that they were going to visit her.  I wish I could be there
    with them.
    
    But wait, even as I'm writing my memory is coming back to me
    more vividly.  Just before I passed out, I remember the men
    in the lab coats said something like, "Most likely your family
    is already..." I pray for their safety.
    
    
    Nov. 27, 1967
    
    Somehow I managed to get out that room.  But getting out of
    this mansion won't be as easy.  I have to get past all the booby
    traps.  Tiger eyes, Gold Emblem...  I have to try and remember
    for my own sake.
    
    
    Nov. 29, 1967
    
    I can't get out.  I have tried every possible way to escape but
    only to be faced with the reality that I'm trapped.
    
    I've been everywhere.  The laboratory with the large glass
    tubes filled with formaldehyde and those dark, wet and eerie
    caves...  What can I do? At first I didn't want to believe my
    eyes.  But that familiar high-heeled shoe in the corridor...
    It was like reflex.  One name came to my mind, Jessica!
    
    I don't want to believe they share the same fate as me.
    No!  I can't give up hope.  I have to hope they're alive.
    
    
    Nov. 30, 1967
    
    I haven't had anything to eat or drink for the past few days.
    I feel like I'm going crazy.
    
    Why is this happening to me?  Why do I have to die like this?
    I was too obsessed with designing this ghastly mansion.
    I should have known better.
    
    
    Nov. 31, 1967
    
    It was a dark and damp underground tunnel.  And another dead
    end.  But even in the darkness something caught my eye.
    
    Carefully, I lit the last match, I had to see what it was.
    A grave!  But deeply engraved into the stone was my name!
    
    "George Trevor"
    
    At that instant, it all became clear to me.  Those bastards knew
    from the beginning that I'd die here and I fell right into their
    trap. But it's too late now.  I'm losing it.  Everything is
    becoming so far away.  Jessica... Lisa...  Forgive me.
    
    Because of my ego, I got both of you involved in this whole
    damn conspiracy.  Forgive me.  May god justify my death in
    exchange for your safety.
    
    George Trevor
    
    (There's something handwritten.  It's not dated)
    
    Nothing's changed.
    I never thought that this room I designed as an experiment
    would pay off like this. I can hide here safely for a while,
    because nobody knows about the secret behind this painting.
    Not even Sir Spencer.
    
    Painting of a mansion...  In the back of the art room.
    
    ------
    
    
    5.)
                        *************
                        CRUMPLED MEMO
                        *************
    
    Today Sir Spencer told me to hide something where no one could
    find it. Well, I had this idea.  I figured if I could somehow
    have it protected by a dangerous animal like the vicious canine
    that lives here, no one would be able to get near it!
    
    As far as I can tell, the mutt is always hanging around the second
    floor balcony on the west side of the terrace, and he ought to come
    running at the sound of a dog whistle.
    
    This is where you come in.  The thing is, I reckon you're the
    only person that can get near that damn dog without risking
    a serious mauling.
    
    Which means only you can put this collar on him.  The object
    that Sir Spencer wants hidden is concealed inside. You're the only
    person I can trust with this.  Of course, you'll get something out
    of it as well.  Remember that certain item that you've always wanted
    to get hold of?
    
    Well, in exchange for your services, I just might be able to get
    it for you.  This could work out well for both of us...
    
    Jon Toleman
    
    ------
    
    
    6.)
                        ***********
                        BOTANY BOOK
                        ***********
    
    BOTANY
    
    * Uses of Medicinal Herbs
    
    It is a well-known fact that there exist many plants that are
    credited with medicinal healing powers.  Since ancient times,
    mankind has been healing wounds and diseases using various
    plants. In this book, we will sample three herbs that are a
    native of the Arklay Mountains and briefly outline each of
    their medicinal qualities.  Each herb has a distinct color
    and a distinct medicinal quality.
    
    The green herb recovers physical strength.  The blue herb
    neutralizes natural toxins.  However, the red herb has no real
    effect by itself.  We have found that mixing green and red herbs
    results in a magnified effect.
    
    We will outline the effects of red herbs when mixed with other
    herbs when we have more data.  Meanwhile feel free to experiment
    on your own, for true knowledge is best acquired through
    own experience.
    
    
    ------
    
    
    7.)
                        *************
                        BODY DISPOSAL
                        *************
    
    
    Special instructions when disposing dead bodies.
    
    We have new information regarding those "beings".  They may
    appear to be dead but in fact they are able to come back to
    life.  However, there are ways to prevent them from becoming
    active again.
    
    Currently there are two known methods to cease their
    resurrection.
    
    1. INCINERATION
    2. DESTRUCTION OF THE HEAD
    
    If further methods are discovered, they will be notified
    immediately. Meanwhile to those of you who still have the will
    to live, oil has been placed on the first floor of the mansion.
    Take as much as you need.
    
    You'll need something to light it with, which you'll need to
    find by yourself.
    
    ------
    
    
    8.)
                        *************
                        KEEPERS DIARY
                        *************
    
    May 9, 1998
    
    Played poker tonight with Scott and Alias from Security, and Steve
    from Research.  Steve was the big winner, but I think he was
    cheating.  Scumbag.
    
    May 10, 1998
    
    One of the higher-ups assigned me to take care of a new creature.
    It looks like a skinned gorilla.  Feeding instructions were to give
    it live animals.
    
    When I threw in a pig, the creature seemed to play with it...tearing
    off the pig's legs and  pulling out the guts before it actually
    started eating.
    
    May 11, 1998
    
    At around 5 A.M., Scott woke me up.  Scared the shit out me, too.
    He was wearing a protective suit.  He handed me another one and
    told me to put it on.  Said there'd been an accident in the
    basement lab. I just knew something like this would happen.
    Those bastards in  Research never sleep, even on holiday.
    
    May 12, 1998
    
    I've been wearing the damn space suit since yesterday.  My
    skin's getting grimy and feels itchy all over.  The goddamn
    dogs have been looking at me funny, so I decided not to feed
    them today.  Screw 'em.
    
    May 13, 1998
    
    Went to the Infirmary because my back is all swollen and feels
    itchy. They put a big bandage on it and told me I didn't need to
    wear the suit anymore.  All I wanna do is sleep.
    
    May 14, 1998
    
    Found another big blister on my foot this morning.  I ended up
    dragging my foot all the way to the dog's pen.  They were quiet
    all day, which is weird. Then I realized some of them had escaped.
    Maybe this is their way of getting back at me for not feeding them
    the last three days.  If anybody finds out, I'll have my head
    handed to me.
    
    May 16, 1998
    
    Rumors going around that a researcher who tried to escape the
    estate last night was shot.  My entire body feels hot and itchy
    and I'm sweating all the time now. I scratched the swelling on my
    arm and a piece of rotten flesh just dropped off.  What the
    hell's happening to me?
    
    May 19, 1998
    
    Fever gone but itchy.  Today hungry and eat doggie food.
    
    May 21, 1998
    
    Itchy itchy Scott came ugly face so killed him.  Tasty.
    
    
    4. Itchy.  Tasty.
    
    
    ------
    
    
    9.)
                        ****************
                        RESEARCHERS WILL
                        ****************
    
    June 3, 1998
    My dearest Alma.
    
    
    Let me first apologize for not being able to call you.  A man
    wearing sunglasses didn't permit any phone calls.  Sorry Alma.
    
    I sit here trying to think of where to begin, of how to explain
    in a few simple words all that's happened in my life since we
    last spoke, and already I fail. I hope this letter finds you well,
    and that you'll forgive the tangents of my pen; this isn't
    easy for me.
    
    Even as I write, I can feel the simplest of concepts slipping
    away, lost to feelings of despair and confusion -- but I have to
    tell you what's in my heart before I can rest.  Alma, please
    believe that what I'm telling you is the truth.
    
    The entire story would take hours for me to tell you, and time is
    short, so accept these things as fact: last month there was an
    accident in the lab and the virus we were studying leaked.
    
    All my colleagues who were infected are dead or dying, and the
    nature of the disease is such that those still living have lost
    their senses.  This virus robs its victims of their humanity, forcing
    them in their sickness to seek out and destroy life.
    
    Even as I write these words, I can hear them, pressing against
    my door like mindless, hungry animals.
    
    Alma, I have tried to survive only to see you again.  But my
    efforts only delayed the inevitable; I am infected, and there
    is no cure for what will follow -- except to end my life before
    I lose the only thing that separates me from them.
    
    My love for you.
    
    In an hour I'll have entered my eternal sleep where there is peace.
    Please understand.  Please know that I'm sorry.
    
    Martin Crackhorn
    ------
    
    
    10.)
                        ***************************
                        MAIL FROM CHIEF OF SECURITY
                        ***************************
    
    CONFIDENTIAL
    Attn: Chief of Security
    Date: July 22, 1998 2:13
    
    
    X Day is drawing up on us.  Execute the following procedures within
    one week.  Prompt actions are demanded.
    
    1. Lure S.T.A.R.S. to the estate, and obtain B.O.W.'s raw combat
    data against S.T.A.R.S.
    
    2. Collect two embryos of each mutated specimens as samples,
    excluding the Tyrant.  Dispose of the Tyrant.
    
    3. Ensure complete disposal of the Arklay Laboratory including all
    personnel and test animals.  Disguise their deaths as an accident.
    When the above procedures are executed, report to headquarters for
    further instructions.
    
    If for some reason you are unable to execute the procedure by the
    deadline, report immediately.  In case of emergency situations,
    report directly to the extension number 5691.
    
    Good luck.
    Umbrella Headquarters.
    Umbrella Inc.
    ------
    
    
    11.)
                        ************
                        SUICIDE NOTE
                        ************
    
    June 22, 1998
    
    I had to do it.  We ran from those things -- helping each other to
    survive.  But Robert started to show the symptoms.  I had to do it.
    Those damn things are pure evil.
    
    There was no other way.  He would have done the same if it were the
    other way around.  After I put him out of his misery I had to just
    leave him in the bathroom.  Now I'm probably the last one...
    
    How could this happen?  I'll never forgive myself for being part of
    this project.  Eventually I'll get what's coming to me, though.
    There's no way to escape from this nut house.  It's just a matter
    of time now.
    
    Everything is set.  All I need is a little courage to get it done.
    Knowing that I'll leave many things undone is regret beyond words.
    
    But, this is better than just waiting to turn into one of them.
    Please understand and at least let me end my life as a person.
    
    (There's a message on the back.)
    
    Linda, please forgive me...
    
    ------
    
    
    12.)
                        ***************
                        PLANT 42 REPORT
                        ***************
    
    Four days have passed since the accident.  The plant at Point 42
    is growing at an amazing rate.
    
    Although there are many unknown aspects about this plant, we know
    that in comparison with the other group of plants, the T-Virus has
    had a substantially stronger affect on this one.
    
    The T-Virus has drastically morphed its host's anatomy as well as
    its size.  Looking at its current state, it's difficult to imagine
    its original appearance.  Nowhere on Earth will you find anything
    like it.
    
    We've also found that PLANT 42 has two main sources of acquiring
    its necessary nutrients.  One source is through its root.  Somehow
    it has rooted itself down into the basement.
    
    Immediately after the accident, a scientist went mad and destroyed
    the Aqua Ring.  Ever since, the basement has been like a pool.
    There is a high possibility that it's one of the chemicals in the
    water that's promoting the PLANT 42's rapid growth.
    
    However, we have yet to determine the specific chemical.
    
    A bulb-like body of the PLANT 42 has been sighted hanging from
    the ceiling of the first floor.  We are sure that it used the
    air ducts to reach the first floor.  Numerous long tentacle-like
    vines are protruding from the bulb.
    
    We believe the vines are the second means of acquiring its nutrients.
    When the PLANT 42 sense prey, it uses the tentacle-like vines
    to capture its prey.  After doing so, suckers on the vine drain
    the prey of its blood.
    
    We've also noticed that it has some intelligence.  When it
    captures its prey or when it's inactive, the vines twine around
    the door to stop possible intruders.
    
    Unfortunately, several of our scientists have already fallen
    victim to this PLANT 42.  When we heard the stories from the
    survivors, they all observed one thing in common:
    
    When the uniform petal-like flaps open and reveal its vital
    internals, it has a tendency to become more aggressive.
    
    One witness reported that it was as if it was trying to protect
    itself.  Why it behaves the way it does is still unknown.
    
    May 21, 1998
    Henry Sarton
    
    ------
    
    
    13.)
                        ********************************
                        ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LAB EXPERIMENT
                        ********************************
    
    The similarities in the cellular characteristics of the rapidly
    growing plant infected by the Tyrant Virus have been reported in
    previous papers.  However, while repeating these experiments, an
    interesting new fact became clear.
    
    We learned that a chemical in the UMB family, UMB No. 20, contains
    a compound that is toxic to the cells of the plant.
    
    We have given UMB No. 20 a new name: V-JOLT.  If calculations
    prove correct, when V-JOLT is applied directly to the root of
    the plant, the entire plant should be dead within 5 seconds.
    
    The V-JOLT can be made by simply mixing the VP and UMB chemicals
    in a specific ratio.  However, extra care must be taken when
    handling these UMB chemicals.  They have been known to generate
    toxic gases if mishandled.
    
    The characteristics of each UMB chemical are as follows:
    
    UMB No. 3      red
    Yellow-6       yellow
    UMB No. 7      green
    UMB No. 10     orange
    VP-017         blue
    V-JOLT         dark brown
    
    ------
    
    
    14.)
                        *************************
                        FAMILY PICTURES AND NOTES
                        *************************
    (There's something written on the back.)
    
    Nov. 10, 1967
    * Progenitor virus administered
    
    *Jessica
     Administered virus: Type-A
     Plasmolyzing of tissue during cell activation
     Virus fusion: Negative
     Action: Disposed
    
    *Lisa
     Administered virus: Type-B
     Plasmolyzing of tissue during cell activation
     Virus fusion: Positive but delayed fusion.
     Body modification: Observed constant results.
     Status: Continue protective observation.
    
    *George
     Action: Terminated (Nov. 30, 1967)
    
    (There's a journal left by someone.)
    
    Nov. 14, 1967
    
    I feel dizzy after that shot they gave me.  I don't see Mom.
    Where did they take her? She promised that we would escape together.
    Did she escape alone and leave me behind?
    
    Nov. 15, 1967
    
    I found Mom.  We ate together.  I was very happy.
    
    But she was a fake.  Not my real Mom.  Same face but different
    inside. Have to find Mom.  Have to give face back to mother.
    
    I got Mom's face back. Nobody can have my Mom except me.  I attach
    her face to me so she doesn't go away. Because Mom sad when I meet
    her without her face.
    
    Nov. 17, 19 7
    
    from inside box, scent of mommy.  maybe true mother there. stone box
    hard.  It hurt.  steel rope in the way. can't see mother becuz
    4 stones.
    
    19
    
    dadddy atached first
    momm atached scond
    iNside reD and sLimy
    whiTe and haRd
    not true moM wheRe
    dunno dadd
    found mum again
    whne atachd momMy
    she moved no more
    she screaming
    
    why?
    Jst want to b with her
    
    4
    
    mom
    where?
    
    I mis yuo
    
    ------
    
    
    15.)
                        *************************
                        FAMILY PICTURES AND NOTES
                        *************************
    
    This is the photograph that fell out of Barry's shirt right before
    he fell into the pit.
    
    (There is something written on the back.)
    
    We love you daddy
    From your sweet daughters,
    Moira and Polly
    
    ------
    
    
    16.)
                        **********************
                        LETTER OF A RESEARCHER
                        **********************
    
    June 8th, 1998
    My dearest Ada.
    
    By the time you read this letter, I will no longer be the person
    you once knew.  The results of my test came out today, and as
    I suspected, it came out positive.
    
    I feel like I am teetering on the edge of reason just thinking
    about my impending doom.  I would give anything not to have to
    become one of them. As far as I know, you are not infected.  I
    sincerely hope things do not reach such a desperate pass, but if
    it has turned out that you are now the last person remaining alive,
    I want you to get the material from the Visual Data Room.
    
    Then, activate the Self-Destruct System in the Power Room, and
    escape from here.  Please do everything in your power to make
    this whole accident public.
    
    If everything is still running normally, you should be able to
    release all the locks using the Security System.
    
    I have set up the terminal in the small security room so that
    you can log in to the system using my name and your name as
    the password. You will need another password to release the lock
    of the door in Basement Level Two where the Visual Data Room
    is located.
    
    As a safety measure I have coded that password into an X-ray
    picture; a roentgenogram.  I know you, and I'm sure you will be
    able to work it out without any trouble.
    
    There is just one more thing... and it is my last request.
    I hope you never have to lay eyes on me in this state, but if
    you do happen to run into me in my hideous form, I beg you to
    put me out of my misery.  I hope you understand.
    
    Thank you, Ada.
    Yours truly.
    
    John
    
    ------
    
    
    17.)
                        *****
                        V-ACT
                        *****
    
    
    There is now evidence that when the host loses consciousness,
    the body goes into a dormant state.  During this time the virus
    becomes active and rapidly transforms and reconstructs the basic
    composition of the body.
    
    The host eventually mutated into a humanoid creature.  (We call
    them V-ACTs)
    
    Its speed and amazing muscular development are particularly
    noteworthy.  After transformation, it becomes more agile and
    aggressive.
    
    Already four of our researchers have died from trying to feed it,
    turning the place into an instant blood bath.  (Ever since this
    tragic and barbaric accident, we have decided to call its kind
    "Crimson Heads")
    
    That dangerous and precious prototype specimen can't be left there.
    We have to figure out a way to deal with it.  Termination is
    definitely not an option.
    
    We finally decided to freeze the specimen and confine the body
    inside the basement of the backyard cemetery.
    
    ------
    
    
    18.)
                        ***
                        FAX
                        ***
    
    To:    Sanitation Division
    Attn:  Manager of Sanitation
    From:  Raccoon Disaster Contingency Committee
    
    The contents of this fax are confidential and intended for the
    named addressee only.  Any copying, or disclosure of the contents
    of this fax to any third party is strictly forbidden by the sender.
    
    After reading the contents of this fax, must be destroyed
    immediately. We expect significant increase in the damage done
    by the recent T-Virus' outbreak than initially estimated.  There
    are several concerns.
    
    First concern
    More than half of the researchers have been infected by the T-Virus
    and died.  It has also been reported that almost all of the survivors
    of this accident are starting to show symptoms of the T-Virus infection.
    
    Second concern
    Our Secret Security Patrol Team has also been completely eradicated.
    Therefore, our most secret research is in danger of public disclosure.
    Quick actions are demanded to prevent mass media coverage.
    
    Third concern
    There is a high possibility that most of the specimens are running
    loose inside the compound.  We expect many casualties to follow.
    
    However yet unfortunate, these casualties underscore the success
    of our research results.  Actions must be taken to prevent our
    research results from being made public.
    
    We suspect the first official intervention will come from the State
    Police and S.T.A.R.S.  We strongly recommend taking measures against
    them first.
    
    ------
    
    
    19.)
                        *****************
                        SECURITY PROTOCOL
                        *****************
    
    
    LEVEL ONE
    
    Heliport/ For executive use only.  This restriction does not apply
    in the event of an emergency.
    
    BASEMENT LEVEL ONE
    
    Passage to Heliport/ Entry is prohibited unless accompanied by a
    Consultant Researcher or the Chief of Security.  Unauthorized
    persons entering the heliport will be shot on site.
    
    Elevator/ The elevator stops during emergencies.
    
    BASEMENT LEVEL TWO
    
    Visual Data Room/ For use by the Special Research Division only.
    All other access to the Visual Data Room must be cleared with
    Keith Arving.  Room Manager.
    
    BASEMENT LEVEL THREE
    
    Prison/ Sanitation Division controls the use of the prison.
    At least one Consultant Researcher (E. Smith, S. Ross, A. Wesker)
    must be present if viral use is authorized.
    
    Triple Lock Door/ Entry into the room is limited to the sole person
    who deactivates the lock with all of the Pass Codes.  Accessing the
    exclusive Output Terminals located in each section of the Senior
    Researchers deactivates the lock.
    
    Power Room/ In this room nitro compound is used as the primary
    fuel source of power.  Access is limited to Headquarters Supervisors.
    This restriction may not apply to Consultant Researchers with
    special authorization.
    
    Pass Code Output Terminals/ Use and access of the Output Terminals
    is limited to authorized Senior Researchers.
    
    BASEMENT LEVEL FOUR
    
    Regarding the progress of "Tyrant" after the administration
    of T-Virus...
    
    (Illegible hereafter...)
    
    ------
    
    
    19.)
                        *****************
                        OBSERVATION NOTES
                        *****************
    
    The discovery of the G-Virus was in fact 21 years after the
    administration of the primogenitor virus.
    
    The "Prototype Parasite" which we had delivered from a laboratory
    in France was administered to the sample specimen.  The sample
    specimen took in the parasite without showing any signs of
    adverse reaction.
    
    The lack of any reaction was an unsolved mystery.  But now everything
    is clear to me now.
    
    The "Prototype Parasite" was incubating in the sample specimen's
    body for 21 years.  Then from that incubating state the prototype
    suddenly mutated.  ("Evolved" may be a more appropriate word to
    describe it.)
    
    This observation gave me more insight in my research.  Through
    further modification and testing, I was able to derive a method to
    create the "G" that surpasses the performance of the "T".
    
    This was the breakthrough that would change the future of the
    B.O.W.'s history.
    
    I can't wait to see the look on Alexia's annoying face when I
    finally announce my research.  But unfortunately I'll have to
    wait a few more years to completely verify my findings.
    
    William Birkin
    
    
    
    End Section
    
    
    
    
    15.
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                       _             _      
                    __| |_  ___ __ _| |_ ___
                   / _| ' \/ -_) _` |  _(_-<
                   \__|_||_\___\__,_|\__/__/
                           
      
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    tc&c
    
    
    
    These are all the items you can unlock during the course of the game,
    there are plenty of unlockable things including extra game modes, some
    really nice weapons and even a congratulatory message from the game
    creator Mr. Shinji Mikami himself. Getting rewarded with THAT will
    truely be an honor for any resident evil player, so read on to find
    how to get these excellent goodies.
    
    
    
       EXTRA COSTUMES
       --------------
    You can unlock extra costumes for both of the main characters and
    even Becky too for that matter, when you finish the game with any
    character in any difficulty settings you will be asked to make a
    save at the end of the game, now when the game restarts you will
    see a different title screen,load your saved game from the end and
    select once again, now you will be asked to choose difficulty again.
    When the new game starts you will have the key which will grant you
    permission into the costume room. The costume room is in the room
    with the huge mirror, check besides the huge mirror for a strange
    door to unlock it.
    
    Chris will start off with his Code Veronica dress complete with the
    black vest and Jill will be in her awesome nemesis mini skirt
    outfit, and when I say awesome , I mean it. You can unlock second
    sets of outfits by completing the game again with the once again
    option. Chris's second dress is a cool T shirt and pants and a
    rapper cap on top. Jill's other dress is just like the one Linda
    Hamilton wears in T2, the black suit with the black cap.
    
    Additionally when you get the chance to control Becky with Chris,
    you can go and change her suit too, her suit will be a cowgirl
    suit, which is very cool too ;) .
    
    
       SAMURAI EDGE HANDGUN
       --------------------
    Finish the game with a time less then 5 hours but more then 3 hours
    and you get this awesome gun, it is merely a handgun but it can
    fire off rounds very fast with a burst of 3 at once, this can
    take out even hunters if your good enough to stand in front of
    them, and it also comes with unlimited ammo so you dont worry.
    
    
       ROCKET LAUNCHER
       ---------------
    Finish the game with a time less then 3 hours and you will unlock
    the best weapon in the entire game, its not the same launcher as
    the end of the game, this is a single barrel launcher but every
    bit as devastating, the only down side is that zombies may not
    loose their heads and still need to be burned for avoiding mutation.
    
    
       REAL SURVIVOR MODE
       ------------------
    This is a tougher mode for a challenge, you can unlock this by
    beating the game once, then beating it again in the once again
    mode in less the 5 hours, here the item boxes wont transfer items,
    that means if you left something in an item box in point A , you
    wont be able to take it out from the item box in point B. Other
    then that the shotgun will replace the combat knife at the
    start of the game and its going to have inf ammo, auto aiming
    will be disabled however.
    
    
       INVISIBLE MODE
       --------------
    This mode can be unlocked by finishing the game two times in
    a row by either Chris or Jill, the thing is that all the monsters
    in the game will be invisible now and it makes the game hard as
    hell, but the monsters do have a little blur affect like the
    predator wherever they are, so they're not *really* invisible
    
    
        ONE TOUGH ZOMBIE MODE
        ---------------------
    Finish the game with both Chris and Jill and you will unlock this
    mode, other then being a normal game the big difference is that
    a zombie, looks like forest to me, will follow you throughout the
    game in several rooms, and you cant shoot him either, because he
    has bombs attached to him, one hit and its game over. So you have
    to avoid this little punk while doing the regular things everywhere.
    
    
       HIDDEN GALLERY AND MESSAGE FROM CREATORS
       ----------------------------------------
    Beat the invisible mode under 5 hours and you will get to see a
    message from the directors of the game, also this will unlock a
    hidden art section where you will find unused art for the game,
    which is quiet interesting to look at actually. Must try it.
    
    
       INFINITE GRENADE LAUNCHER AMMO
       ------------------------------
    Courtesy of The Survivor's Guide
    
    This trick only works as Jill (duh). Ok play until you get the
    grenade launcher, go to an item box and do the following trick
    to get a TON of ammo. Equip the Grenade Launcher with any type
    of ammunition, then take Flame Rounds from an Item Box. Open the
    Item Box again and put the Flame Rounds back into it. On the Item
    Box Inventory screen, highlight the slot with the Flame Rounds and
    press A. The pointer will jump to the Grenade Launcher slot. Press
    A to get 456 Flame Rounds. Note: This can also  be done with other
    types of grenade ammunition.
    
    -----
    
    
    
    TIPS
    
    
    * This is something which carried over from the original Resident
      evil, when you play as Jill and Barry goes forward to check on
      the blood, turn back and head into the main hall, wesker will
      tell you to check out the gunshots and Jill will go back into
      the dining room herself, how siff back into the main hall but
      Barry will say "cold feet already , its not like you Jill "
      now run forward to Barry and the normal dialogues will follow,
      after that turn around and head towards the grand father clock
      and the zombie who already ate Kenneth will come out of the
      door and head for Jill, Barry will shoot it down from the
      distance. Originally this used to make the game easier, but here
      it wont do anything. sorry :)
    
    * Whenever your playing with the shotgun be sure to reload it
       manually if its running out of ammo cause shotgun reloading
      animations can take alot of time , and your character can get
      hurt during that time easily.
    
    * When playing with the shotgun aim high at the zombies heads and
      sometimes the shot can shoot off more then 1 heads in an instance,
      also try to aim down and shoot them in their knee caps and the
      zombies will loose their legs and fall down helpless.
    
    * The most important fighting thing to remember is to burn the
      zombies after you kill them with any weapon, be sure to have
      some kerosene left in the flask and use that and the lighter
      on the zombie to crisp it, other then that Jill can do this
      job quicker with her flame rounds, they burn on impact.
    
    * If you dont want to face crimson heads then you can either
      burn or decapitate a zombie with the shotgun , or you can
      even prevent mutation by shooting a zombies legs clean off
      by aiming down and shooting with the shotgun, they wont be
      able to move and wont transform.
    
    * When facing the black tiger it is not entirely necessary to
      beat it to go forward, take your combat knife out on the
      previous item box and keep a few herbs in case, now as
      soon as the fight starts ignore the boss and head for the
      door and start cutting, the boss will spit acid at you from
      a distance so dont stick around for too long at the same
      place, move a little left and right time to time.
    
    * Remember as how I asked you all to save the self defense
      gun till the first tyrant boss fight, well if you are stuck
      on any other boss then you can use that gun on them too,
      its not a gun that works on the tyrant alone, the only
      bullet that is inside the .22 gun will do the same amount
      of damage as 6 magnum rounds will. Amazing.
    
    * When Chris shoves a flash grenade into a zombies mouth you dont
      have to wait for it to explode, just get a few steps back and
      shoot at it with any weapon, the grenade will explode instantly
      but be sure to be at a minimum safe distance before it blows.
    
    * A good tip while fighting zombies in a room where you have
      some stairs is this, go to the stairs and wait for the zombies
      to come to you, the zombies will not bite the character when
      they're on the stairs, but they will throw acid vomit at you
      which can be easily avoided, after they throw vomit they will
      halt for a second or two, giving you valuable time to run
      away from them or shoot them in the leg to immobilize them.
    
    * IF you come face to face with a crimson, hope to god that
      never has to happen, then there is an easy method to avoid
      it and run from it if you aren't prepared suitably, the thing
      is that they are right handed, I-e they will always claw at
      you with their right hands, so if they're running at you ,
      run back at them and quickly turn to their left side when
      they get close, you should pass them safely.
    
    * You really dont have to fight the tyrant a second time if your
      not feeling like it or simply if you want to do a speed run and
      see how fast you can complete the game no matter what ending,
      to achieve this you must first have your partner character
      i-e Barry or Rebecca killed, and make sure that you dont save
      the other one at all, then when you reach the heliport Jill or
      Chris will signal the chopper and it will throw down a rope
      ladder and the character will climb that into the chopper and
      the game is over. capiche.
    
    
              ******************************
              ACTION REPLAY CODES US VERSION
              ******************************
    These codes will work only with the US version of the game, the
    code marked M must be activated before the other codes will start
    working.
    
    
      (m)
    WCZG-EGPA-7QM7R
    H30N-BC12-77CZ7
    
    
      Infinite Health
    VFMQ-R5VH-UDC1P
    9Q0P-BVGZ-XUY8Q
    
    
      Infinite item in slot 1
    VGMN-VRRK-YRJ0W
    5NEZ-J6ZP-NJAZ4
    
    
      Infinite item in slot 2
    DAY7-QM2Q-03EYX
    99TM-ZGJ3-ZQRYF
    
    
      Infinite item in slot 3
    WAW0-XV7R-5NUBF
    J923-CGX4-UH2AG
    
    
      Infinite item in slot 4
    HJFG-D3PK-97ZND
    455V-RDP6-VTG98
    
    
      Infinite item in slot 5
    XT43-249D-FX0R7
    BH3D-ME93-XQFXB
    
    
      Infinite item in slot 6
    D65H-20FE-YYJ8F
    V768-91ED-CBWRE
    
    
      Inf. item in slot 7 (Jill extended)
    8W3R-RP5C-2JJUN
    PHP7-XAJY-XXD7P
    
    
      Inf. item in slot 8 (Jill extended)
    JX83-XC97-ETW2A
    KT2K-ZNTG-9CKNV
    
    
      All Files
    RTUE-FFNU-92R4W
    PBMJ-F9NV-6E4V1
    
    
      Zero Saves
    HY4X-A12F-MYG03
    Q39C-21EY-AXRYE
    
    
      All Items In Crate
    F1UQ-WGAD-R56PR
    JP5A-D1PK-XWYK2
    CJV4-CKQ5-HJZC1
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
              ******************************
              ACTION REPLAY CODES UK VERSION
              ******************************
    These codes will work only with the UK version of the game, the
    code marked M must be activated before the other codes will start
    working.
    
    
    (m)
    4MQV-Z06J-CUJC4
    4KFR-HVXC-TNCVA
    
    
      Infinite Health
    8954-4635-52NY4
    U23J-XWVU-C0AVV
    
    
      Infinite item in slot 1
    8BZF-XJUY-KUAC3
    J3U7-BC22-H7WQW
    
    
      Infinite item in slot 2
    PGG6-VTXK-4X0HJ
    E9BR-XB2G-NU0Q8
    
    
      Infinite item in slot 3
    QC7R-BYP4-2AHM8
    F1RR-RM0X-K3EF2
    
    
      Infinite item in slot 4
    EUQ1-Q35N-CTYXP
    MJZ1-7FHZ-8JXNR
    
    
      Infinite item in slot 5
    331B-U4K1-DEG6D
    R0MP-93G8-J7HCF
    
    
      Infinite item in slot 6
    5UHM-3360-DVUXD
    PA4Y-0PD8-AQ799
    
    
      Inf. item in slot 7 (Jill extended)
    8491-69UH-4KA3A
    A6CE-657Q-C9NU5
    
    
      Inf. item in slot 8 (Jill extended)
    JE2M-V7J0-WMUR2
    YTUN-120K-BE8MP
    
    
      Only use one code from each
    
    
      set of slot codes
    
    
      Slot 1-Silver survival knife (Jill)
    1N2D-PNPE-C97UR
    5T3N-FNFH-PUWRA
    
    
      Slot 1-Grey survival knife (Chris)
    F48T-GW8Q-U5TWP
    JE5G-JFYQ-JNQPH
    
    
      Slot 1-Handgun - Stars custom 9mm
    FCC7-EG53-42JNM
    V396-QB63-25RPN
    
    
      Slot 1-Self defense gun
    EYRA-KFKX-4M3PT
    HDRJ-NZ01-DXNNK
    
    
    
    End of Section
    
    
    
    
    
    16.
    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
     __  __ _          _       __                    _   _          
    |  \/  (_)___ __  (_)_ _  / _|___ _ _ _ __  __ _| |_(_)___ _ _  
    | |\/| | (_-</ _| | | ' \|  _/ _ \ '_| '  \/ _` |  _| / _ \ ' \ 
    |_|  |_|_/__/\__| |_|_||_|_| \___/_| |_|_|_\__,_|\__|_\___/_||_|
                                                                    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    msc9
    
    
    
    
    *  INK RIBBON CHART
       ----------------
    
    
    Well since I didn't mark so many ink ribbons during the course of
    the main walkthrough I thought why not make an extra section about
    it so that I dont get that many hate mails from the viewers :p
    
    
    1. Dining room, check the table here to find one on it
    2. In the room with the REAL shotgun in it. Check table
    3. First save room inside the residence area.
    4. Room before the actual mirror room itself.
    5. Piano bar room
    6. First room in the underground area
    7. Save room in underground labs area
    8. Room where nitro fuel refiller is located
    9. Inside any item box, on easier difficulty.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    *  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN CHRIS AND JILL
       ----------------------------------
    
     ______________________________ _______________________________
    |                              |                               |
    |     CHRIS REDFIELD           |        JILL VALENTINE         |
    |_____________________________ | ______________________________|
    |                              |                               |
    | Chris will start off with    | Jill will start off with      |
    | 6 slots in his inventory     | 8 slots in her inventory      |
    |                              |                               |
    |                              |                               |
    | Chris will team up with      | Jill will team up with the    |
    | rebecca for his game and     | old guy barry and will never  |
    | will never meet barry,       | rebecca in her game           |
    |                              |                               |
    |                              |                               |
    | Chris will have the lighter  | Jill does not have it and     |
    | in his inventory from start  | will need to find it later    |
    |                              |                               |
    |                              |                               |
    | Chris will be able to use    | Jill will only find a broken  |
    | the flamethrower as an       | flamethrower in the game      |
    | offensive weapon             | only used as an item          |
    |                              |                               |
    |                              |                               |
    | Chris does not have the      | Barry will give it to jill    |
    | lockpick and needs to find   | and she can open many simple  |
    | old keys to open doors       | locks with it                 |
    |                              |                               |
    |                              |                               |
    | Chris has more stamina so    | Jill is weaker and runs slow  |
    | he can run faster and take   | but her game is easier when   |
    | more hits then jill can.     | compared to chris's game      |
    |                              |                               |
    | Wesker will die in all of    | In jill's best ending wesker  |
    | chris's endings as he should | will just disappear           |
    |_____________________________ | ______________________________|
    
    
    
    
    
    
    *  ENDING MESSAGE
       --------------
    
    Now i know you all have probably heard about this, but its a little
    too hard to obtain this, but for all the readers, here is the
    message from Shinji Mikami which appears when you finish the
    game under 5 hours in the invisible mode.
    
    
    
    Thank you for taking the time to play all the way through
    "biohazard" If you're reading this letter I salute you!  You are
    truly a remarkable player! I imagine you must have had some pretty
    memorable experiences along the way.
    
    The pain of seeing the "Game Over" screen time after time... The
    sweet taste of Victory after you finally beat the game... The
    feelings of camaraderie you shared with your character... The
    excitement and overwhelming sense of dread.
    
    We believe that games are more than just the product of a team
    of developers.  It takes the support of dedicated players like
    you to make a game worthwhile. For this reason, we are truly
    delighted when someone enjoys one of our games as thoroughly
    as you have.
    
    Therefore on behalf of the entire staff please allow me to express
    our gratitude and congratulate you on a job well done! Thank you
    very much for playing!
    
    Shinji Mikami
    Dev Team Representative
    
    
    
    
    
    
    *  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL RESIDENT EVIL
       ----------------------------------------------
       AND THE NEW RESIDENT EVIL
       -------------------------
    
    1.The most obvious difference is the addition of the Lisa Trevor
      character in the game, there wasn't even a mention of her in the
      original resident evil and in this version of the game she appears
      as in immortal enemy who cannot be killed by any weapon and you
      need to think something up if you want to get rid of her, similarly
      but not such a big difference is that the Trevor's diary we find
      in the REmake is actually what the Trevor's notes were, they were
      supposed to make an appearance in the original RE but they were
      taken out of the beta version of the game, seeing as how they
      explain the story so well capcom  have mini-ed them down into one
      file and have put them in this game. The location for this file
      is obviously, on top of George Trevor's tomb.
    
    2.Rebecca's starting position has been changed in this game,
      indefinitely, remember how you could either go into the medical
      room or the room with Richard and meet up with Rebecca in
      either one of them, well in the Remake you only meet her once
      you enter the Richard room, no place else, and the part where
      Rebecca is cornered by the hunter, that was a very hard thing
      to achieve in the original resident evil and required alot of
      patience, but in the REmake it happens everytime and there is
      no avoiding it. sorry.
    
    3.Getting Barry killed in the original was also a hard thing to
      do which made viewing the other endings of the game hard, but
      in the remake capcom have made this an easy option because
      the final boss can attack and kill your partner which will
      cause a different ending FMV to start up, this is one of the
      better changes of the game.
    
    4.Capcom have added several new places to this game which were
      not in the original either because of the size limitations or
      because the old hardware was not up to it, well anyway some of
      the new places capcom have added are the cemeteries, and the
      new and much bigger aqua ring, the underground passage which
      leads to the final labs has also been modified a bit and it
      takes much longer for the player to reach the lab.
    
    5.One of the more interesting changes, when wesker is with the
      characters in the tyrant room, you would see how wesker walks
      right up to the tyrant chamber and spreads his arms, as if he
      wants to get stabbed , while in the original he screamed to
      the tyrant to stop before it impaled him, well anyone who has
    played resident evil code veronica and watched the Weskits
      report 1 would know why wesker wants himself to get killed.
    Look in this walkthrough for a transcript of the Weskir's report.
    
    6.After wesker dies you can check his body for a file written
      by his dear friend William birkin, but in the original RE there
      was no mention of either William birkin, or alexia ashford for
      that matter.
    
    7.Almost every puzzle in the game has been renewed and has a new
      method / answer for it, this is not such a bad thing because this
      will just stop the game from becoming too easy for those who
      already have played it once. Adds to the buy value of the game
      I suppose.
    
    8.Another difference with wesker is that in the original resident
      evil, if you were aiming for the best ending for Jill then near the
      end wesker will turn on the self destruct system, at this point if
      you go in the power room to the final main generator room you will
      find wesker's headless body lying there with a chimera running around
      it, fortunately capcom have improvised on this and have edited it for
      the sake of the plot, now in the best ending for Jill wesker will
      just disappear after that scene, possibly escaping the mansion.
    
    9.Speaking of chimera's these are the only enemies capcom have
      visually changed, now instead of looking like small monkeys with
      wings they look more like the drain deimo's from resident evil 3,
      or even more like the bugs in the mimic movies if anyone has seen
      them.
    
    10.Speaking of monsters again capcom have added a completely new
       thing to this game, called the crimson heads or the V-acts, these
       things are supposed to be created if you leave a zombie dead for
       a while without taking its head off or burning it into crisp with
       the provided items like the kerosene and the lighter on it.
    
    11.Another major change in the REmake from the original is
       Richard aiken, he would die in the original no matter how fast
       you can go and get the serum for him, but if you give the serum
       to him in time he will live until one of the bosses will eat him,
       for Jill it will be the huge snake, Richard will push Jill out
       of the way and the snake will eat him instead, as for Chris it
       will be the Neptune, same as above Richard will push Chris out
       of the way and the Neptune will snack up Richard.
    
    12.Another new addition to the remake is the use of the self
       define weapons, well not only the remake but its an addition
       to the whole resident evil series, and this is the first resident
       evil game where you can use grenades and tazer guns, the whole
       concept of the defense items is to either provide you time and
       space so that you can shoot the zombies or run away from them,
       or to blow their heads up, thats what the flash bang grenade
       does, and its my favorite defense weapon. BOOM
    
    
    
    End Section
    
    
    
    17.
    
    
    !!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                ___ _                  _       __     
               / __| |_ ___ _ _ _  _  (_)_ _  / _|___ 
               \__ \  _/ _ \ '_| || | | | ' \|  _/ _ \
               |___/\__\___/_|  \_, | |_|_||_|_| \___/
                                |__/                  
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*   '.)`'.)`'.) !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    tmlo
    
    
    
    
    
    NOTE :.. Some people may complain that my TimeLine section
             looks alot the Excellent TimeLine FAQ which Rob
             McGreggor has. But I assure everyone that this is
             completely ORIGINAL STUFF. I DID NOT RIP OFF A
             SINGLE WORD.
    
    NOTE 2 : Keep in mind this is NOT an in-depth timeline into
             every issue in the resident evil saga, but just
             the few main pointers everyone should know about.
    
    
    Source : partly capcom's official resident evil site
    
    
      *******************************
      -------------------------------
    * OFFICIAL RESIDENT EVIL TIMELINE
      -------------------------------
      *******************************
    
    
    
    1950's
    Doctor James Marcus, Lord Edward Ashford and Ozwell E Spencer discover
    the mother virus.
    
    1953
    Birth of Kenneth J. Sullivan S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team Scout.
    Deceased July 23, 1998 inside Spencer Mansion.  Devoured by Zombie.
    
    1957
    Birth of Enrico Marini.  Captain of the S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team.
    Wounded during Spencer Mansion penetration.  Killed July 23,
    1998 by a single gunshot wound.  Murderer unknown; possibly
    Barry Burton under the command of Albert Wesker.
    
    1960's
    Birth of Albert Wesker, captain of STARS Alpha team
    
    Early 1960's
    Alexander ashford graduated with a Ph.D in biogenetics and joins his
    father in research for the mother virus.
    
    1960
    Birth of Barry Burton.  Ex S.W.A.T. team member; currently part of
    S.T.A.R.S. Alpha Team.  Working under threats to his family by
    Albert Wesker.  Competent helicopter pilot.
    
    1961
    Michael Warren, an engineer, moves to Raccoon city and begins work
    the city's cable car system.  He eventually becomes mayor.
    
    1963
    New york city architect George Trevor is hired by spencer to build a
    huge mansion in the arklay forest.
    
    Birth of Brad Vickers.  Part of S.T.A.R.S. Alpha Team. Known as
    "chickenheart" he pilots the helicopter (and abandons the team)
    during a botched team disembark at the Spencer Mansion.
    
    1967
    
    November 10, 1967
    Progenitor Virus administered to Jessica and Lisa Trevor, wife and
    daughter of famed architect, George Trevor.  Kidnapped and held in
    the Spencer Mansion, Jessica eventually dies, Lisa lives.
    Trevor's Diary: George Trevor's aunt becomes ill and is sent to a
    nearby hospital.   Jessica and Lisa Trevor intend to visit her.
    
    November 13, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers: Architect George Trevor arrives at the Spencer
    Mansion, which he designed over a five-year period for Lord Ozwell E.
    Spencer.  Spencer tells Trevor that Trevor's family has recently
    departed to visit a sick aunt.   Both gentlemen feast in the dinning
    room before viewing the mansion's art collection.  Trevor mentions
    the house's "numerous secrets."
    Lisa Trevor's Letters: Part torture subject, part bio-experiment,
    Jessica Trevor writes a final, emotional note to her daughter,
    pleading for an escape plan and fearing the worst is upon them.
    
    November 14, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor views Lord Spencer's collection of
    European paintings and parchments.  Spencer tells Trevor he is
    contemplating turning the residence into a seaside resort.  He also
    wishes to start an "international industrial medicine company." The
    company's name would be "Umbrella."
    Lisa Trevor's Letters" Lisa Trevor feels dizzy from the shot she was
    given four days ago.  She wants to escape the mansion, but her mother
    hasn't returned.
    
    November 15, 1967
    Lisa Trevor's Letters: Lisa finds her mother and they eat together.
    Lisa is happy until she realizes her mother is a "fake" and "different
    inside." She locates her mother's face, peels it off her skull, and
    attaches it to herself.
    
    November 18, 1967
    Lisa Trevor's Letters: Lisa mentions a coffin under the house where
    her mother rests.  Little else of the letter is comprehensible.
    Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor notes in his diary that his wife and
    children have not returned from their Aunt Emma's.  There are no
    telephones, so he can't check their whereabouts.  Trevor heads to a
    second floor terrace.  Large crows perch here; Trevor feels strange,
    as if he is being watched.  He spies a lower courtyard with a ladder
    leading down into a hole  this wasn't in his design.
    
    November 20, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor notices that the shotgun gave Lord
    Spencer has been swapped for a broken one.  Trevor is alarmed at his
    family's disappearance, and his employer wants him back at work.
    
    November 21, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers:  Trevor is ushered into an enclosed
    reception chamber, where a man in a white lab coat tells Trevor
    that his family is dead.  Trevor feels pain in the back of his
    neck; he falls to the floor.
    
    November 24, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor is imprisoned in the room' the
    man in the white coat brings him "revolting" food.  Only he and
    Spencer know the mansion's terrible secrets.  He mentions
    preternatural entities roaming the manor grounds.  Trevor wonders
    if Spencer is testing the mansion's "secret mechanisms" on him.
    A strange ant-like creature lands on Trevor tramples a number of
    them.  Trevor's Diary also notes these occurrences.
    
    November 26, 1967
    Trevor's Diary: George Trevor loses his favorite lighter  the one
    Jessica gave him.
    
    November 27, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers: George Trevor escapes from his room, but
    the mansion is securely locked.  He mentions Crests, an eye needed
    for a statue, and a Golden Emblem.  He hasn't time for these games.
    
    November 29, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers:  Trevor begins to lose his mind.  He stumbles
    upon a room with a giant plant growing through it.  He describes it
    as "absurdly gigantic." Trevor escapes the mansion and moves through
    a laboratory, in to a cave system.  He mentions high-heeled shoes.
    He hopes his wife escaped by this route.  Trevor's diary entries
    become increasingly disjointed.  He hasn't had food or water for
    days. He feels trapped.
    Trevor's Diary: Trevor continues to ramble on about being trapped,
    writing about large glass tubes and wet, eerie caves.
    
    November 31, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor is in the dark.  He scrambles through
    a secret tunnel that ends in a damp chamber.  Something monstrous
    looms in the shadows.  With his final match, he illuminates the room.
    Near him is a headstone carved with his name carved into it.  Trevor
    scrawls a final goodbye to his wife.
    
    Sometime in 1967
    It is assumed that Lord Ozwell Spencer and Alexander Ashford completed
    the experiment known as the T-virus.
    
    Sometime in 1967
    The Special Tactics and Recovery Squad (or S.T.A.R.S.) is formed in
    New York City as a special branch of the police force.  Its specially
    trained troops deal with cult-affiliated terrorism.
    
    
    1969
    Birth of Forest Speyer, S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team sniper and vehicle
    specialist.  Deceased July 23, 1998 on a balcony inside Spencer Mansion.
    Devoured by an unknown entity.
    
    1970
    Estimated "birth" of Alfred Ashford and Alexia Ashford, twins in a
    long line of Ashfords.  Their father Alexander (along with Lord
    Spencer) created the T-virus.  The twins then experimented on
    Alexander, turning him into a "Nosferatu".  After the nvention
    of the T-Veronica Virus, Alexia enters a cryogenic state chamber to
    mutate and strengthen her powers.
    
    1971
    Birth of Joseph Frost, S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team vehicles specialist,
    who joined Alpha Team under orders from Albert Wesker.
    Deceased July 23, 1998 on Spencer Mansion grounds.
    Devoured by zombified hounds.
    
    1972
    The Raccoon City chapter of S.T.A.R.S. is established.
    
    1973
    Birth of Chris Redfield S.T.A.R.S. Alpha Team member.  Dishonorably
    discharged from the Air Force, Chris is recruited from S.T.A.R.S. by
    Barry Burton.
    
    1975
    Birth of Richard Aiken, S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team communications specialist.
    Bitten to death July 23, 1998 on Spencer Mansion grounds.
    
    14th Feb 1975
    Birth of STARS alpha team member Jill valentine.
    Current status. Active.
    
    1978
    Wesker's Report II: Albert Wesker arrives at the Arklay Laboratories
    ignoring the Umbrella president and remaining aloof to the other staff.
    He commences research on the Ebola Virus, and attempts to create a
    Bio Organic Weapon (B.O.W. Entities).  Wesker first encounters the
    "woman," a creature who has been constantly experimented on with
    multiple viral strains since her first injection on November 10, 1967.
    
    1980
    Birth of Rebecca Chambers, S.T.A.R.S. Bravo team medic and part-time
    pianist.  One day before Alpha Team's arrival in Raccoon Forest,
    she investigates a mysterious train.  Albert Wesker shoots her in the
    chest, but she survives and escapes the mansion.
    Her status is currently active.
    
    1981
    Birth of Steve Burnside.  An immature but good-hearted child, he is
     held on the remote Rockfort Island with his father as a prisoner
    of Umbrella, Inc.
    
    July 27, 1981
    Wesker's Report II: Ten-year old Alexia Ashford is given permission
    to head up Umbrellas' remote Antarctic research station.  Her family's
     reputation is legendary (her father, Alexander Ashford first
    discovered the T-virus), although Alexander's son, Alfred, is
    useless.  Wesker vows to commence research on the laboratory's older
    workers, but Dr. William Birkin ins envious of Alexia and isn't
    mentally capable of helping Wesker.  An imprecise killing machine,
     name the Zombie, is created.  However its infection ration isn't
    perfect.  The "woman" still lives ,l and Wesker is surprised at
    how resilient she has become.
    
    1983
    
    January 30, 1983
    Alfred's Diary: Alfred Ashford, inside the secret Umbrella Antarctic
    base keeps a diary where he mentions a hidden passageway, accessible
    only by using three family brooches.  He cannot retrieve his father's
    brooch.
    
    February 17, 1983
    Alfred's Diary:  Alfred manages to secure the brooches and enter the
    sealed room.  He makes a shocking discovery-his DNA was spliced from
    a family ancestor and surrogate mother; both Alfred and Alexia are
    experiments.  Angry and jealous that his father chose Alexia (she
    exhibits genius intelligence, but Alfred does not), Alfred is determined
    to avenge his blundered birth.
    
    March 3, 1983
    Alfred's Diary: Alfred and Alexia begin to experiment using the
    T-Veronica Virus on a "human body" they find- most likely their
    father.  Alfred worries that the family butler will find out
    about this macabre experiment.
    
    April 22, 1983
    Alfred's Diary: Alexander Ashford is turned into a freakishly
    mutated being that comes to be known as "Nosferatu," and he's
    locked away in a secret basement room.  Alexia, meanwhile,
    continues to experiment on herself, and she informs Alfred that
    she needs to be frozen for 15 years before the T-Veronica Virus
    can completely consume her Alfred, now alone, mentally degenerates
    completely.
    
    December 31, 1983
    Wesker's Report II: Wesker hears that Alexia died after injecting
    herself with the T-Veronica Virus.  He can't rely on Alfred to
    help with research.  Wesker begins to wonder why Ozwell Spencer
    locate the laboratory here, especially as Wesker believes other
    species (both animal and vegetable) could be affected by the virus.
    He realizes that placing a base in the Antarctic wasn't so crazy
    after all.  The "failure" at the laboratory (the woman infected
    back in 1967) has been forgotten. Wesker's true intentions- that
     he's been planted in the Umbrella organization by another company 
    are still secret.
    
    
    1986
    Birth of Sherry Birkin, daughter of Umbrella scientists, Doctor
    William Birkin and Annette Birkin.  Sherry wears a small neck
    pendant that carries the G-virus.  Albert Wesker's forces may be
    holding her against her will.
    
    1987
    Residents of Raccoon City elect Michael Warren (the engineer who
    pioneered the town's cable car system) mayor of Raccoon City.
    Warren holds this position until the town is destroyed; he dies
    in the nuclear explosion.
    
    1988
    Wesker's Report II: Wesker can't believe Birkin is bringing life into
    the world when he works in such a place, especially as work has begun
    on the Tyrant, a genetically superior soldier.  However, very few
    "test subjects" could survive with the T-Virus inside them; most turn
    into Zombies.  Only 10 people in the United States have the correct
    DNA.  Hear the Umbrella France has recently started the Nemesis Project,
    Wesker requests appropriate samples, realizing that a tremendous
    soldier can now be created.   The Nemesis parasite has a short life
    expectancy outside of the host body, so Wesker resolves to plant
    the Nemesis parasite into the "woman."  The results are surprising 
    she devours the parasite and lives.  Wesker switches his research
    completely and begins to work on the "failure".
    
    1992
    After five years as mayor of Raccoon City, Michael Warren begins to
    rely heavily on Umbrella's "charitable" donations.  The money helps
    to build a hospital, a public utility works, a municipal building,
    and helps "keep the public peace."
    
    1993
    The newly appointed Raccoon City chief of police, Brian Irons, begins
    to take bribes from Umbrella, Inc. to ignore the disappearance of
    locals, Umbrella's "experimental" areas of the city, and other
    atrocities.  Chief Irons becomes more erratic.
    
    1995
    
    July 31, 1995
    Wesker's Report II: Wesker returns to the Arklay Laboratories after
    a four-year absence.  Birkin heads the G-Virus experiment that Wesker
    began.  The G-Virus continuously mutates its host, creating a creature
    that resurrects itself from the dead.  Spencer spends less and less time
    at the Raccoon facility.  A new lead researcher named John arrives,
    and the experiment on the "woman" begin to turn violent  she rips
    the faces off careless researchers and wears them on her hunched
    back.  She is destroyed, but Wesker wonders what Spencer has in
    store for Umbrella.
    
    1996
    While Mayor Warren and Police Chief Irons stonewall any protests,
    Umbrella, Inc. is permitted to construct the Arklay Laboratories
    near the old Spencer Mansion, away from the main business district,
    but still within Raccoon City Limits.
    
    1997
    Barry Burton leaves his job as S.W.A.T. team sergeant to become
    a full-time member of S.T.A.R.S. Burton recruits Chris Redfield,
    and both move to Raccoon City to revamp the S.T.A.R.S. team there.
    Ada Wong, a spy infiltrating the Umbrella organization to gain more
    information on their viral experiments, manages to become intimate
    with an Umbrella researcher named John. The Raccoon City Police
    Department moves into the disused Raccoon City Art Gallery.
    Artwork remains in the building during the move, but many more
    expensive paintings and statues arrive shortly afterward.  They
    belong to Chief Irons.
    
    1998
    
    April 25, 1998
    Manager's Diary: A technician is hired to manage Arklay Laboratories
    and "disposal" facility.  The lab is near the mansion, disguised as
    a factory.
    
    May 10, 1998
    Keeper's Diary: The keeper looks after a new specimen, which may be
    a Chimera.  The beast dismembers and disembowels its meat (a wild pig)
    before eating. Secretary's Diary: Chief Irons acquires another disgusting
    painting; a naked human, being hanged.
    
    May 11, 1998
    Keeper's Diary:  A T-Virus leak shuts down the Arklay Laboratories
     basement area.  The keep dons a haz-mat (hazardous materials) suit.
    
    May 12, 1998
    Keeper's Diary:  the Keeper feels "musty" and "itchy" after 24 hours
    in the haz-mat suit.
    
    May 13, 1998
    Keeper's Diary: The Keeper goes to the laboratory clinic when his
    itchy back becomes swollen.  He removes his haz-mat suit, and they
    bandage his back.
    Prisoner's Diary: On Rockfort Island, a prisoner complains that
    his cell "stinks of death." He shares a bunk bed with an
    "interesting" fellow named Bob.
    
    May 14, 1998
    Keeper's Diary:  A blister appears on the Keeper's foot; he
    hobbles to the dog pen.  Some of the hounds have escaped.
    Manager's Diary: Arklay Laboratories tests a special, but
    unstable, gas that decomposes living cells.
    
    May 15, 1998
    Keeper's Diary: An armed guard prevents the Keeper from leaving
    or making phone calls.
    
    May 16, 1998
    Keeper's Diary: A scientist is shot trying to escape from the
    secured Laboratory.  That night, a piece of rotting flesh falls off
    the Keeper's arm.
    Prisoner's Diary: Bob says that he was the assistant to Alfred
    Ashford, but was imprisoned over "a tiny little mistake."
    
    May 17, 1998
    The T-Virus accidentally saturates a laboratory plant in Arklay
    Laboratories, creating Plant 42.  An angry researcher floods the
    mansion's lower rooms, freeing sharks infected with the T-Virus.
    
    May 19, 1998
    Keeper's Diary: The T-Virus metamorphosis is almost complete.
    The Keeper attacks and eats the guard.
    
    May 20, 1998
    A female hiker is found on the bank of the Marble River.  The body
    shows signs of animal lacerations.
    Manager's Diary" Despite possessing a keycard, the Manager is accidentally
    locked inside a "treatment room" in the Arklay  Laboratories.
    Prisoner's Diary: Military personnel move Bob to a building from people
    never return.
    
    May 21, 1998
    Plant 42 Report: Umbrella researcher Henry Sarton writes about a mutating
    plant that attacks by crushing its victims in its vines or by bloodletting
    with its tendrils.  This monster has preyed on several scientists.
    
    May 27, 1998
    The Raccoon Times writes a report on the discovery of the dead hiker.
    The police think a grizzly bear attacked her.
    
    June 7, 1998
    Manager's Diary: Staff members are becoming unruly and will not correctly
    dispose of experimentations.
    
    June 8, 1998
    Researcher's Note: John, a researcher, tells his sweetheart how to correctly
    exit the Arklay Laboratories.  Pass codes are mentioned.
    
    June 16, 1998
    The Raccoon Weekly runs a story about strange "dog-like" creatures
    roaming the Arklay Mountains near the Spencer Mansion.  The paper
    urges people to try to photograph or capture a specimen.
    
    July 9, 1998
    The Raccoon Times: "Mystery in the Arklay Mountains" reports that
    local authorities closed the roads into the wilderness area; they
    summoned S.T.A.R.S. to help investigate.  Grotesque monsters are
    still in the area, and more families have vanished.
    
    July 16, 1998
    Manager's Diary: Bodies in the facility are still being dumped
    into exterior containers and not burned per instructions.  The
    plant disposal system cannot cope with "demand." The workers feel
    a little strange, they're taking medicine, but it isn't working.
    
    July 22, 1998
    White Umbrella: A clandestine organization give strict orders about
    an "X-Day." S.T.A.R.S. members are to be lured into a laboratory to
    battle the mutating experiments.
    Suicide Note: A researcher, writing to his wife, details a viral
    outbreak in the Arklay Laboratories.  He destroys his colleague
    with an ornate pistol and then hangs himself.
    
    
    July 23, 1998
    
    Raccoon City television runs a story about 10 families missing in
    the Arklay Mountains.  Human remains have been found in the area.
    A military police vehicle is discovered inside the Arklay Mountains.
    Rebecca Chambers reports that corpses of Military Police, plus an
    unidentified body, are uncovered near the vehicle.
    Alpha and Bravo S.T.A.R.S. teams are ordered to look for any survivors.
    The teams assemble on the evening of July 23rd. Bravo Team makes an
    initial sweep of the lower-lying forested areas.
    
    But before the Bravo team can do much their chopper maul funcions
    and they are forced to make a forced landing in the Raccoon forest.
    The team spreads out except for the chopper pilot kevin who decides
    to stay there to make some repairs. Rebecca Chambers the rookie
    member of the BRAVO team soon finds an overturnd car which has
    the corpses of a few MP personal among it, the MP vehicle also
    contains a report about a convict being transported named billy
    coen, but coen's body is not among the rest of the people which
    meant that he is out there in the forest. The BRAVO team captain
    Enrico Marini warns the team about this man and then asks them to
    spread out in the forest.
    
    Rebecca soon finds a train in the middle of the forest, cautiously
    approaching it she readies her gun, but before she can enter the
    train it starts to rain. Rebecca enters the train and soon she
    comes across billy coen, not surprisingly enough he points a gun
    to her but doesnt shoot and asks her to go, not long after their
    first encounter Edward , another member of the BRAVO team comes
    crashing in through the train windows but dies before revealing
    anything important to rebecca. A little while later rebecca is
    contacted by Enrico again and he tells her some more information
    about Billy and the amount of people he killed, rebecca finds it
    hard to believe that he could kill 23 people.
    
    Not long after that they both meet up again, billy and rebecca
    dont get along at first but after rebecca encounters a strange
    zombie and billy saves her life they decide to stick togather, but
    suddenly the train starts to move again.
    
    They make their way to the cockpit only to see some soldiers
    being killed by some huge leeches along the way, they make it
    to the cockpit and try to stop the train but are unable to do
    so and the train crashes near a training facility. Inside the
    facility we see the robed man mocking albert wesker and william
    birkin. Rebecca and Billy start exploring the training facility.
    
    After saving her life once more billy finally tells rebecca
    about the people he killed, he actually didnt kill them, but
    billy was the man they all put the blame on, rebecca knew it.
    The 2 hero's find several things reguarding one doctor James
    Marcus through out the training facility, who is he !?
    The two make their way across the facility then go through
    umbrella's own private little church. During this course
    they find some more things related to this doctor marcus.
    
    Along the path solving mysterious puzzles and fighting more
    and more hordes of zombies rebecca and billy coen make their
    way through the training facility and then a lab and even go
    through a church where they have to face off against a huge
    bat, but they kill it with ease, after exploring some more and
    finding some more notes about whats been happening here they both
    make their way out of the labs.
    
    Rebecca and billy finally make it to a cable car system but billy is
    attacked and he falls down somewhere, rebecca goes through the cable
    car alone and she comes to a place with a huge elevator, there she
    meets up with his captain enrico, and that was the last time she
    ever see's him, after enrico leaves rebecca continues's her search
    for billy, soon after she finally finds billy clung on for dear life.
    After saving billy , they both head forward and finally encounter
    the robed man, he explains his story to the two hero's and we find
    out that the robed man is actually james marcus, he starts to tell
    his tale to the two hero's, marcus flashbacks twenty years ago
    when he was in his lab working on a leech, his queen leech,
    marcus has infected the leech with the T virus and its results
    were splended as far as his research was considered, but umbrella
    wasnt too sure about him and they wanted marcus dead.. as marcus is
    working in his lab one day suddenly the door bursts open and some
    armed men run into the room and open fire on marcus, he is
    completely helpless and cant do anything, marcus almost dead see's
    two figures walking inside the room, both of them are the young
    researchers albert wesker and doctor william birkin, wesker tells
    markus that its time or him to die, and william exclaims that he
    will take over his research, markus near death says his final
    words,  "wesker.. birkin " and he goes out.
    
    But according to him, a miracle happens, and the queen leech
    which he was working on suddenly sprains to life and goes inside
    his mouth and spawns inside his throat, somehow markus comes back
    to life and he has attained the powers of the leech and much
    more, he can change his appearance at will, and the young
    man we have been seeing all this time is actually that same old
    markus.. he exclaims that its time for the hero's to die then
    suddenly james marcus starts mutating and turns into a monster, a
    huge battle insue's which see's marcus's defeat in the end.
    
    William birkin and Albert wesker turn on the self destruct system
    to this facility as rebecca and billy struggle to get out of
    the facility, along the way they are attacked by the queen leech
    who feels almost no pain from any weapon but sunlight is lethal to it.
    So using sunlight billy and rebecca kill the queen leech and billy
    shoots it down into the flames, they both escape the place just in
    time. Outside rebecca spots the spencer estate and she heads
    towards it and takes billy's dogtags with her and claims that officially
    billy coen is dead....
    
    
    
    July 24th, 1998
    
    After contact with BRAVO team is lost Albert wesker takes out the
    ALPHA team for search and rescue, soon they arrive at the raccoon
    forest. The ALPHA team locates the BRAVO's chopper but they dont
    find anything inside except for the dead body of their pilot kevin.
    Joseph cant take the sight and he almost throws up. The team starts
    searching the forest for more clues. While searching Joseph comes
    across some noises but before he can do much a horribally skinned
    dog attacks and kills joseph before he could defend himself. Jill
    tries to shoot the dogs but the bullets have no affect. One of the
    dogs notices her and tries to attack but she is saved right in time
    by chris. They both make it to their feet and run away but a dog
    closes in on chris, this time its wesker who shoots the dog away.
    
    The ALPHA team's pilot Brad Vickers chickens out and leaves the
    team alone in the forest, chris spots an old abandoned mansion in
    a distance and asks the team to head for the mansion, along the
    way they dont stop for anything, this was supposed to be an old
    abandoned mansion and luckily they could find a hiding spot in there.
    
    Jill, Barry and wesker enter the mansion and discover that chris
    is not with them, suddenly they hear a gun shot and thinking it
    might be chris jill and barry head out to investigate, but all
    they found is kenneth J sullivan's body, being eaten by something
    or someone. Upon dispatching the zombie the 2 return back to
    wesker only to find out that he's missing too.
    
    Jill and barry go their separate ways then, while chris redfield
    in the mansion finds the only surviving member of BRAVO team
    rebecca chamber who is terrified out of her life. Togather they
    both find Richard who was bitten by a large snake, just within the
    nick of time chris finds the serum which is needed to finish off
    the poison from his body, chris is able to save richard, and then
    they take him to the medical room to rest.
    
    While barry and jill find the body of forest spayer from the BRAVO team
    chris and rebecca make their way to the guard house behind the
    mansion, heading into a secret lab below the guard house chris makes
    his way to a flooded area where he spots richard in the disntace  but
    what is he doing here, richard tries to stop chris but chris doesnt
    liste to him and starts to make his way through the flooded catwalk
    to richard, richard knows why chris shouldnt come close to him and he
    see's a huge figure coming at them from a distance, chris is however
    unable to spot the figure and keeps walking, richard jumps at chris
    and knocks him out of the way when suddenly a hude 20 foot shark
    attacks and swallows richard in a single attack, chris saddened by
    this avenges his friend by first draining the whole area, but the big
    shark is still in a small pool seemingly dead, chris heads to the area
    behind it to find a key but the shark knocks the key in the water after
    coming back to life all of a sudden.
    
    Chris using his cunning throws in some electronic equipment in the
    pool then electrocutes the shark and takes what was needed, checking
    the rest of the guardhouse chris finds a large mutated plant called
    Plant 42. Luckily with rebecca's knowledge of chemicals they are able
    to kill the snake and upon finding a valueable key they return
    to the mansion.
    
    When chris and rebecca return to the mansion they find out that its
    been taken over by a new kind of enemy, the hunters, while chris
    and rebecca take care of these things jill has managed to find a
    way out of the mansion, she makes her way to a cemetary and a
    cottage outside the mansion, there she finds a new monster , it
    looks alot like the hunchback from the fairy tales, but this one
    isnt a nice one and jill cant seem to kill her at all.
    
    Escaping the place jill makes it to the guardhouse where she
    overhears barry talking to someone else but barry blows the
    topic off and ignores it, then the two make their way to the
    catacombs below the mansion. In those tunnels jill finds the
    BRAVO team captain Enrico Marini but before he can reveal the
    indentity of the traitor in the STARS someone shoots him, jill
    gives chase only to be led to an elevator with barry on it
    leading down into a huge pit.
    
    But before they can do down again barry and jill are attacked
    by that thing jill met in the cottage again, jill turns to barry
    for help but finds out that he left her alone, jill gets really
    mad at this and dodges the thing again, taking a ladder to the
    cottage again she makes it to the mansion and a secret alter
    right under the mansion main hall. She finds barry in the alter
    and barry almot tries to ambush her after they have an arguement.
    But the thing attacks them again, jill thinking wisely gives
    barry his gun back and they both shoot the thing but the ammo
    seems to have no effect, accidentally knocking over the four
    stone pieces in each side of the pit jill opens up the coffin
    in the area, when lisa trevor see's the coffin she yells in a
    sad yet monsterous voice "mother" and then she throws herself
    down the pit and comits suicide.
    
    Jill and barry make their way into a secret lab below the
    mansion via a secret passage into the alter, chris and rebecca
    are in hot persuit as they make their way to the lab not soon
    after, but there they have to fight a large spider which they
    kill togather. Meanwhile in the secret lab jill finally discovers
    albert wesker's plans and finds out that barry was involved in
    them thats why he waa acting weird towards jill.
    
    But barry doesnt want to hurt jill so he turns against wesker
    and during this the tyrant impales its own master, wesker. Barry
    tries to stop it but the tyrant knocks him out, jill is left
    alone to fight the thing and after a very close battle jill
    finally gets the upper hand and the tyrant is knocked out.
    Barry also wakes up in time, and they both find out that the
    mansion is about to explode, they both make their way to the
    heliport and run into rebecca and chris on their way back.
    Togather again all of them head for the heliport. The tyrant
    is however up now and it blows a hole to the roof of the mansion
    while brad is closing in to catch the team, the tyrant throws
    chris away and the rest of the team is left to fight the tyrant.
    Brad vickers from the chopper throws down a rocket launcher
    which chris redfield catches right in time and he shoots the
    tyrant dead with it. The tyrant stands calm at the sight of
    the launcher as if it was sure that nothing is going to happen
    to it even after taking a rocket, but its thoughts are wrong
    and the powerful weapon blows the tyrant into pieces, after
    that brad finally gets the courage to land the chopper on the
    helipad and all the team makes it into the chopper.
    
    Once inside the chopper they all brace for impace and just make
    it out of the blast area as the huge mansion explodes in a
    even huger explosion behind them, and takes the T virus with it.
    Rebecca seemingly tired by all this ordeal lies down and quickly
    falls asleep while jill also falls asleep with her head on chris's
    shoulder, chris looks at barry and finds out that he's readying
    his gun again, possibly for the future. Chris raises a smile as
    the chopper dives into the sun rise.
    
    
    July 25th, 1998
    
    The bruised and battered team arrives back at the raccoon city
    police department where they are welcomed back by their comrades
    but they go and confront the chief of police brian irons at once
    and they have a long arguement about that, after that the STARS
    speak of the events that happened in the mansion on public but
    they all think they're just bluffing and dont take them
    seriosuly, the STARS are hopeless.
    
    
    August 7th, 1998
    
    Jill valentine cant still get over her experience at the spencer
    mansion, she writes in her diary that her physical wounds may have
    been healed but her emotional wounds may never heal.
    
    August 13th, 1998
    
    Chris redfield causes a little commotion in the Police station
    and punches one of his co workers.
    
    August 15th, 1998
    
    Chris invites jill over to his appartment where he shows her
    some confidential pictures of a new umbrella virus in testing
    the G virus. jill cant believe what she see's.
    
    August 24th, 1998
    
    Chris and barry leave for the umbrella base in Europe, chris
    lasts the last note in his diary for his sister, jill elects
    to stay behind in case of any emergencies and she quits the
    RPD.
    
    
    
    September 28th, 1998
    
    After chris and barry had opted for going to umbrella's europe
    branch jill decided to stay behind in the city and investigate more
    on this new rumored G virus, but suddenly near the end of september
    the whole town was infested with zombies, an outbreak of the T virus,
    the same virus which cause all the residents in tne mansion to turn
    into zombies had been leaked into the city, nearly all the townfolks
    had turned into zombies, and those who hadnt were being eaten alive
    by them. Jill surprisingly escapes infection and begins her escape
    from this town from her appartment.
    
    Not long after she starts she comes across dario russo, a novelest
    to be who just lost his daughter out there among the zombies, jill
    asks him to come with her because she knew there wont be any rescue
    attempts, but dario frustrated locks himself in the back of a truck
    and asks jill to leave immediately, jill tries to talk him into coming
    with her but he just doesnt listen. Not long after that jill spots his
    old team mate Brad Vickers but he is being chased around by a group of
    zombies, jill gives him chase only to meet him in a bar, he tells
    jill about something which is coming to get all the STARS member
    and he warns her that they're all gonna die. Then he leaves jill.
    Then at the main entrance of the RPD jill again finds brad but he
    looks in very bad condition, before he can reveal anything to jill
    a new kind of monster, nemesis, comes down from no where and kills
    brad mercilesly right in front of jill, she tries shooting it but her
    bullets dont work. Jill retreats into the RPD. Using her STARS badge
     she makes it to the RPD office where she catches a grumbled
    transmission from someone.
    
    Before she can escape jill is attacked by nemesis again inside the
    RPD, she quickly dodges it using her skills and makes it out of the
    station. Exploring more parts of the city jill comes across a man
    named carlos, togather they both fight nemesis but before carlos
    leaves he tells jill about his team's mission, later jill comes
    across a cable car and when she goes inside she finds more men
    like carlos, their leader is apparently injured, nicholai isnt
    really pleased that they need to take help from an outside but
    carlos's persuation convinces him, they are from the UBCS and there
    mission was to cleanse the city and take care of survivors. Now they
    have to escape
    to the clock tower where a chopper is waiting.
    
    Jill along with carlos find the necessary parts neded to run the
    trolley and togather they all ride to the clocktower, once reaching
    the tower they find that its also infested with zombies, solvnig
    puzzles there and obtaining the mechanic parts needed to operate
    the clock tower bell jill gives the extraction team the signal,
    but before they can land their c hopper a rocket fired by nemesis
    blows up the chopper and jill is left to fight the monster, with some
    help from carlos and after an extraurdinary fight jill finally gets
    rid of nemesis , for now. But during the battle nemesis had injected
    her with the T virus and as soon as the fight is over jill collapses
    and carlos takes her to the chappel.
    
    
    
    September 29th, 1998
    
    Raccoon city now almost dead from the zombie assault lies quiet as 2
    strangers leon S kennedy and claire redfield make their way into town
    from opposite ends, leon is here for the first day of his job and
    claire is here to find his missing brother. After some commotion with
    the zombies leon and claire finally meet up togather in the back alley
    of a diner, thinking that it would be more safer for them at the police
    station leon and claire ride on an empty police vehicle , but a zombie
    ambushes them from the back seat and leon looses control of the car as
    it slams into a wall, a large truck is coming in straight for them and
    they both jump on the opposite sides to save themselevs. Now the fire
    separated them and they have to find their way to the police station.
    
    Not far from the crash leon comes up to a human , the owner of a gun
    shop, but he doesnt live long as zombies break through the glass and eat
    him before leon's eyes, he runs for his life and after some running
    through the city streets leon finally makes it to the front entrance
    of the RPD. Claire has a shorter run to the station but when she gets
    there she has to go via the roof. When she climbs to the roof via a back
    alley staircase she see's a failed chopper rescue attempt which ends with
    the chopper crashing into the RPD. Claire quickly scatters into the station
    and finds the tool needed to put out the fire, but before she can go back
    in another chopper comes overhead, and it drops a large capsule on the
    station. Clarie goes in and spots what it was, a huge human like monster
    which just doesnt give up. Claire dodges it and continues her
    journey into the RPD.
    
    Both claire and leon make it to the STARS office at the same time where
    they discover that claire's brother is no longer in this town, they both
    decide to split up and find anyone living and get the hell out of there.
    Not long after that claire finds a little girl but she is too terrified
    to tell anything and runs away, claire gives her chase only to be led to
    the office of chief brian irons, there is a girls body on her desk and he
    tells claire that she was the mayor's daughter and the zombies killed her,
    even though the bullet wound is visable. She goes in a door through iron's
    office and finally confronts the little girl, she tells a little bit about
    herself before she runs away after hearing a monster's scream. Claire gives
    chase but she see's that iron's has disappeared too. She see's a painting
    with 3 holes in it. She needs to find something to fill them up with.
    Meanwhile leon finds his way to the RPD parking lot where he meets another
    survivor, a chinese women who's name is ada wong. She claims to be searching
    for a reporter who knows where her boyfriend is. Using the aid of leon
    they both finally find this reporter called ben who has locked himself
    up. But he refuses to leave his cell.
    
    Meanwhile back in the RPD claire finds the stone pieces she needs and
    heads back to iron's office where she meets shery again, this time she
    doesnt run away, leon on the other hand also makes his way to the sewer
    system . Claire encounters iron's in a torture room of some sort but
    he is pulled down by something hideous, claire goes down and she finds
    what did it, a humanoid monster with a large claw which had an eye on
    his right side. Claire fights off this monster and he throws himself
    over the railing. Claire and sherry make their way to the sewer system.
    Leon on the other hand runs into a woman in a lab coat but she tries to
    shoot ada, leon gets in the way and takes the shot. Ada runs off to get
    the shooter. She finaly does and finds out that she is the wife of the man
    responsable for all this. After some talking and a little fight annete
    falls down into water and ada goes back to searching.
    
    Leon wakes up in the mean time and finds ada hanging around in the sewers,
    togather they make their way across a cable car where they are briefly
    attacked by william, but he runs away. Claire and sherry are also close
    behind them, leon and ada make it to a vertical elevator which they take
    to ride down to the umbrella base, but during the way ada is injured and
    when they reach down leon asks her to rest and he goes to find something.
    Claire on the other hand gets stranded in the umbrella lab and sherry is
    left alone. While searching for her claire runs into annete again, together
    they spot sherry in danger via the monitors, claire quickly makes her
    way to where sherry is and she outsmarts mrX and he falls down into a pit
    of molten lava. Leon on the other hand finally finds out the truth about
    ada, but before he can talk her out of it annete arrives and shoots ada
    off the railnig into a deep pit. Leon , angrily throws the g virus he
    just acquired off the railing behind ada. Claire and sherry finally make
    it to an elevator which takes them to the escape train. Claire turns the
    power on but she is attacked by a mutated MrX which apparently dies after
    someone drops a rocket launcher for claire to take.
    
    Leon on the other hand runs into william birkin again, but using his skills
    he kills him and makes it to the emergency train just as claire is leaving,
    togather they ride the train, which is ambushed by william again, the train's
    auto destruct system goes on and it blows along with william as the hero's
    run for safety.
    
    September 30th, 1998
    
    claire and leon along with sherry escape the town but they run into an
    arguement and claire leaves to find her brother, leon is picked up by some
    strange men who give him an unknown offer, they also take sherry away from
    him.
    
    October 1st, 1998
    
    jill finally awakes after 2 days, carlos had been watching over her
    all this time, carlos goes to find a cure for jill only to run into a
    hospital full of zombies and hutners, once inside the hospital carlos
    has to siff through the floors to find the right item he was looking for
    and what he's looking for is something which can cure jill and get rid
    off the virus from her body, on one of the floors carlos runs into his
    comrade nicholai who is surprisingly still alive and he just shot another
    member of the UBCS, his name was murphey, nicholai knows that carlos just
    saw too much so he decides to get rid of him too but murphy is somehow
    still alive and he chucks a grenade at the two. Nicholai makes a break for
    the window after seeing the grenade and carlos runs back avoiding the
    explosion. He continues his search in the hospital and finally after
    confronting a new type of hunter monster he finds what he's looking for.
    But thats not over yet, when carlos exits the hospital he finds a set
    of bombs wired to the pillars of the base floor set up by nicholai,
    looks like he reallty wants to get rid of everything, carlos makes it
    outside the hospital and to a safe distance just in the nick of time
    before it explodes in crimson fire and everything is engulfed.
    
    Still the ordeal for carlos isnt over and while he's making his way
    towards jill to give her the anti virus he runs into nemesis, now
    looking more horrible then ever before and his overcoat is burned
    off revealing plenty more tenticles to nemesis's advantage. Its a
    race against time as both nemesis and carlos head for the room where
    jill was, carlos makes it there first and shuts the door behind him
    he administers the vaccine to jill and slowly she comes to her sense.
    
    Carlos tells her about nicholai and nemesis. Now healthy again jill continues
    her escape as she makes her way to the city park , fighting a huge worm in
    the park she comes across nicholai there who is apparently a traitor, jill
    escapes him and then she finds her way to a treating facility, there she
    confrons nicholai again but he escapes again. Jill finds out that this
    plant was used to get rid of the bodies of the test subjects, carlos
    arrives on the spot and tells jill that a nuclear strike is about to
    happen on this city and that they need to get out of here ASAP.
    
    Jill along with carlos's help in severa occasions finaly make it to
    the control room of the plant, but not before she gets rid of nemesis
    for good. At the control room jill confronts nicholai for the last time
    and he escapes in a helicopter after telling jill that she's as good as
    dead. Not long after that jill and carlos receive a message from someone
    on the radio that he is looking for jill. They both get happy at this hope
    of life, and make their way to the helipad behind the plant. Along the way
    jill finally runs into nemesis for the last time but this time she gets
     permanent rid of him with the help of a rail cannon which blows nemesis
    into bits. Upon reaching the helipad carlos and jill see the chopper
    coming in at a distance, when they get in it jill finds that the pilot
    is someone who she knows very well, barry. They make it just in time
    as the city is attacked by the nuclear bomb.
    
    
    
    ?? November, 1998
    
    An island on the atlantic ocean, named sheena island, apparently is
    another one of umbrella's test grounds, much like raccoon city this
    is a completely bought out place where the people work for umbrella
    and umbrella own nearly all of the town's important places, it is here
    that a stranger wakes up from a chopper crash. He doesnt remember
    anything about himself. All he has is a gun in his hand, and now his
    search for truth begins. Very soon he discovers the body of a man in
    white who is holding dogtags with the name Ark Thompson, the stranger
    assumes that was his name and continues on his path , after encountering
    a church full of zombies this man comes across an alley where a phone is
    ringing, but before he picks it up it hangs up. Not long after the man
    spots another phone, this time he picks it up in time and the man on the
    other end starts calling him a murderer and killer, and reveals his
    name vincent.
    
    Vincent continues on with his passage through an arcade where he comes
    up with some cleaning squad which are apparently sent to clean everything,
    which means killing everything. Getting rid of them and making his way
    through the sewers he finds the sewer chief's diary in which he finds out
    what he thinks about vincent. Spotting an unknown boy vincent gives chase
    and comes out in a prison, while making his escape he runs into a large
    monster, but it goes down after a fight. Vincent makes his way through
    several more of these large monster and goes through a night club and
    turns out in front of a large complex owned by umbrella. Entering the
    complex he makes it to the top floor where he finds an office which was
    apparently vincent's. Then vincent spots another child through some monitor's
    and gives chase. The 2 kids run away from himand lead him to their house,
    here vincent spots the little girl and some talk later she tells him that
    her brohter went out himself.
    
    Vincent goes after him only to be lead through a mountain passage full of
    these large trench coated monsters, the trail ends at a large mansion and
    vincent enters it, he hears the boy's scream, following his scream vincent
    comes across a hidden laboratory under the mansion, he finds out that those
    large trench coated monsters (MR X's) were being built there, vincent
    finally finds the boy and after some talking the boy tells him his true
    identity, our hero's real name is ark thompson, and vincent was the real
    man who cause all of this. Not long after that the facility's auto destruct
    sequence is activated by the cleaner's leader, but he falls pray to the
    tyrant. After escaping it once, ark fights the tyrant again on the
    helipad, the tyrant goes down after a massive fight and the hero's escape
    the exploding island. But the tyrant catches the chopper , ark with his
    quick thinking skills launches the chopper's missiles with the tyrant
    on board, and they all fly away to safety.
    
    
    December 17th, 1998
    
    3 months after the raccoon city incident claire redfield finally gets a
    lead on his brother which leads him to the umbrella facility of Paris.
    Claire manages to infiltrate the base but inside she is spotted and some
    guards chase her down the halls. Suddenly a chopper comes right in front
    of her, she dodges it only to find herself face to face with a dozen
    troopers, getting rid of them with a sneaky move claire runs out of
    ammo and a guard captures here and she is taken to a prison.
    
    December 27th, 1998
    
    Claire wakes up in a prison after hearing some explosions upside, a little
    while later a man walks inside the area and opens up claire's prison, claire
    uses her lighter to see that its the same guard who cought her. The guard
    lets her out and tells her about what happened, this place was just
    attacked by a special forces team, but the guard warns her that there is
    very slim chance of her escaping.
    
    Claire runs out of the prison area but before she goes she checks up the
    man's name on a list and also finds out that he needs some hemostatic
    medicine. After some commosion top side claire comes face to face with
    a dozen zombies, her nightmare relived, quickly dodging them she moves
    to the next area where she meets another prisoner who almost shoots him.
    Steve burnside, but he's got a rotten attitude and he leaves claire goes
    away. Claire follows him and soon they meet again in a computer room, this
    time steve asks her if she's related to chris, after some more of his
    attitude steve goes out of the room leaving claire to wonder about it.
    
    After managing to get herself the right keys claire escapes from the
    prison and comes up to a training facility, most of the doors here are
    locked however to she heads up to a nearby palace. Reaching the palace
    claire finds a strange room with a lock which needs 2 guns to be opened
    a little while after that she finds a childs room where she reveals a
    secret door by playing a movie of 2 blonde childs torturing a dragonfly.
    She finds the 2 guns she was looking for but taking them out releases
    a trap so she puts them back in. But before claire can leave she hears
    steve scream from that place, using her quick thinking claire sets him
    free from the trap and asks steve for the guns but he isnt trading until
    he gets something better. Again before claire can escape she encounters
    a new man, alfred ashford. After some threatning alfred leaves. After that
    claire uses a submarine to find the underwater seaport, she finds a plane
    but its locked so she has to get the keys for it.
    
    With the help of steve claire follows alfred into one of his traps and he
    releases a new monster called the bandersnatch on her, steve saves her
    again and claire gives chase to alfred only to be trapped by her sister
    alexia in their bedroom, holding alfred's rifle. Steve comes in the nick
    of time and saves her, alexia gets shot but she escapes,, heading through
    the passage they discover that alexia was actually alfred in disguise.
    They dont even want to kill alfred after his reaction, the two make their
    way to the seaport but the bridge is blocking their way, claire volunteers
    to get it out. Claire goes and raises the bridge but she has to come the
    long way now, along the way alfred releases a tyrant on her, she barely
    makes it to the plane and they take off. The tyrant comes into the plane
    and claire has to push it off the plane. Not long afterwards alfred takes
    control of the plane and makes it crash land in umbrella's antarctic base.
    
    Once they wake up in antarctica they split up, soon after claire finds
    a huge monster trapped inside a floor and later she finds out from some
    files that its actually alfred's father, finding an ice digging vehicle
    they start raising it but steve causes a blunder and the whole area fills
    up with gas, claire finds a gas mask and as soon as she shuts off the
    gas valve she is attacked by alfred, this time steve shoots him down a
    huge chasm, alfred drops his rifle before falling. Claire and steve use
    the ice digger and they blow a hole in the wall allowing them escape
    via a heliport. On top of the Helipad claire comes face to face with
    alexander but using alfred's sniper rifle she fires at his overgrown heart
    killing it instantly. Soon after alfred still alive from an unknown place
    goes to see alexia, but he cant live long to see alexia coming out of the
    sleeping pod. Alexia is awake. !
    
    Alexia mad at what claire and steve did releases a tentacle which literally
    flips their snow mobile over, and it starts burning as alexia watches from
    a monitor.
    
    Chris arrives in rockfort island as claire and steve are in the antarctic.
    not long after arriving he comes face to face with rodrigo but before he
    can tell chris alot a huge worms swallows him, chris fights off the worm
    which spits out rodrigo's  body before it dies, rodrigo gives chris his
    sisters lighter back before he breathes his final breath . chris continues his
    journey and finds most of the island already destroyed, he finds a hanger
    which still has a harrier jet standing, but he needs the right key to open
    the hanger door. Soon after wards while exploring the base chris comes
    face to face with his worst nightmare, albret wesker, apparently albert
    has somehow gained superhuman powers and he kicks chris's ass, but after
    seeing alexia on a monitor he lets chris go.
    
    Soon afterwards chris finds the key he is looking for but he has to fight
    a large underwater monster for it, after obtaining the right items chris
    makes it to the hanger and flies to antarctica in the last remining harrier
    jet.
    
    The plane lands in antarctica and chris continues his search for claire
    through the rooms of the umbrella base, one of the floors has a exact
    replica of the main hall of the spencer estate, chris finally finds claire
    behind the staircase there, but alexia interrupts their reunion and after
    hearing steve scream claire runs after her, but they are separated again
    thanks to another tentacle, claire goes after steve while chris stays there.
    Soon afterwards claire finds steve but he mutates right in front of her
    and almost kills her, but after claire's life is in danger due to another
    tentacle, steve's human side takes over and he kills the tentacle but it
    whacks steve pretty bad into the wall. After finally telling claire that
    he loved her steve dies and claire is left crying.
    
    Chris in the main hall see's wesker conftonting alexia, after alexia refuses
    they get in a battle, wesker shows some more of his super human abilites
    and cracks one on alexia's jaw, but after discovering chris wesker leaves
    him to take care of alexia. Chris kills alexia easily and goes and finds
    claire , claire tells him how to turn the self destruct system on and after
    he does it claire and chris finally get togather again. But alexia interupts
    again and this time its for the last time, chris asks claire to leave and
    stays there to fight, using umbrella's own linear launcher chris gets rid
    of alexia for good. But when he makes his escape he see's wesker taking
    claire hostage. Giving chase they end up at wesker's submarine.
    
    Wesker lets claire go for a chance of revenge from chris, the battle
    starts but chris knowing that he can never match up to wesker's
    superhuman speed and strengh tries to find something useful to aid
    him, he spots a metal bar and quickly picks it up and smacks wesker
    across the face, another charge and chris attempts a power hit but
    wesker amazingly blocks the hit with his left arm and even more
    surprisingly the bar bends .. wesker grabs the bar and quickly delivers
    kick to chris's side, chris flies sprawling and falls about 20 feet
    away.. ,then chris is literally taken to hell by wesker.  Wekser hits
    chris with a barrage of punches and knee's to the stomach, causing
    some bleeding chris quickly dodges wesker's final blow and uses a
    level to lower some I beams which crush wesker, chris takes a sigh
    fo releaf but thats quickly taken away from him when wesker emerges
    out of the beam puddle, visablly staggering but still as determined
    to kill chris, they start to get ready for round 2 of the fight ,  but
    after one explosion separates the two of them wesker lets chris go,
    until the next time, chris returns to the jet and claire and chris
    escape just in time as the base explodes behind them.
    
    
    
    ?? Some Time later in 1999
    
    Leon S kennedy after losing sherry to some umbrella people decides to
    head over to the main umbrella head quarters which are situated in
    europe.. will he find what he's looking for ?
    
    
    ---------
    END TIMELINE
    
    
    
    
    
    
      *****************
      -----------------
    * WESKER's REPORT 1
      -----------------
      *****************
    wrp1
    
    
    My name is Albert Wesker.  I aspired to become a leading researcher
    at Umbrella Inc. A pharmaceutical enterprise who covertly conduction
    Bio Organic Weapons, better known as B.O.W., for development. But at
    the leader development training ground situated in Raccoon City, I met
    a brilliant and talented researcher who decided to take a different
    path - William Birkin.
    
    In time I shifted my position to S.T.A.R.S., a special forces unit of
    the Raccoon Police Department. Umbrella, for crisis management reasons
    of their illegal Bio Organic Weapons development had many of it's people
    working in the police department.
    
    I became the leader of S.T.A.R.S. and conducted all sorts of
    intelligence activities for Umbrella. As I continued to serve I devised
    my own plans and waited for the right moment to execute them.
    
    Then at last, opportunity knocked.
    
    July 1998
    
    The freak murder incidents had occurred in the forest near the mansion
    started it all. The mansion was Umbrella's secret BOW laboratory and it
    was clear that the in development T-Virus was the cause of the murder.
    Initially, Umbrella instructed me secretively to keep S.T.A.R.S. out
    of the case, but with the heightened emotions of the citizens S.T.A.R.S.
    had no choice but to move in.
    
    That was when my next order was given. Dispatch S.T.A.R.S. to the
    mansion, dispose of them, then report the situation to headquarters so
    that their combat with the B.O.W. could be used for data analysis
    allowing Umbrella a comprehensive portrait of the B.O.W.'s combat
    abilities.
    
    From the 2 S.T.A.R.S. teams I first pitched in the Bravo Team. As
    expected, the top elite of S.T.A.R.S. gave all they had and became
    useful sample data. Then following, I geared up the Alpha Team to
    search and rescue the lost Bravo Team. The members of the Alpha Team
    also proved their worth and as expected many died.
    
    There were 5 Survivors from the initial 11 S.T.A.R.S. members. From the
    Alpha Team were Chris Redfield, Jill Valentine, and Barry Burton. And
    from the Bravo Team were Rebecca Chambers and Enrico Marini. It was time
    to begin executing my plans. In the midst of the whole affair I
    could take Umbrella's ultimate Bio-Organic Weapon, the Tyrant, and join
    forces with an opposing corporation of Umbrella. To buy into that opposing
    corporation I would need the actual combat data of the Tyrant.
    
    The surviving privileged members of S.T.A.R.S. were just the perfect
    bait. I decided to have one of them play the Judas and draw them to the
    Tyrant. That Judas was Barry.
    
    Barry was the strong truth and justice kind and cherished his family
    more than anything. His type is easy to manipulate. I just took that
    most important thing away from him. My only miscalculation was the high
    potential of Chris and Jill. But with the family man Barry playing Judas
    the scheme went as planned. Then the winds turned unexpectedly.
    
    I had to eliminate Enrico who found out what was behind it all. I used
    Barry to get to him. After I successfully got rid of that nuisance I
    awaited the sample specimen that Barry would bring to me in the Tyrants
    room. I injected the virus I obtained from Birkin in advance. If I made
    Umbrella believe I was dead, it made it far more convenient to sell
    myself to the opposing corporation. According to Birkin the virus had
    profound effects. It would put my body in a state of temporary "death."
    It would then bring me back to life with super human powers. Therefor I
    unleashed an awesome Tyrant from its slumber and let it attack me.
    
    As my consciousness faded away I was certain that the whole scheme would
    end in success. Never did I imagine that S.T.A.R.S. could slay the evil
    creation. I lost the Tyrant and the plan I devised which cost me my
    humanity ended in failure. Now anything and anyone who stood in my way
    would be terminated. It's been that way for a long time and it always
    will be. At all costs I had to make S.T.A.R.S. pay.
    
    September 1998
    
    Two months had passed since the mansion incident. To regain everything I
    had lost in my new organization I joined hands with Ada Wong, a female
    agent who was also sent to spy on Umbrella.
    
    I knew in my bones that the key developer was William Birkin, but what
    he didn't know was that Umbrella did not play games... with anyone.
    Eventually, Birkin would be assassinated, and the G-Virus would be in
    the hands of Umbrella.
    
    But the salvage team led by Hunk was ahead of us. By the time they got
    to Birkin, he'd already injected himself with the G-Virus... he became
    his own creation, and decimated them. Soon after, the T-Virus carried by
    rats spread throughout Raccoon City, and Umbrella faced its worst scenario.
    
    September 28th
    
    The good citizens became zombies, and the city had headed for its
    devastating fate. Humans were no match against zombies. In the chaos,
    Umbrella Europe applied a new type B.O.W., called "Nemesis". The Nemesis
    would hunt down and destroy the surviving member of S.T.A.R.S., Jill.
    It became imperative that our organization would also obtain the Nemesis data.
    
    September 29th
    
    To cover up the whole affair, Umbrella jettisoned a Tyrant to take care
    of Leon and Claire, who were trying to unveil their secrets. Then, a
    new revelation. Birkin used to hide the findings of his studies in his
    daughter Sherry's pendant. It was very possible that the G-Virus
    was there. While Umbrella was busy with their cover up, we had to
    capture Sherry before they did. I sent Ada undercover to seek the
    location of Sherry. I, the "dead man" on the other hand, had to work in
    the shadows.
    
    A spy's obligation and priority is in the mission, to carry out the
    mission like a machine without any emotional interference. But through
    her interaction and involvement with Leon S. Kennedy, there'd been
    an affection growing inside her.
    
    My instincts sensed danger, something had to be done, quickly. My
    instincts did not disappoint me. Even though Ada almost had her hands on
    the G-Virus, which Leon had acquired from Sherry, that affection of hers
    drove her to her death. But she was still of some use. I had to save her
    life. My people hurried to retrieve the G-Virus that Leon threw away.
    But Hunk, the only survivor of Umbrella's salvage team, was there before
    us.
    
    September 30th
    
    Our only option left was to bring back Birkin, the monster, as the
    sample specimen and have him finish off Leon and Claire in order to
    obtain his combat data. Although Birkin lost the battle to Leon and
    Claire, we succeeded in gathering samples of the G-Virus from his dead
    body.
    
    October 1st
    
    In the morning the government bombed Raccoon City in an attempt to stop
    for the viral outbreak. This was, of course, their feigned reason.
    Later, Claire left for Europe to find her lost brother Chris, and
    Leon joined forces with a underground anti-Umbrella organization.
    Sherry is safe in our hands. I would never underestimate Birkin.
    
    There's something about this little girl...
    
    
    ----------
    EMD REPORT
    
    
    
    
      *****************
      -----------------
    * WESKER's REPORT 2
      -----------------
      *****************
    wrp2
    
    
    When I first visited that place, I was 18 and it was summer. Twenty
    years ago. I still remember the smell when the helicopter landed and
    the rotar caused the wind to stir. From the air, the mansion seemed
    normal but from ground level, something was different. Birkin, who
    was 2 years younger than I, seemed only interested in the research
    files he had as usual........
    
    1978 July 31(Monday)
    Two days ago, the two of us were assigned to that place. Everything
    could have been planned out from the beginning or it could have all
    been a coincidence. The only person to know the truth is most likely,
    Spencer. Spencer at that time was using the Arklay labs for the
    research on the t-virus.
    
    As soon as we got off the helicopter, the president of the lab
    stood in front of the elevator. I don't remember the guy's name.
    It didn't matter what was said officially, from that day on that
    lab was ours. We were assigned to be chief researchers at the
    facility. This of course, was Spencer's will. We were the chosen
    ones. The two of us ignored the president as we entered the elevator.
    We had already been briefed about the layout of the area as well
    as Birkin's, and with no bad intentions we ignored everyone as usual.
    
    Usually, when someone sees our actions, they would react quickly.
    But the president didn't react at all.
    
    At the time, I was only a youngster so it didn't bother the
    president. The president understood what Spencer was thinking
    and didn't take notice of someone like me. While the three of
    us were on the elevator, Birkin kept his eyes on the research
    files. The files contained information about a new firo-virus
    found 2 years ago in Africa called Ebora. Even now there are
    thousands of people researching the Ebora. But the people are
    always divided in half -- one group dedicated to saving people
    from the virus, and the other to kill people with it.
    
    It is known if a person is infected with the Ebora, that the
    chance of dying is 90%. It has the quality to destroy the physical
    structure within 10 days and even now, a cure hasn't been found.
    If used as a bio-weapon it would display incredible destruction.
    But because making a bio-weapon is against the law we would not
    use the virus as a weapon. But I'm certain that someone out there
    would use this as a weapon. So to prepare for a case of that
    nature it is good to do research on it now. But the line between
    finding a cure and making a bio-weapon is thin. This is because
    the actual research conducted do not differ at all between the two.
    So one could say that they are reseaching for a cure and be making
    a bio-weapon.
    
    But Birkin was not interested in either cause. He just wanted to
    research the Ebora itself. There was little known about the virus
    at the time. They did not know that the virus would die within a
    few days by itself, and would die instantly when hit by sunlight.
    They were also unaware of the speed that it would kill its host.
    It kills the host so quickly that there is virtually no time for
    the virus to infect another person. The virus has to physically
    touch another person in order to infect them and therefore can
    easily be quarantined. But that brings me to the following thought...
    
    
     What if a person that was infected with the Ebora virus could
    stand up and walk around? That infected person would have a disrupted
    chain of thought, and what if they could infect others that weren't
    infected? What if the DNA of the Ebora and the RNA had a direct
    impact on the DNA of a human? Due to those factors, would the
    person be harder to kill? The person would be dead from a human's
    point of view, but would still act as a bio-weapon spreading the
    virus.
    
    It is forunate that the Ebora had features like this. We would be
    the only ones to possess this knowledge.
    
    Umbrella, with Spencer as the head was a organization created to do
    research on viruses with these qualities. As a cover they tell the
    world that they are a company researching cures for these viruses.
    But the truth was that they are a bio-weapon development organization.
    The finding of the original virus which restructures the human
    DNA was the start of everything. Using the original virus as a
    base, an enhanced virus would be made to be a bio-weapon. This
    was the T-virus plan.
    
    The original virus was an RNA virus and would cause abnormalities
    that would enhance a person. Birkin planned on combining the two
    viruses to make an enhanced virus. The sample of the Ebora had
    already been brought to this reserach facility. We had gone through
    many elevators and had finally reached the destination. Upon
    entering, even Birkin was impressed by the sight. This was our
    first encounter with that woman.
    
    We were not told anything about that woman. Everything relating
    to her was kept top secret and the data was not to be leaked to
    the outside. Information obtained from records showed that she
    had been here since this lab was created. She was 25 years old
    at that time. But what her name is and why she is here is a
    mystery. She was a test subject for the research on the T-virus.
    The research began on November 10, 1967.
    
    For 11 years, she had gone through the tests with many viruses.
    
    I heard Birkin whisper something. Whether those words were cursing/
    swearing or praising I do not know. We had come to a place we could
    never leave. We didn't know whether we were to take the research to
    it's completion or if we would end up like her. For us we, only had
    one choice. The woman who lied on the pipebed had moved something
    within both of our minds. Is this also a part of Spencer's plan?
    
    
    On this day, a ten-year old girl was deployed to Umbrella's Arctic
    facility as a Head Researcher. Her name was Alexia Ashford. At that
    time, I was twenty-one and Birkin was nineteen. Ruefully, the rumor
    of "Alexia in the Arctic" occupied our topics at the Arkley Facility.
    The Ashford House was a legend among long-time employees.
    
    
     Whenever our research didn't go well, the unskilled old researchers
    would say, "If only Professor Edward were still alive..." Certainly,
    Edward Ashford was one of the founders of the "starting virus" and
    might be the greatest scientist ever since he established the T-virus
    plan. However, Edward died soon after Umbrella was founded. It has
    been thirteen years since his death. After all that time, I wondered
    what we expected from Ashford House.
    
    To tell the truth, the Arctic Facility that his son established, had
    not developed anything for thirteen years since Edward's death. His
    granddaugter Alexia's brain might not be good enough.
    
    However, after that day, our useless older scientists began to say
    instead "if only Alexia were here..." I believed these old men didn't
    have any future because they judged people solely on the name of their
    family or their blood. That's why they could not work without any direction
    and could not ever get promoted when they were old enough to have one leg
    in the coffin. However, I remained sensible.
    
    If I was too hot about this issue as a manager, the Arkley
    Facility's T-virus development would run late. Under these circumstances,
    if we didn't judge the situation calmly, we would not succeed. At that
    time, I thought that if I used these old men well, the results of our
    research would show progress. I also thought the scientists were suitable
    for the very dangerous experiments because they were so old. After all,
    If I didn't use my workers efficiently, I wouldn't be such a higher manager.
    
    However, Birkin was now a problem. His reaction to the Alexia rumors
    were miserable.
    
    Although Birkin would never admit it, he was proud of becoming the
    youngest manager at sixteen. However, a ten-year-old girl had just
    broken his pride completely. It was the first time Birkin had ever
    been defeated. He couldn't admit that a young girl from a famous family
    had defeated him. Indeed, he was just a child. Although Birkin had an
    immature mind we needed him to get over it, because our research had
    been in the second phase for three years.
    
    At this point of the T-virus development, the production of the
    "Human biological weapon" the so called "Zombie" was stable. There
    was not 100% virus infection to DNA. There are so many kinds of
    chemical differences among people. If a group of people reveived the
    infection from a "Zombie", ten percent of them would not get infected.
    We can't change this result even though we continuously studied the
    DNA. If 90% of people got the infection, this would be enough to be
    a weapon. However, Spencer's opinion was different. Our boss wanted
    an independent weapon that killed 100% of the people. However, for
    what?
    
     Originally, the advantage of biochemical weapons was that they were
    cheap to develop. However, our research into the "Human biological
    weapon" was getting expensive. If Spencer wanted to get money the
    ordinary way, he would not have chosen such a method. If he used
     this as an ordinary weapon system, he would get enough money. However,
    if he continued to study it as an independent weapon, it would be
    too expensive.
    
    Why does he continue this research even though it costs so much? I
    would understand if he aimed at a monopoly of all military industry
    to change the general idea of war. So I still don't know Spencer's
    real intention.
    
    Apart from Spencer's real intention, what Birkin considered an ideal
    "Human biological weapon" was what he attached as a weapons importance
    to the battle field of that time. He tried to create that weapon by
    not only changing the T-virus DNA but also incorporating other creature's
    DNA information. He devised a Human biological weapon for battle that
    destroys people who are armored or recieved a vaccination for the
    virus. This experiment was called the "Hunter" in later times. However,
    that experiment had to stop for a while to protect our main experiment.
    
    Birkin felt it meaningless to compete against Alexia. He began to act
    like losing was standard behavior. He stayed at the facility twenty-four
    hours a day and continuously experimented on casual ideas with no plan.
    I tried to use other researchers to extract as many biological samples
    as possible before the experiment bodies died. However, I could not catch
    up with the speed of Birkin's experiments. The facility head supplied
    new experiment bodies and acted like nothing was wrong. However, those
    bodies were dying continuously. That place was like hell. However,
    the "woman experiment's" body was the only one who survived that hell.
    
    She was already twenty-eight. That is, she has been in this facility
    for fourteen years. She might not have any thinking ability as a human
    since getting the "Starting virus". If she had her mind, her only hope
    would be death. However, she survived. I wondered why she was the only
    one who survived for such a long time because the data of her experiment
    was not any different from the other bodies we experimented on. Until
    we solved this mystery, we needed more time
    
    It has been the 6th winter since I worked at this Arklay facility.
    
    During the last two years, we had made no real progress with our
    research and time passed by. But this had come to an end. We had
    recieved word that Alexia had died. The reason was the virus that
    Alexia herself created, the (T-Veronica virus). It seemed like the
    12 year old Alexia was too young for such dangerous research.
    
    
     I had heard rumours that Alexia had injected the T-veronica virus
    in herself but this I could not believe. She probably couldn't handle
    her father's death one year ago and made a simple error in her research.
    
    Later, the research at the Antarctica facility was continued by Alexia's
    twin brother, but no one had expected anything from him. In the end,
    the Ashford family couldn't bring any results and would crumble down.
    
    Like I had stated earlier, the Ashford family was a legend and will
     stay as a legend only.
    
     With Alexia's death, Birkin had changed back to what he was before.
    Now there was no one who could surpass him, and all the researchers
    had to acknowledge him. But it was still a taboo to talk about Alexia
    infront of him. Even when I tried to get a sample of the T-veronica
    virus, he had strongly objected.
    
    I had to put aside finding out about the research that Alexia had done
    for now. Ihad come to realize Birkin had not changed at all, when
    everything around him had changed.  But I had a much bigger problem
    on my hands.
    
    Our facility was located in a very dense forest. I went out walking
    into the woods many times but because this facility was in the near
    center of the forest, we would never encounter any other humans. The
    only way to get here was by a helicopter. It was a needed precaution
    dealing with a bio-weapon. Since if by chance, the virus is leaked out,
    it would prevent the chances of spreading. But a bio-weapon isn't so
    simple. The virus can also affect non-human beings as well.
    
    A virus isn't always limited to affecting only one kind of organism.
    For example, the Influenza virus not only affects humans, but birds,
    pigs, horses and even seals. In each of these species, not all who
    come in contact with the virus are affected. Seagulls and chickens
    are, but all other birds are not. Also, the same virus may have
    different effects on different species. The problem lies in how the
    T-virus can affect many different life forms.
    
    During the time when Birkin made himself useless, I had done my
    own research on the T-virus. I had discovered that the T-virus
    can affect most life forms out there. Not only mammals but plants,
    bugs, and fish can also be affected. Everytime I walked in the woods,
    I always thought to myself, why did Spencer choose this place?t?
    
    There are many different forms of life in these woods. What would
    happen if the virus were to leak out? If only an insect were infected,
    it is small in size and probably would not go through a big mutation.
    But insects could spread the virus at an incredible rate. If this were
    to happen, how far would the T-virus spread? If it were a plant that
    was infected, the plant itself could not move and would seem safe. But
    what about the seeds the plants give out?
    
    It would be very dangerous for such a case to happen. Now that I think
    about it, it was a smart move for the Ashfords to locate their facility
    in Antarctica. But here it almost seems like someone wants the virus to
    spread. But that could not be possible. What is Spencer trying to make
    us do?
    
    This issue was far too great and I could not discuss this with any other
    researcher. The only one who I could talk to was Birkin, but he probably
    wouldn't be interested. I need more information. I had started to realize
    my limits as a simple researcher. To find out what Spencer was truly
    thinking, I needed to get to a position where I could obtain more information.
    
    For that I would throw away all my current positions. But I cannot
    do this quickly. I could not let Spencer notice my plans for if so,
    everything would be over.
    
    I had continued to do research with Birkin so that no one would detect
    my intentions. During that time, that 'woman test subject' was forgotten.
    A "failure" that just lived on. Until that day, 5 years later.....
    
    The 11th summer had come since we started working at this facility. I
    was 28 at the time. Birkin had become a father to a 2 year old girl.
    The wife was a also a researcher at the facility. It was natural that
    people who conducted research at the same facility fall in love and have
    children. But a normal person would not be able to continue research at
    this place. Everyone who is still here is crazy.
    
    We had gone into phase three of our plan in the ten years. A programmed
    life, to be used a soldier, a bio-weapon for combat. This bio-weapon
    was to be called the "Tyrant". But this project had a huge problem from
    the start. Finding a test subject for this Tyrant was easier said than
    done. There were very few who were qualified enough to become the Tyrant.
    
    This was due to the nature of the T-virus. Any human could be used to
    make a zombie or a hunter but their intelligence would be lost in the
    process. A certain amount of intelligence was needed to create a Tyrant.
    Birkin had created a different way of creating the Tyrant to compensate
    for this problem. But only a very small amount of people could be used
    for this different way. In the simulation, only 1 out of 100000000 mutated
    into a Tyrant, the rest became zombies.
    
    If our research continued, we could create a different kind of T-virus
    that was compatible with far more people. But for this to happen we
    needed another test subject. But even if we searched through all of
    America, we would only find ten or so people that were compatible.
    Other research facilities had encountered the same problem. We ran
    into a wall even before our research began.
    
    But we had recieved word that the Europe facility had devised a plan
    to conquer this problem in phase 3. This was the Nemesis project. I
    had urged Birkin to get a sample of the project to further our own
    research. Although Birkin had strongly opposed, I convinced him otherwise.
    Until we found a compatible host our research would not proceed forward,
    and Birkin had to accept this.
    
    We had received the package a few days later with a number of precautions
    written on it. The package brought to heliport was in a small box labeled
    "Nemesis Project". To gain this sample from the France facility required
    quite there effort, and credit for this accomplishment went to Spencer for
    backing us up. Birkin took no interest in the package till the end but had
    at least admitted to tests. The sample was new and was for test purposes.
    
    A biological life form created by manipualting DNA. That was the what
    the Nemesis was. The intelligence was the only thing enhanced and this
    lifeform alone, could not do anything. But once it finds a host, it
    becomes a parasite and would take over that host and would cause it
    to have incredible combat ability. The host for the weapon and the
    parasite would be made separately and later the intelligence of the
    parasite and the body of the host would be combined to create a bio-weapon.
    If this were to succeed it would overcome the problem of the intelligence
    and we could create a bio-weapon. But the problem was when the parasite
    takes over the host.
    
    In the research files, the only information recorded was the death of
    each host once taken over by the parasite sample. Within 5 minutes of
    the parasite taking over, the host would die. But we were already
    aware of the danger that lied in the prototype. If we could prolong
    the time the host would survive, we would gain the credit to the "Nemesis
    project". That was my plan. The host would be that women test subject.
    
    Her incredible life rate could survive longer against the Nemesis
    prototype. And even if it failed, nothing would change on our side.
    
    But the test had created a result I had not expected. The Nemesis
    prototype that tried to enter her brain had disappeared. At first,
    we could not tell what had happenned. We did not expect her to consume
    the Nemesis. That was the beginning. Something was happenning inside
    that failed experiment. We had decided to start research on her from
    scratch.
    
    In the past ten years, we had conducted every bit of research
    possible on her, but we had decided to throw all those files away.
    Within the 21 years that she lived, something was beginning to show.
    Only Birkin had begun to notice the change. Indeed, something had
    begun to change inside her.
    
    But that was something totally different from the T-virus project.
    Something new and would bring a new idea to us.
    
    The project which changed our destiny, the "G-virus project"
    
    it had been 17 years since I first came to this place. Every time I come
    here, I remember the smell of the wind from that day. The buildings and
    the surroundings all looked the same as before. On the heliport, I could
    see Birkin. It has been a long time since I've seen him. Four years have
    passed since I left Arklay labs.
    
    4 years ago, when Birkin's G-virus project was authorized, I requested
    to be transferred to the secret (intelligence) service. This was easily
    authorized. Most people saw it as a natural change, going from the research
    profession to another field. In reality, the research conducted on the
    G-virus was far above my level. Even if I wasn't out to discover what
    Spencer was truly thinking, I could feel my limits as a researcher had
    reached their peak.
    
    Even as the wind blew, Birkin didn't take his eyes off of his research
    files. He came to Arklay quite often, even though he was not employed
    here anymore. Not too long ago, an underground lab under Racoon City
    was built. This was the place that Birkin's G-virus project would take
    shape. To be honest, I didnt think that Spencer would authorize "G". I
    thought this because "G" was considered far from being a weapon, and
    had too many unknowns about it.
    
    "G" was slightly different from "T-virus" because the host would
    spontaneously react to the virus at a repetitive rate. It was very
    easy for a mutation to occur since the DNA would be open to a virus.
    But this is isolated to the virus itself and not the host's DNA. Even
    if the virus could cause some form of change, it would be rare for the
    host's DNA to become mutated. Enter an ouside force such as radiation,
    and it would be a different story. But in the case of "G" it was different.
    Even without an outside force the "G" would keep mutating the host until
    death.
    
    Something very similar in nature did exist within the T-virus though.
    When a bio-weapon is put in a specific area, the virus inside the host
    would cause some form of mutation. This has already been confirmed. But
    for this an ouside force was always needed. But the "G" has no need for
    such an element. No one can predict the pattern of the mutations. And
    even if we could think of a way to stop the mutation, the virus would
    just improvise.
    
    7 years ago Birkin discovered this in that woman. At first look the woman
    appeared to have no physical changes. But inside of her various mutations
    had occurred, each consuming every kind of virus we injected her with, and
    had continued to live on. Over a period of 21 years, it had mutated so
    much that it would even consume the Nemesis. The G-virus project was to
    take this mutation to highest point possible. But this could lead to the
    "Ultimate life form" or it could end in complete disaster
    
    .....could this be called a weapon?
    
    
    What was Spencer thinking when he authorized this project? Even when I
    moved to the secret intelligence service I could not find out anything
    about Spencer's train of thought during these 4 years. Spencer hasn't
    been to Arklay labs in a while now. Almost as if he is expecting something
    to happen there. Spencer was slowly drifting away from me, just as an oasis
    in a desert. But my chance will come soon enough. Thats if I can live until
    then.
    
    The elevator took Birkin and I to the highest level in the lab. To that
    place where we first saw that woman. There, we met the new research leader,
    John. He had come from a Chicago lab and was an excellent researcher, but he
    was too normal to work in a place like this. He had started to question the
    motives of the research, and had repeatedly questioned the superiors.
    
    This news reached my ears in the secret (intelligence) service. If information
    had been leaked out, he would be the first to go? This was the general
    opinion amongst the masses.
    
    We both ignored John and started the clean-up of that woman. We had
    to kill her. When she had consumed Nemesis she started to regain some
    intelligence and exhibited some preculiar behaviors. The behavior would
    worsen. She would ripped off another womans face and would wear it herself.
    According to the records she showed the same behaviors when she was first
    injected with the original virus. Recently three researchers had been
    killed as a result of her behavior, and this is what prompted her immediate
    termination. Because the "G project" was progressing so well, we had
    no use for her.
    
    Her death was confirmed over the course of 3 days, and her "dead body"
    was carried somewhere by the president. After all was said and done, no
    one knew who she was or why she was here. But this was also true of any
    of the other test subjects. If she had not been here the G-project would
    not have existed. Both Birkin and I would had be in completely different
    situations. I had this on my mind as I left the Arklay labs.
    
    How far was Spencer planning on taking this?
    (the "incident" would happen 3 years later)
    
    
    
    ------
    
    END REPORT
    
    
    End Section
    
    
    
    
    
    18.
    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
       _                    _            _                 
      | |__  ___ ______  __| |_ _ _ __ _| |_ ___ __ _ _  _ 
      | '_ \/ _ (_-<_-< (_-<  _| '_/ _` |  _/ -_) _` | || |
      |_.__/\___/__/__/ /__/\__|_| \__,_|\__\___\__, |\_, |
                                                |___/ |__/ 
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    dbds
    
    
    
    
       ******
    1. YAWN I
       ******
    
    Description
    -----------
    Yawn is the mother of all snakes, literally, this snake is over
    thirty feet tall and huge as hell, its got fangs the size of an
    african elephants trunks, and it can cause poison on impact and
    it can even swallow humans alive, the poison caused by this giant
    snake cannot be cured by any normal blue herb and a special serum
    is required to do this job.
    
    Strategy for Chris
    ------------------
    As soon as the boss fight starts there are a few things i would like
    to point out, the first of which being that stay away from its head,
    and take pot shots as soon as you get a chance, i repeat stay away
    from its head as far as you can, and if he tilts his head up take
    high aims for good amounts of damage, it is totally possible that
    you will be bitten by yawn a few times and if you check your status
    immediately after that you will notice that you are now poisoned,
    quickly shoot the yawn and stay away from its head because that is
    the most dangerous, well obviously, part of the yawn. After a good
    amount of shotgun shells it will retreat and you can now take the item
    at the corner of the attic safely, its another death mask.
    
    If you want the quicker version of the fight then here it is, as
    soon as the fight starts quickly make your way to the death mask,
    the chances are that you will possibly die along the way because
    yawn is too large and he's blocking the path most of the times,
    but if you do manage to squeeze through to get the mask its gonna
    be even more harder getting OUT alive, but if you DO manage to make
    it on open space quickly head over to the exit, before you exit, if
    you werent already bitten, make sure to receive one bite and let
    chris be poisoned... no im not crazy, we'll see soon enough.
    
    
    Strategy for Jill
    -----------------
    
    But lucky for jill richard will suddenly come barging into the room
    because he needs some payback from the snake that bit him, this will
    only happen if you did remember to save richard, you did ? didnt you ?
    Well in one way or the other the boss fight will start and richard
    will be shooting side by side with jill in this fight, the best thing
    against this boss is no doubt the acid rounds but were pretty short
    on them, start pumping the rounds into the snake one by one and if
    you run out of the acid rounds then quickly equip the normal
    grenade rounds into the grenade launcher, the best time to fire a
    shot at the snake is when it raises his head up a little bit, aim high
    and fire a shot at its head, you will know if the damage you did
    was maximum because the snake will scream out, try to stay away
    from the front of the snake's head for the fight because that is
    the only place he will attack from, and dont worry about richard.
    He will do his part in the fight very well.
    
    After some shots the snake will fall down, but its not dead yet and
    it will suddenly spring up and rush for jill, richard spots the snake
    coming and quickly pushed jill aside and gets in the way, the snake
    swallows richard, richard is gone !! but he dropped off his combat
    shotgun before dying, a very nice parting gift i might add, ass soon
    as you regain control of jill restart the shooting all over again,
    you should have the grenade launcher with the grenade rounds by now,
    those should be enough to end the fight but if its still not enough
    then pick up richards combat shotgun from the ground and start
    pumping, as soon as you spot the snake heading to the hole in the
    corner of the attic stop shooting cause the fight is over.
    
    
    
       *******
    2. YAWN II
       *******
    
    Description
    -----------
    Same as above but this time he wont be able to poison the character
    which makes this fight alot easier then before, and the setting is
    different, the fight will take place in a huge library.
    
    
    Strategy for Chris
    ------------------
    As soon as the fight starts quickly run forward because its almost
    useless shooting yawn from the top level, quickly descend the ladder
    and reach down into the wide open area and now were at the same level
    as the yawn. If you think that this boss is hard then i must tell you
    that this one is easy compared to the fight we had in the attic with
    the yawn, the thing is that this is a more open space and it gives
    you more room to run around from, and the yawn itself will mostly
    tend to stay away from you and run into walls and book shelves, if
    he's in front of you then give it a few shells right in the head and
    if yawn is running away from you then follow it and hit it behind
    the head area for good damage, but dont ever follow him behind the
    shelves because he can trap chris there and then its gonna be very
    hard. Keep shooting at yawn from close range while avoiding his hits,
    another easy thing about this fight is that yawn isnt even poisonous
    anymore so you can take hits without fear of poison.
    
    Pretty soon yawn will start feeling the pain and it will go down
    for good but not before hitting one of the bookshelves.
    
    
    Strategy for Jill
    -----------------
    As soon as the fight starts, dont shoot at the snake, instead turn
    jill in the opposite direction and start running, use the ladder given
    here to climb down to a much open space, the reason for that is
    cause fighting with the snake toe to toe will only result in death,
    in the open area you have a huge advantage , plus the snake also acts
    stupid once down here.
    
    Take out the grenade launcher filled with acid rounds and start shootin
    em in the direction of the snake, during the fight the snake will
    often run around the bookshelves, DONT follow his league and do that,
    because you can get trapped behind there easily and become easy
    pray for the snake, so try and stay in the main open area of the room
    for this battle, if the snake runs into a corner of behind shelves,
    then wait there for him and he will eventually come after jill again.
    The easiest thing about this boss fight is that the snake wont be
    poisonous anymore so fear of getting bitten is out of the question.
    Its pretty hard but if you do run out of acid rounds take out the
    combat shotgun and finish the job up. Pretty soon the snake will
    fall down and you would have avenged richard.
    
    
       ********
    3. PLANT 42
       ********
    
    Description
    -----------
    This is the boss you will face in the guard house area, he is
    one big plant, and when i say big i do mean it because this boss
    will take up an entire room, now normally fire works best against
    this things so use fiame rounds for jill, but for an easy kill
    make sure you killed its roots before the actual fight starts.
    This boss can throw acid at you which may cause poison and it
    can also use its long tenticles to attack you, not so tough .
    
    
    Strategy for Chris
    ------------------
    As soon as you enter a scene will start and chris will come across
    this huge plant, the plant's veins will grab chris and hoist him
    into the air, if you DID save richard at the mansion and he died
    by the shark then the plant will drop you and you can proceed with
    the fight as normal, but if you DIDNOT save him by accident then
    you will need to perform some tasks as rebecca to save chris here
    first, i've marked the rebecca tasks separately.
    
    * If you didnt save richard in the mansion start reading here    *
    * otherwise skip the part marked with * , the plant will raise   *
    * chris up and he wont be able to do anything, in walks becky    *
    * and she promises to save chris , now we will be in control of  *
    * rebecca again, quickly exit the room and head for the keypad   *
    * door which we unlocked before, remember, once inside you need  *
    * to make a special chemical to weaken the plant by killing off  *
    * its roots, take all the empty bottles you find in here.        *
    *                                                                *
    * Now you have to mix the chemicals provided in this room in the *
    * right order to make the V jolt, and here's how to do it, first *
    * fill one bottle with water from the sink then add some UMB #3  *
    * to the water and it turns into NP-004, now mix this with       *
    * yellow 6 and you will make UMB#10. Now take some more water in *
    * another bottle and combine it with yellow 6 to make UMB#7. Now *
    * Combine this UMB#7 with UMB#10 we made earlier, and you get    *
    * UMB#17 (( WHAT IS THIS!! MATHS !! )) . With the UMB#17 in hand *
    * mix some UMB#3 in it and you get UMB#20 otherwise known as     *
    * V-JoLT.                                                        *
    *                                                                *
    * Now as becky still head down the ladder to the huge aqua ring  *
    * area again, and open the door to the guard room now, inside you*
    * will find the scary roots of the PLANT 42, use V-JOLT on the   *
    * roots and you will free chris                                  *
    
    
    Either by the above method , if you didnt save richard in the mansion,
    or just normally, plant 42 will let go of chris, now its our turn
    to kick its ass. As soon as you are back in control of chris quickly
    head up the stairs and start pumping led into the plant's body , it
    will swing its veins so be careful to dodge them, and when you've hit
    it enough it will start throwing acid at you, when that starts dont
    remain in one place for a long time or you'll get hurt badly, you
    can usually get off about 2 shots everytime before he lets go of
    some more acid, pretty soon you would have hit the plant enough times
    and it will shrivel and die. NOT SO TOUGH NOW, ARE WE MR PLANTY !!.
    
    
    Strategy for Jill
    -----------------
    Make the V jolt as explained above and administer it to the roots
    of the plant in the aqua ring area.
    
    Luckily you followed my advice and made the chemical and alredy dumped
    it onto the roots of the plant, if you did that then the plant will
    die all of a sudden and it will pull itself upwards. But not for
    long, suddenly it gets alive again and grabs jill with one of its
    tentacles, but luckily for jill again barry will suddenly barge
    into the room with, A FLAMETHROWER ! in his hand, now where the
    hell did he get that from.
    
    After cooking up the plant jill will be rescued and be safe for
    the time being, but if you did NOT make the V jolt or use it on
    the plant roots then you will have to fight the plant before
    barry will come into the room, that my friend is a totally
    different thing.
    
    Now its our turn to kick its ass. As soon as you are back in control
    of jill quickly head up the stairs and start pumping led into the
    plant's body , it will swing its veins so be careful to dodge them,
    and when you've hit it enough it will start throwing acid at you,
    when that starts dont remain in one place for a long time or you'll
    get hurt badly, you can usually get off about 2 shots every time
    before he lets go of some more acid, pretty soon you would have
    hit the plant enough times and it will shrivel and die.
    
    
       **************************
    4. BLACK WIDOW or BLACK TIGER
       **************************
    
    Description
    -----------
    The black tiger is a huge spider compared to the other one's
    you'll find in the game, but its not that easy to beat and can
    be beaten easily with the help of the shotgun, flamethrower for
    chris also works well.
    
    
    Strategy for Chris
    ------------------
    As soon as the fight starts you can either use the flame-thrower
    you just found or the regular shotgun shells work good too, just
    blast off at the large spider but beware that it throws poisonous
    spits at you so be on the guard and keep moving here and there,
    during the fight you will also be attacked by some little spiders,
    just ignore them for now and keep your concentration on the big
    moma, not alot of shotgun blasts at close range later the spider
    will finally die, now just exit back to the previous room and come
    back into this room and you will see that all the little spiders
    have disappeared, nifty.
    
    
    Strategy for Jill
    -----------------
    he shotgun is the best weapon for this fight because the spider is
    wide and the spread shot will do good amounts of damage even from a
    distance, so thats what were gonna do for this fight, keep a fair
    amount distance between yourself and the spider at all times and be
    aware of its acid spit because it can cause poison. As the fight goes
    on several little spiders will also join in on the battle but we dont
    need to look at them, just take care of the big moma. After some time
    it should die finally.
    
    
       ***********
    5. LISA TREVOR
       ***********
    
    Description
    -----------
    Sad fate for this one person, lisa trevor is the way she is now
    because she had been kept to be researched on for almost half a
    century and they have used all kinds of viruses on her to test
    them out, this is why lisa trevor is completely invinsible, she
    cannot be killed by any weapon created, the only way she could
    die is if she would do something to herself or fall of a very
    high place, breaking her body apart.
    
    
    Strategy for Chris   * this only counts for the final battle
    ------------------     with lisa, no other encounters
    
    The quick method to finish this fight off is to push all these stones
    off of their place over the edge of the platform, during this while
    wesker will provide you with some cover fire which should be enough
    for you to get through with this task.
    
    If lisa still gets too close give her a shot or two from the shotgun
    so that she steps back a little and is a bit far from you, as soon
    as you have pushed the final stone down, anther small scene will
    start and lisa will end up throwing herself down the chasm , killing
    herself, sad fate..
    
    The other method of finishing this fight off involves some luck and
    plenty of shotgun rounds, ok so were at a place like a platform and
    there is a huge chasm right besides us right, so what do we do, we
    use the ever powerful shotgun and start pumping lisa full of lead
    and pretty soon she'll be dangling by a corner, when that happens
    keep on shooting at her and she will eventually fall down the chasm
    
    
    Strategy for Jill   * this only counts for the final battle
    -----------------     with lisa, no other encounters
    
    First go and push the bottom left stone down the pit, if lisa gets
    too close to you then barry will fire her off but that will cause
    lisa to go for him instead, and if barry takes one hit he will die
    and so much for the best ending, so if you see lisa going for barry
    quickly shoot her once so she turns at you again, now go and push
    the stone on the right, following the above steps head for the stone
    in the upper right corner and push it down, head for the final stone
    and suddenly lisa will jump right behind jill, dont just wait there
    for her to attack and quickly push the final statue down, now the
    coffin lid will open up, and lisa seeing it will yell "mother" and
    then she will commit suicide by throwing herself over the edge
    and falling down the pit.
    
    method II
    So your fighting around a large pit and falling off isnt a hard
    thing to do, take out the shotgun and start pumping lisa full of
    led, she will sometimes jump at the very start of battle and will
    herself go at a very corner, if luckily that does happen then keep
    on shooting, and if barry helps you out this wont be too hard, lisa
    will slip over and fall down in the chasm. Game over.
    
    
       ********
    6. TYRANT I
       ********
    
    Description
    -----------
    This is what its all about, this is weskers creation and he will
    let this loose on you himself, the tyrant is the ultimate killing
    machine, but luckiy killing it wont be too hard, first time
    around it will be groggy and will only walk around, and its
    attacks wont to as much damage. Not so hard here.
    
    
    Strategy for Chris
    ------------------
    As soon as you regain control of chris just put some space between
    yourself and the tyrant, then take out the suicide pistol i asked
    you to bring along and with one good aim fire the only bullet left
    in the gun into the tyrant, this boss fight is already done with
    and the tyrant will fall down, the reason for the suicide pistol's
    strength is that one bullet inside it can do the same damage about
    5 magnum bullets can.
    
    If you did NOT bring the suicide pistol then first i give you my
    curses award, after that when your in control of chris take the
    shotgun out and leave plenty of room between you and the tyrant,
    even though we know that the shotgun works best at close range
    but we cant let him get close or he'll just slice through chris,
    from a distance keep shooting the tyrant, if he gets close just
    run back some more, this fight shouldnt be too hard because the
    boss if kinda sluggish and slow and you've probably got enough
    rounds to take him out. Pretty soon the tyrant should fall down.
    
    
    Strategy for Jill
    -----------------
    As soon as the fight starts you will notice that the tyrant is
    slow and sluggish for now, and it will only walk around, it wont
    run or anything else, but that wont stop its power anyhow, he will
    walk around in circles most of the time but if he gets close enough
    to jill he can use his arm to inflict alot of pain on her, so
    the best thing to do during this whole fight is keep a good
    amount of distance between yourself and the tyrant, if you
    brought along the self defense pistol as i told you to then just
    get a few feet away from him, take out the dingie pistol , aim
    and let a shot through, besides this gun can only be used once,
    if that shot hits then the tyrant is history and it'll go down.
    
    But if you didnt bring along the self defense dagger then shame
    on you, oh well, remember i told you to bring the magnum and all
    of its rounds if you didnt have the defence gun, well take the
    magnum out and start running away from the tyrant, since the
    magnum is a single projectile weapon it will do the same amount
    of damage no matter how far you are shooting from, so keep a
    good amount of distance between the two of you and when he's
    in a clear shot just start shooting with the magnum, the good
    thing about this way is that you can always run away from him
    well after a few clean hits the tyrant will go down. GO check
    on barry.
    
    
       *********
    7. TYRANT II
       *********
    
    Description
    -----------
    Same as above but much more ferocious and it will run around
    this time clawing you , making it very tough to fight.
    
    
    Strategy for Chris
    ------------------
    Keep in mind that now the tyrant is much faster then before so
    you need to be extra careful, he will sometimes dash towards you
    with inhuman speed and do a quick claw swipe , just get out of
    its way when you see it coming, try and stay on his back side for
    most of the fight and put in a shot or two when you get the chance,
    pretty soon the boss will real a bit and another scene will start,
    the chickenheart brad will finally become of some use now and he
    will drop off a rocket launcher from the helicopter, this is what
    im talking about now, ok so the fight still isnt over , quickly head
    over to the rocket launcher and pick it up, you can now kick the
    tyrants ass for real, but if the tyrant is facing you then there
    is a high chance that he will avoid the first shot, if thats the
    case then quickly fire off a second round and this time he's done
    for, for good that is.
    
    
    Strategy for Jill
    -----------------
    Ok so as the battle starts shoot the tyrant with the magnum
    once and quickly run around because it will most definitely do
    a running attack , once your a little away from him start shooting
    with the magnum, another thing that if your too far from him he
    will always do the running attack, so make sure your distance
    from the tyrant isnt that much or that less for that matter.
    
    Keep on shooting at the tyrant with the magnum and healing
    after every attack he gives on you, we cant die at this point.
    After enough shots or if you've waster a particular amount
    of time another scene will start and the chicken heart will
    be of some use finally, and will throw a rocket launcher from
    the helicopter, hope the fall didnt break it.
    
    Now thats what im talking about, i call the rocket launcher
    tyrant-killer. Quickly head for the rocket launcher and pick it
    up, now equip it from your inventory and take a good aim at the
    tyrant and let a shot out, and the tyrant gets blown into
    smithereens.
    
    
    
    End Section
    
    
    
    
    19.
    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                               _            
                   _ _ _____ _(_)_____ __ __
                  | '_/ -_) V / / -_) V  V /
                  |_| \___|\_/|_\___|\_/\_/ 
    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    mrv0
    
    
    
    Back in 1996 capcom came up with a game which changed the face
    of video gaming for the rest of eternity, 6 years after that
    capcom remade their original classic masterpiece with new and
    much more advanced technology. Now the current technology
    allowed them to make things as real as real life itself, and
    the new game is just something else. Here's my little review
    about the game.
    
    
    Graphics 10/10
    
    The graphics are the game's strongest point becasue these are
    probably the best graphics ever seen in any video game, even
    if the back grounds are still pre rendered artwork they are more
    real then any 3D background of previous games and the character
    models are as close to real life as anyone can get in a video
    game, also the pre rendered scenes have alot of interactive area's
    to so its always feeling like your in complete control of
    yourself and the atmosphere around you. Dont understand what
    i mean ?! try and burn the grass and you'll see it catch flames,
    which will even damage you, and if the camera is close to any
    zombie you just shot then its blood will get splattered on the
    camera lense, a very gorey but very beautiful effect to the game.
    
    All the enemies and characters have had a very obvious polygon
    make overs and it looks absolutely, and the best thing of all
    is that all the enemies and the characters can now cast real
    time shadow all over the mansion which can give you an enemies
    position and give your position away to them too. Many new
    outdoor scenes have been added to the game aswell which look
    absolutely stunning and the FMV movies have also been redone
    with the latest technology.
    
    
    Sound 9/10
    
    The sound of the game as with any other resident evil game is
    superb with the real sounds for all the weapons in the game and
    other sound effects like breaking things and doors opening and
    closing, the best thing is that all the dialogue in the game
    has also been re-did because quiet frankly many people think
    that the original voice acting was too bad to be used again,
    the new voice actors are serious to their roles and they do
    their job very well. The background musics of the game is also
    as good as any other resident evil game, the background music
    changes from place to place and the situation you are at.
    
    
    Control 7/10
    
    This is one of the weak points of the game just like the other
    resident evil games it can sometimes be really hard to control
    the character while running around and it gets even more
    frustrating if your in heated combat and want to run away from
    the enemies. Turning around is one of the biggest problems in
    the game and the characters look like they're taking their
    times to turn around as if nothing is about to happen. Other
    then that it can sometimes be hard to enter the door because
    of the fixed camera angels it can be hard to judge the actual
    position of objects far away in the screen.
    
    
    Plot 10/10
    
    Excellent movie style plot of the game is one of its best
    points, even though its the same plot as the original one
    was but capcom have made noticeable changes to it adding
    several new things to it for the  better of the game, the
    most notifying addition is that of lisa trevor, there was
    no mention of her or her father, george trevor, who was the
    man who designed the spencer estate. But in the remake lisa
    haunts the tunnels under the mansion and trevor is also
    mentioned and his famous diary is also included. Other then
    that this plot is full of twists and turns and it can be
    exciting at many times. Full of traitors and scripted deaths
    this game is one with a good story.
    
    
    Gameplay 9/10
    
    This game is an overall excellent package and its worth your
    money if you want it, overall the game as ground breaking
    graphics and a near perfect plot. The gameplay itself can
    sometimes be jittery thanks to the controls and awkward
    placing of some items in the far corners of the screen, other
    then that the game plays like a gem, newbies may take a little
    time to get the hold with the game, but the one's who have been
    familiar to the game will be comfertable with the game from
    the get go. The puzzles of the game can sometimes be annoying
    because most of us are used to the puzzles of the original
    resident evil and this game is made especially to annoy us
    people. Other then that the wapon handling and stuff like
    that is almost perfect.
    
    
    Overall 9.5/10
    
    An obvious purchase for anyone who owns a nintendo gamecube
    console, or even if you dont own one, this just may be the
    best reason to buy one right now. Resident Evil has always
    been a money making franchise and it doesnt disappoint this
    time aswell. Overall the only really big flaw with the game
    is that its not that big, about 4 hours to the max but games
    should be bigger then that. This is the first game which
    takes 2 gamecube disks but thats just because the game has
    2 scenario's and each scenario has its own set of dialogues
    and movies which take all the space i guess. Overall i think
    that this is one of the best games ever made and ever owner
    of a gamecube or every resident evil fan in general should
    buy this one ASAP. The classic horror re-created.
    
    
    
    Ebd Section
    
    
    
    
    20.
    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                     _                  _ 
                    | |   ___ __ _ __ _| |
                    | |__/ -_) _` / _` | |
                    |____\___\__, \__,_|_|
                             |___/        
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    lgll
    
    
    
    
    This guide was made only for the purpose of helping other people, and i dont
    intend to use it for profit, and i would really really appreciate it if no
    one else does it too. This guide is as free as everyone of us is.
    Use it nicely. The following sites have are the special sites who this
    guide belongs too in full right...  (
    
    ( PS ... this doesnt mean that other sites cant use the guide, any site
    which i want this guide to go to and any site which tells me before
    using it shall be allowed )))
    
    
    www.planetdreamcast.com/residentevil
    www.rebiohazard.com
    www.gamefaqs.com
    faqs.ign.com
    www.neoseeker.com
    www.cheathappens.com
    
    And any other site which take my permit first...
    
    Any other site can also use this guide as long as they keep it to themselves
    and inform me about my guide being used, and i really wouldnt like it if
    anyone uses it for money  PLEASE TELL ME BEFORE YOU USE MY GUIDE.
    
    This guide was made by Adnan Javed , better known as ChandooG on the
    Gamefaqs message boards, i made this guide just for the people for free to be
    used as a source of making your game easy and enjoyable... or if you dont
    understand in those words or you think of using this guide for profiticle
    purposes then know this that I have a very qualified lawyer in my
    family :) get the picture.
    
    Resident Evil all its characters and all the logo's are copyright of capcom co.
    I am in no associated with capcom and this guide is an uffocial work.
    Resident Evil/Biohazard is a regestered trademark of capcom co.
    CAPCOM ARE LIKE GODS. RESPECT THEm.
    
    On another note i dont think i need to mention that this guide is also
    protected by the international copyright laws and that makes it about
    as illegal as any bad thing for anyone to plagrize it, i ask everyone
    to keep there eyes open and if they ever see this guide being used for
    the wrong reasons then please dont hesitate to contact me and i shall
    see what i can do about it, dont think of this as a joke because
    plagrism is not that uncommon nowadays, several great authors works
    are plagrized for money and thats.. very VERY bad..
    
    
    
    * CONTACTING INFORMATION
      ----------------------
    
    
    Want to drop an email to me ?! please make sure of the following things
    before sending me an email
    
    * look in the walkthrough for any puzzle or boss related questions
      first.. dont find it there.. mail me.
    
    * Please DONT mail me about how good you are in the particular game
      and how bad i suck.. hehe those will go to the trash ASAP
    
    * If you have any strategy or any simpler method against the bosses
      then dont hesitate in mailing them to me, you shall be credited if
      i put them in this walkthrough
    
    * No viruses please.. i cherish my inbox like my family.. its very
      valueable to me . dont mess with it.
    
    God any question about the game ?
    use this address : Returnofthemaniac@hotmail.com
    
    and AOL users always ALWAYS use this email
        AJ@rebiohazard.com
    
    
    
    
    * CREDITS AND THANKS
      ------------------
    
    * Thanks especially to god for giving me such fast hands to write all
      of this in about a week and a half. YOU RULE :)
    
    * Thanks to gamefaqs, for allowing people with talent to show off
      their works
    
    * Thanks to Capcom for coming up with this game in the first place
    
    * NO thanks to shinji mikami for abandoning the PS2
    
    * Thanks to GameCube for being so damn powerful and holding this
      amazing game.
    
    * Thanks to SEAN ! my friend, thanks for those pointers in the
      walkthrough area and other helps, like the grenade launcher
      glitch trick.
    
    * Thanks to all the people who are reading this, you scrolled all
      the way down people :) YOU RULE TOO
    
    * Thanks to my friend kad and randy for keeping me sane during
      the hours of internet insanery.. bzz bzzz
    
    * Thanks to CjayC < how can i forget him, he's the guy who
      creatd gamefaqs.
    
    
    
    * ENDING WORDS
      ------------
    
    Well this sure has been fun, hasnt it ?! .. i mean this is the
    biggest thing i've ever written, my previous biggest walkthrogh
    is about 365 kb and this is almost over a hundred kB's more then
    that. Other then that the walkthrough part of this walkthrogh
    alone kept me busy for so long.
    
    But i finished it in the first version like all my other versions
    so that nothing is left for the people to complain about, they get
    the full package in the first try. That's what i always aim to do.
    
    Since resident evil outbreak is about to come out in the US area
    you can be sure that i will make a small guide or something like
    that for it too, but im gonna hold back a huge guide until
    resident evil 4 comes out. Thats gonna be something awesome.
    
    Well this was fun.. c'ya all next time..until then
    live long... prosper.. and stay away from huge scary mansions.
    
    -Adnan
    
     _______
    |       \
    |        \
    |________/          _____
    |        \   \  /  |
    |         \   \/   |
    |          \   |   |___
    |          /   |   |
    |_________/    |   |_____
    
    
    
    
    
    
    _|_  |__   ___       ___   __   __|
     |_, |  ) (__/_     (__/_ |  ) (__|